Title: 'Amazon Web Services' Developer Tools Services
Version: 0.9.0
Description: Interface to 'Amazon Web Services' developer tools services, including version control, continuous integration and deployment, and more https://aws.amazon.com/products/developer-tools/.
License: Apache License (≥ 2.0)
URL: https://github.com/paws-r/paws, https://paws-r.r-universe.dev/paws.developer.tools
BugReports: https://github.com/paws-r/paws/issues
Imports: paws.common (≥ 0.8.0)
Suggests: testthat
Encoding: UTF-8
RoxygenNote: 7.3.2
Collate: 'cloud9_service.R' 'cloud9_interfaces.R' 'cloud9_operations.R' 'cloudcontrolapi_service.R' 'cloudcontrolapi_interfaces.R' 'cloudcontrolapi_operations.R' 'codeartifact_service.R' 'codeartifact_interfaces.R' 'codeartifact_operations.R' 'codebuild_service.R' 'codebuild_interfaces.R' 'codebuild_operations.R' 'codecatalyst_service.R' 'codecatalyst_interfaces.R' 'codecatalyst_operations.R' 'codecommit_service.R' 'codecommit_interfaces.R' 'codecommit_operations.R' 'codeconnections_service.R' 'codeconnections_interfaces.R' 'codeconnections_operations.R' 'codedeploy_service.R' 'codedeploy_interfaces.R' 'codedeploy_operations.R' 'codeguruprofiler_service.R' 'codeguruprofiler_interfaces.R' 'codeguruprofiler_operations.R' 'codegurureviewer_service.R' 'codegurureviewer_interfaces.R' 'codegurureviewer_operations.R' 'codegurusecurity_service.R' 'codegurusecurity_interfaces.R' 'codegurusecurity_operations.R' 'codepipeline_service.R' 'codepipeline_interfaces.R' 'codepipeline_operations.R' 'codestarconnections_service.R' 'codestarconnections_interfaces.R' 'codestarconnections_operations.R' 'codestarnotifications_service.R' 'codestarnotifications_interfaces.R' 'codestarnotifications_operations.R' 'devopsguru_service.R' 'devopsguru_interfaces.R' 'devopsguru_operations.R' 'drs_service.R' 'drs_interfaces.R' 'drs_operations.R' 'fis_service.R' 'fis_interfaces.R' 'fis_operations.R' 'reexports_paws.common.R' 'wellarchitected_service.R' 'wellarchitected_interfaces.R' 'wellarchitected_operations.R' 'xray_service.R' 'xray_interfaces.R' 'xray_operations.R'
NeedsCompilation: no
Packaged: 2025-03-14 09:21:36 UTC; dyfanjones
Author: David Kretch [aut], Adam Banker [aut], Dyfan Jones [cre], Amazon.com, Inc. [cph]
Maintainer: Dyfan Jones <dyfan.r.jones@gmail.com>
Repository: CRAN
Date/Publication: 2025-03-14 15:10:02 UTC

AWS Cloud9

Description

Cloud9

Cloud9 is a collection of tools that you can use to code, build, run, test, debug, and release software in the cloud.

For more information about Cloud9, see the Cloud9 User Guide.

Cloud9 is no longer available to new customers. Existing customers of Cloud9 can continue to use the service as normal. Learn more"

Cloud9 supports these operations:

Usage

cloud9(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- cloud9(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_environment_ec2 Creates an Cloud9 development environment, launches an Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) instance, and then connects from the instance to the environment
create_environment_membership Adds an environment member to an Cloud9 development environment
delete_environment Deletes an Cloud9 development environment
delete_environment_membership Deletes an environment member from a development environment
describe_environment_memberships Gets information about environment members for an Cloud9 development environment
describe_environments Gets information about Cloud9 development environments
describe_environment_status Gets status information for an Cloud9 development environment
list_environments Gets a list of Cloud9 development environment identifiers
list_tags_for_resource Gets a list of the tags associated with an Cloud9 development environment
tag_resource Adds tags to an Cloud9 development environment
untag_resource Removes tags from an Cloud9 development environment
update_environment Changes the settings of an existing Cloud9 development environment
update_environment_membership Changes the settings of an existing environment member for an Cloud9 development environment

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- cloud9()
# 
svc$create_environment_ec2(
  name = "my-demo-environment",
  automaticStopTimeMinutes = 60L,
  description = "This is my demonstration environment.",
  instanceType = "t2.micro",
  ownerArn = "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/MyDemoUser",
  subnetId = "subnet-6300cd1b"
)

## End(Not run)


Creates an Cloud9 development environment, launches an Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) instance, and then connects from the instance to the environment

Description

Creates an Cloud9 development environment, launches an Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) instance, and then connects from the instance to the environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloud9_create_environment_ec2/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloud9_create_environment_ec2(
  name,
  description = NULL,
  clientRequestToken = NULL,
  instanceType,
  subnetId = NULL,
  imageId,
  automaticStopTimeMinutes = NULL,
  ownerArn = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  connectionType = NULL,
  dryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the environment to create.

This name is visible to other IAM users in the same Amazon Web Services account.

description

The description of the environment to create.

clientRequestToken

A unique, case-sensitive string that helps Cloud9 to ensure this operation completes no more than one time.

For more information, see Client Tokens in the Amazon EC2 API Reference.

instanceType

[required] The type of instance to connect to the environment (for example, t2.micro).

subnetId

The ID of the subnet in Amazon VPC that Cloud9 will use to communicate with the Amazon EC2 instance.

imageId

[required] The identifier for the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that's used to create the EC2 instance. To choose an AMI for the instance, you must specify a valid AMI alias or a valid Amazon EC2 Systems Manager (SSM) path.

We recommend using Amazon Linux 2023 as the AMI to create your environment as it is fully supported.

From December 16, 2024, Ubuntu 18.04 will be removed from the list of available imageIds for Cloud9. This change is necessary as Ubuntu 18.04 has ended standard support on May 31, 2023. This change will only affect direct API consumers, and not Cloud9 console users.

Since Ubuntu 18.04 has ended standard support as of May 31, 2023, we recommend you choose Ubuntu 22.04.

AMI aliases

  • Amazon Linux 2: amazonlinux-2-x86_64

  • Amazon Linux 2023 (recommended): amazonlinux-2023-x86_64

  • Ubuntu 18.04: ubuntu-18.04-x86_64

  • Ubuntu 22.04: ubuntu-22.04-x86_64

SSM paths

  • Amazon Linux 2: ⁠resolve:ssm:/aws/service/cloud9/amis/amazonlinux-2-x86_64⁠

  • Amazon Linux 2023 (recommended): ⁠resolve:ssm:/aws/service/cloud9/amis/amazonlinux-2023-x86_64⁠

  • Ubuntu 18.04: ⁠resolve:ssm:/aws/service/cloud9/amis/ubuntu-18.04-x86_64⁠

  • Ubuntu 22.04: ⁠resolve:ssm:/aws/service/cloud9/amis/ubuntu-22.04-x86_64⁠

automaticStopTimeMinutes

The number of minutes until the running instance is shut down after the environment has last been used.

ownerArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the environment owner. This ARN can be the ARN of any IAM principal. If this value is not specified, the ARN defaults to this environment's creator.

tags

An array of key-value pairs that will be associated with the new Cloud9 development environment.

connectionType

The connection type used for connecting to an Amazon EC2 environment. Valid values are CONNECT_SSH (default) and CONNECT_SSM (connected through Amazon EC2 Systems Manager).

For more information, see Accessing no-ingress EC2 instances with Amazon EC2 Systems Manager in the Cloud9 User Guide.

dryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Adds an environment member to an Cloud9 development environment

Description

Adds an environment member to an Cloud9 development environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloud9_create_environment_membership/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloud9_create_environment_membership(environmentId, userArn, permissions)

Arguments

environmentId

[required] The ID of the environment that contains the environment member you want to add.

userArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the environment member you want to add.

permissions

[required] The type of environment member permissions you want to associate with this environment member. Available values include:

  • read-only: Has read-only access to the environment.

  • read-write: Has read-write access to the environment.


Deletes an Cloud9 development environment

Description

Deletes an Cloud9 development environment. If an Amazon EC2 instance is connected to the environment, also terminates the instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloud9_delete_environment/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloud9_delete_environment(environmentId)

Arguments

environmentId

[required] The ID of the environment to delete.


Deletes an environment member from a development environment

Description

Deletes an environment member from a development environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloud9_delete_environment_membership/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloud9_delete_environment_membership(environmentId, userArn)

Arguments

environmentId

[required] The ID of the environment to delete the environment member from.

userArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the environment member to delete from the environment.


Gets information about environment members for an Cloud9 development environment

Description

Gets information about environment members for an Cloud9 development environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloud9_describe_environment_memberships/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloud9_describe_environment_memberships(
  userArn = NULL,
  environmentId = NULL,
  permissions = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

userArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an individual environment member to get information about. If no value is specified, information about all environment members are returned.

environmentId

The ID of the environment to get environment member information about.

permissions

The type of environment member permissions to get information about. Available values include:

  • owner: Owns the environment.

  • read-only: Has read-only access to the environment.

  • read-write: Has read-write access to the environment.

If no value is specified, information about all environment members are returned.

nextToken

During a previous call, if there are more than 25 items in the list, only the first 25 items are returned, along with a unique string called a next token. To get the next batch of items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token to the call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling this operation with each subsequent next token that is returned, until no more next tokens are returned.

maxResults

The maximum number of environment members to get information about.


Gets status information for an Cloud9 development environment

Description

Gets status information for an Cloud9 development environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloud9_describe_environment_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloud9_describe_environment_status(environmentId)

Arguments

environmentId

[required] The ID of the environment to get status information about.


Gets information about Cloud9 development environments

Description

Gets information about Cloud9 development environments.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloud9_describe_environments/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloud9_describe_environments(environmentIds)

Arguments

environmentIds

[required] The IDs of individual environments to get information about.


Gets a list of Cloud9 development environment identifiers

Description

Gets a list of Cloud9 development environment identifiers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloud9_list_environments/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloud9_list_environments(nextToken = NULL, maxResults = NULL)

Arguments

nextToken

During a previous call, if there are more than 25 items in the list, only the first 25 items are returned, along with a unique string called a next token. To get the next batch of items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token to the call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling this operation with each subsequent next token that is returned, until no more next tokens are returned.

maxResults

The maximum number of environments to get identifiers for.


Gets a list of the tags associated with an Cloud9 development environment

Description

Gets a list of the tags associated with an Cloud9 development environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloud9_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloud9_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceARN)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Cloud9 development environment to get the tags for.


Adds tags to an Cloud9 development environment

Description

Adds tags to an Cloud9 development environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloud9_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloud9_tag_resource(ResourceARN, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Cloud9 development environment to add tags to.

Tags

[required] The list of tags to add to the given Cloud9 development environment.


Removes tags from an Cloud9 development environment

Description

Removes tags from an Cloud9 development environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloud9_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloud9_untag_resource(ResourceARN, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Cloud9 development environment to remove tags from.

TagKeys

[required] The tag names of the tags to remove from the given Cloud9 development environment.


Changes the settings of an existing Cloud9 development environment

Description

Changes the settings of an existing Cloud9 development environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloud9_update_environment/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloud9_update_environment(
  environmentId,
  name = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  managedCredentialsAction = NULL
)

Arguments

environmentId

[required] The ID of the environment to change settings.

name

A replacement name for the environment.

description

Any new or replacement description for the environment.

managedCredentialsAction

Allows the environment owner to turn on or turn off the Amazon Web Services managed temporary credentials for an Cloud9 environment by using one of the following values:

  • ENABLE

  • DISABLE

Only the environment owner can change the status of managed temporary credentials. An AccessDeniedException is thrown if an attempt to turn on or turn off managed temporary credentials is made by an account that's not the environment owner.


Changes the settings of an existing environment member for an Cloud9 development environment

Description

Changes the settings of an existing environment member for an Cloud9 development environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloud9_update_environment_membership/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloud9_update_environment_membership(environmentId, userArn, permissions)

Arguments

environmentId

[required] The ID of the environment for the environment member whose settings you want to change.

userArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the environment member whose settings you want to change.

permissions

[required] The replacement type of environment member permissions you want to associate with this environment member. Available values include:

  • read-only: Has read-only access to the environment.

  • read-write: Has read-write access to the environment.


AWS Cloud Control API

Description

For more information about Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API, see the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide.

Usage

cloudcontrolapi(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- cloudcontrolapi(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

cancel_resource_request Cancels the specified resource operation request
create_resource Creates the specified resource
delete_resource Deletes the specified resource
get_resource Returns information about the current state of the specified resource
get_resource_request_status Returns the current status of a resource operation request
list_resource_requests Returns existing resource operation requests
list_resources Returns information about the specified resources
update_resource Updates the specified property values in the resource

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- cloudcontrolapi()
svc$cancel_resource_request(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Cancels the specified resource operation request

Description

Cancels the specified resource operation request. For more information, see Canceling resource operation requests in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudcontrolapi_cancel_resource_request/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudcontrolapi_cancel_resource_request(RequestToken)

Arguments

RequestToken

[required] The RequestToken of the ProgressEvent object returned by the resource operation request.


Creates the specified resource

Description

Creates the specified resource. For more information, see Creating a resource in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudcontrolapi_create_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudcontrolapi_create_resource(
  TypeName,
  TypeVersionId = NULL,
  RoleArn = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  DesiredState
)

Arguments

TypeName

[required] The name of the resource type.

TypeVersionId

For private resource types, the type version to use in this resource operation. If you do not specify a resource version, CloudFormation uses the default version.

RoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role for Cloud Control API to use when performing this resource operation. The role specified must have the permissions required for this operation. The necessary permissions for each event handler are defined in the handlers section of the resource type definition schema.

If you do not specify a role, Cloud Control API uses a temporary session created using your Amazon Web Services user credentials.

For more information, see Specifying credentials in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide.

ClientToken

A unique identifier to ensure the idempotency of the resource request. As a best practice, specify this token to ensure idempotency, so that Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API can accurately distinguish between request retries and new resource requests. You might retry a resource request to ensure that it was successfully received.

A client token is valid for 36 hours once used. After that, a resource request with the same client token is treated as a new request.

If you do not specify a client token, one is generated for inclusion in the request.

For more information, see Ensuring resource operation requests are unique in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide.

DesiredState

[required] Structured data format representing the desired state of the resource, consisting of that resource's properties and their desired values.

Cloud Control API currently supports JSON as a structured data format.

Specify the desired state as one of the following:

  • A JSON blob

  • A local path containing the desired state in JSON data format

For more information, see Composing the desired state of the resource in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide.

For more information about the properties of a specific resource, refer to the related topic for the resource in the Resource and property types reference in the CloudFormation Users Guide.


Deletes the specified resource

Description

Deletes the specified resource. For details, see Deleting a resource in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudcontrolapi_delete_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudcontrolapi_delete_resource(
  TypeName,
  TypeVersionId = NULL,
  RoleArn = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  Identifier
)

Arguments

TypeName

[required] The name of the resource type.

TypeVersionId

For private resource types, the type version to use in this resource operation. If you do not specify a resource version, CloudFormation uses the default version.

RoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role for Cloud Control API to use when performing this resource operation. The role specified must have the permissions required for this operation. The necessary permissions for each event handler are defined in the handlers section of the resource type definition schema.

If you do not specify a role, Cloud Control API uses a temporary session created using your Amazon Web Services user credentials.

For more information, see Specifying credentials in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide.

ClientToken

A unique identifier to ensure the idempotency of the resource request. As a best practice, specify this token to ensure idempotency, so that Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API can accurately distinguish between request retries and new resource requests. You might retry a resource request to ensure that it was successfully received.

A client token is valid for 36 hours once used. After that, a resource request with the same client token is treated as a new request.

If you do not specify a client token, one is generated for inclusion in the request.

For more information, see Ensuring resource operation requests are unique in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide.

Identifier

[required] The identifier for the resource.

You can specify the primary identifier, or any secondary identifier defined for the resource type in its resource schema. You can only specify one identifier. Primary identifiers can be specified as a string or JSON; secondary identifiers must be specified as JSON.

For compound primary identifiers (that is, one that consists of multiple resource properties strung together), to specify the primary identifier as a string, list the property values in the order they are specified in the primary identifier definition, separated by |.

For more information, see Identifying resources in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide.


Returns information about the current state of the specified resource

Description

Returns information about the current state of the specified resource. For details, see Reading a resource's current state.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudcontrolapi_get_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudcontrolapi_get_resource(
  TypeName,
  TypeVersionId = NULL,
  RoleArn = NULL,
  Identifier
)

Arguments

TypeName

[required] The name of the resource type.

TypeVersionId

For private resource types, the type version to use in this resource operation. If you do not specify a resource version, CloudFormation uses the default version.

RoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role for Cloud Control API to use when performing this resource operation. The role specified must have the permissions required for this operation. The necessary permissions for each event handler are defined in the handlers section of the resource type definition schema.

If you do not specify a role, Cloud Control API uses a temporary session created using your Amazon Web Services user credentials.

For more information, see Specifying credentials in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide.

Identifier

[required] The identifier for the resource.

You can specify the primary identifier, or any secondary identifier defined for the resource type in its resource schema. You can only specify one identifier. Primary identifiers can be specified as a string or JSON; secondary identifiers must be specified as JSON.

For compound primary identifiers (that is, one that consists of multiple resource properties strung together), to specify the primary identifier as a string, list the property values in the order they are specified in the primary identifier definition, separated by |.

For more information, see Identifying resources in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide.


Returns the current status of a resource operation request

Description

Returns the current status of a resource operation request. For more information, see Tracking the progress of resource operation requests in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudcontrolapi_get_resource_request_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudcontrolapi_get_resource_request_status(RequestToken)

Arguments

RequestToken

[required] A unique token used to track the progress of the resource operation request.

Request tokens are included in the ProgressEvent type returned by a resource operation request.


Returns existing resource operation requests

Description

Returns existing resource operation requests. This includes requests of all status types. For more information, see Listing active resource operation requests in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudcontrolapi_list_resource_requests/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudcontrolapi_list_resource_requests(
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  ResourceRequestStatusFilter = NULL
)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned with a single call. If the number of available results exceeds this maximum, the response includes a NextToken value that you can assign to the NextToken request parameter to get the next set of results.

The default is 20.

NextToken

If the previous paginated request didn't return all of the remaining results, the response object's NextToken parameter value is set to a token. To retrieve the next set of results, call this action again and assign that token to the request object's NextToken parameter. If there are no remaining results, the previous response object's NextToken parameter is set to null.

ResourceRequestStatusFilter

The filter criteria to apply to the requests returned.


Returns information about the specified resources

Description

Returns information about the specified resources. For more information, see Discovering resources in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudcontrolapi_list_resources/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudcontrolapi_list_resources(
  TypeName,
  TypeVersionId = NULL,
  RoleArn = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  ResourceModel = NULL
)

Arguments

TypeName

[required] The name of the resource type.

TypeVersionId

For private resource types, the type version to use in this resource operation. If you do not specify a resource version, CloudFormation uses the default version.

RoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role for Cloud Control API to use when performing this resource operation. The role specified must have the permissions required for this operation. The necessary permissions for each event handler are defined in the handlers section of the resource type definition schema.

If you do not specify a role, Cloud Control API uses a temporary session created using your Amazon Web Services user credentials.

For more information, see Specifying credentials in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide.

NextToken

If the previous paginated request didn't return all of the remaining results, the response object's NextToken parameter value is set to a token. To retrieve the next set of results, call this action again and assign that token to the request object's NextToken parameter. If there are no remaining results, the previous response object's NextToken parameter is set to null.

MaxResults

Reserved.

ResourceModel

The resource model to use to select the resources to return.


Updates the specified property values in the resource

Description

Updates the specified property values in the resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudcontrolapi_update_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudcontrolapi_update_resource(
  TypeName,
  TypeVersionId = NULL,
  RoleArn = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  Identifier,
  PatchDocument
)

Arguments

TypeName

[required] The name of the resource type.

TypeVersionId

For private resource types, the type version to use in this resource operation. If you do not specify a resource version, CloudFormation uses the default version.

RoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role for Cloud Control API to use when performing this resource operation. The role specified must have the permissions required for this operation. The necessary permissions for each event handler are defined in the handlers section of the resource type definition schema.

If you do not specify a role, Cloud Control API uses a temporary session created using your Amazon Web Services user credentials.

For more information, see Specifying credentials in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide.

ClientToken

A unique identifier to ensure the idempotency of the resource request. As a best practice, specify this token to ensure idempotency, so that Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API can accurately distinguish between request retries and new resource requests. You might retry a resource request to ensure that it was successfully received.

A client token is valid for 36 hours once used. After that, a resource request with the same client token is treated as a new request.

If you do not specify a client token, one is generated for inclusion in the request.

For more information, see Ensuring resource operation requests are unique in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide.

Identifier

[required] The identifier for the resource.

You can specify the primary identifier, or any secondary identifier defined for the resource type in its resource schema. You can only specify one identifier. Primary identifiers can be specified as a string or JSON; secondary identifiers must be specified as JSON.

For compound primary identifiers (that is, one that consists of multiple resource properties strung together), to specify the primary identifier as a string, list the property values in the order they are specified in the primary identifier definition, separated by |.

For more information, see Identifying resources in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide.

PatchDocument

[required] A JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) document listing the patch operations that represent the updates to apply to the current resource properties. For details, see Composing the patch document in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide.


CodeArtifact

Description

CodeArtifact is a fully managed artifact repository compatible with language-native package managers and build tools such as npm, Apache Maven, pip, and dotnet. You can use CodeArtifact to share packages with development teams and pull packages. Packages can be pulled from both public and CodeArtifact repositories. You can also create an upstream relationship between a CodeArtifact repository and another repository, which effectively merges their contents from the point of view of a package manager client.

CodeArtifact concepts

CodeArtifact supported API operations

Usage

codeartifact(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- codeartifact(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

associate_external_connection Adds an existing external connection to a repository
copy_package_versions Copies package versions from one repository to another repository in the same domain
create_domain Creates a domain
create_package_group Creates a package group
create_repository Creates a repository
delete_domain Deletes a domain
delete_domain_permissions_policy Deletes the resource policy set on a domain
delete_package Deletes a package and all associated package versions
delete_package_group Deletes a package group
delete_package_versions Deletes one or more versions of a package
delete_repository Deletes a repository
delete_repository_permissions_policy Deletes the resource policy that is set on a repository
describe_domain Returns a DomainDescription object that contains information about the requested domain
describe_package Returns a PackageDescription object that contains information about the requested package
describe_package_group Returns a PackageGroupDescription object that contains information about the requested package group
describe_package_version Returns a PackageVersionDescription object that contains information about the requested package version
describe_repository Returns a RepositoryDescription object that contains detailed information about the requested repository
disassociate_external_connection Removes an existing external connection from a repository
dispose_package_versions Deletes the assets in package versions and sets the package versions' status to Disposed
get_associated_package_group Returns the most closely associated package group to the specified package
get_authorization_token Generates a temporary authorization token for accessing repositories in the domain
get_domain_permissions_policy Returns the resource policy attached to the specified domain
get_package_version_asset Returns an asset (or file) that is in a package
get_package_version_readme Gets the readme file or descriptive text for a package version
get_repository_endpoint Returns the endpoint of a repository for a specific package format
get_repository_permissions_policy Returns the resource policy that is set on a repository
list_allowed_repositories_for_group Lists the repositories in the added repositories list of the specified restriction type for a package group
list_associated_packages Returns a list of packages associated with the requested package group
list_domains Returns a list of DomainSummary objects for all domains owned by the Amazon Web Services account that makes this call
list_package_groups Returns a list of package groups in the requested domain
list_packages Returns a list of PackageSummary objects for packages in a repository that match the request parameters
list_package_version_assets Returns a list of AssetSummary objects for assets in a package version
list_package_version_dependencies Returns the direct dependencies for a package version
list_package_versions Returns a list of PackageVersionSummary objects for package versions in a repository that match the request parameters
list_repositories Returns a list of RepositorySummary objects
list_repositories_in_domain Returns a list of RepositorySummary objects
list_sub_package_groups Returns a list of direct children of the specified package group
list_tags_for_resource Gets information about Amazon Web Services tags for a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in CodeArtifact
publish_package_version Creates a new package version containing one or more assets (or files)
put_domain_permissions_policy Sets a resource policy on a domain that specifies permissions to access it
put_package_origin_configuration Sets the package origin configuration for a package
put_repository_permissions_policy Sets the resource policy on a repository that specifies permissions to access it
tag_resource Adds or updates tags for a resource in CodeArtifact
untag_resource Removes tags from a resource in CodeArtifact
update_package_group Updates a package group
update_package_group_origin_configuration Updates the package origin configuration for a package group
update_package_versions_status Updates the status of one or more versions of a package
update_repository Update the properties of a repository

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- codeartifact()
svc$associate_external_connection(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Adds an existing external connection to a repository

Description

Adds an existing external connection to a repository. One external connection is allowed per repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_associate_external_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_associate_external_connection(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  repository,
  externalConnection
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

repository

[required] The name of the repository to which the external connection is added.

externalConnection

[required] The name of the external connection to add to the repository. The following values are supported:

  • public:npmjs - for the npm public repository.

  • public:nuget-org - for the NuGet Gallery.

  • public:pypi - for the Python Package Index.

  • public:maven-central - for Maven Central.

  • public:maven-googleandroid - for the Google Android repository.

  • public:maven-gradleplugins - for the Gradle plugins repository.

  • public:maven-commonsware - for the CommonsWare Android repository.

  • public:maven-clojars - for the Clojars repository.

  • public:ruby-gems-org - for RubyGems.org.

  • public:crates-io - for Crates.io.


Copies package versions from one repository to another repository in the same domain

Description

Copies package versions from one repository to another repository in the same domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_copy_package_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_copy_package_versions(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  sourceRepository,
  destinationRepository,
  format,
  namespace = NULL,
  package,
  versions = NULL,
  versionRevisions = NULL,
  allowOverwrite = NULL,
  includeFromUpstream = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the source and destination repositories.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

sourceRepository

[required] The name of the repository that contains the package versions to be copied.

destinationRepository

[required] The name of the repository into which package versions are copied.

format

[required] The format of the package versions to be copied.

namespace

The namespace of the package versions to be copied. The package component that specifies its namespace depends on its type. For example:

The namespace is required when copying package versions of the following formats:

  • Maven

  • Swift

  • generic

  • The namespace of a Maven package version is its groupId.

  • The namespace of an npm or Swift package version is its scope.

  • The namespace of a generic package is its namespace.

  • Python, NuGet, Ruby, and Cargo package versions do not contain a corresponding component, package versions of those formats do not have a namespace.

package

[required] The name of the package that contains the versions to be copied.

versions

The versions of the package to be copied.

You must specify versions or versionRevisions. You cannot specify both.

versionRevisions

A list of key-value pairs. The keys are package versions and the values are package version revisions. A CopyPackageVersion operation succeeds if the specified versions in the source repository match the specified package version revision.

You must specify versions or versionRevisions. You cannot specify both.

allowOverwrite

Set to true to overwrite a package version that already exists in the destination repository. If set to false and the package version already exists in the destination repository, the package version is returned in the failedVersions field of the response with an ALREADY_EXISTS error code.

includeFromUpstream

Set to true to copy packages from repositories that are upstream from the source repository to the destination repository. The default setting is false. For more information, see Working with upstream repositories.


Creates a domain

Description

Creates a domain. CodeArtifact domains make it easier to manage multiple repositories across an organization. You can use a domain to apply permissions across many repositories owned by different Amazon Web Services accounts. An asset is stored only once in a domain, even if it's in multiple repositories.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_create_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_create_domain(domain, encryptionKey = NULL, tags = NULL)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain to create. All domain names in an Amazon Web Services Region that are in the same Amazon Web Services account must be unique. The domain name is used as the prefix in DNS hostnames. Do not use sensitive information in a domain name because it is publicly discoverable.

encryptionKey

The encryption key for the domain. This is used to encrypt content stored in a domain. An encryption key can be a key ID, a key Amazon Resource Name (ARN), a key alias, or a key alias ARN. To specify an encryptionKey, your IAM role must have kms:DescribeKey and kms:CreateGrant permissions on the encryption key that is used. For more information, see DescribeKey in the Key Management Service API Reference and Key Management Service API Permissions Reference in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

CodeArtifact supports only symmetric CMKs. Do not associate an asymmetric CMK with your domain. For more information, see Using symmetric and asymmetric keys in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

tags

One or more tag key-value pairs for the domain.


Creates a package group

Description

Creates a package group. For more information about creating package groups, including example CLI commands, see Create a package group in the CodeArtifact User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_create_package_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_create_package_group(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  packageGroup,
  contactInfo = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain in which you want to create a package group.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

packageGroup

[required] The pattern of the package group to create. The pattern is also the identifier of the package group.

contactInfo

The contact information for the created package group.

description

A description of the package group.

tags

One or more tag key-value pairs for the package group.


Creates a repository

Description

Creates a repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_create_repository/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_create_repository(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  repository,
  description = NULL,
  upstreams = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the created repository.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

repository

[required] The name of the repository to create.

description

A description of the created repository.

upstreams

A list of upstream repositories to associate with the repository. The order of the upstream repositories in the list determines their priority order when CodeArtifact looks for a requested package version. For more information, see Working with upstream repositories.

tags

One or more tag key-value pairs for the repository.


Deletes a domain

Description

Deletes a domain. You cannot delete a domain that contains repositories. If you want to delete a domain with repositories, first delete its repositories.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_delete_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_delete_domain(domain, domainOwner = NULL)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain to delete.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.


Deletes the resource policy set on a domain

Description

Deletes the resource policy set on a domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_delete_domain_permissions_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_delete_domain_permissions_policy(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  policyRevision = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain associated with the resource policy to be deleted.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

policyRevision

The current revision of the resource policy to be deleted. This revision is used for optimistic locking, which prevents others from overwriting your changes to the domain's resource policy.


Deletes a package and all associated package versions

Description

Deletes a package and all associated package versions. A deleted package cannot be restored. To delete one or more package versions, use the delete_package_versions API.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_delete_package/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_delete_package(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  repository,
  format,
  namespace = NULL,
  package
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the package to delete.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

repository

[required] The name of the repository that contains the package to delete.

format

[required] The format of the requested package to delete.

namespace

The namespace of the package to delete. The package component that specifies its namespace depends on its type. For example:

The namespace is required when deleting packages of the following formats:

  • Maven

  • Swift

  • generic

  • The namespace of a Maven package version is its groupId.

  • The namespace of an npm or Swift package version is its scope.

  • The namespace of a generic package is its namespace.

  • Python, NuGet, Ruby, and Cargo package versions do not contain a corresponding component, package versions of those formats do not have a namespace.

package

[required] The name of the package to delete.


Deletes a package group

Description

Deletes a package group. Deleting a package group does not delete packages or package versions associated with the package group. When a package group is deleted, the direct child package groups will become children of the package group's direct parent package group. Therefore, if any of the child groups are inheriting any settings from the parent, those settings could change.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_delete_package_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_delete_package_group(domain, domainOwner = NULL, packageGroup)

Arguments

domain

[required] The domain that contains the package group to be deleted.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

packageGroup

[required] The pattern of the package group to be deleted.


Deletes one or more versions of a package

Description

Deletes one or more versions of a package. A deleted package version cannot be restored in your repository. If you want to remove a package version from your repository and be able to restore it later, set its status to Archived. Archived packages cannot be downloaded from a repository and don't show up with list package APIs (for example, list_package_versions), but you can restore them using update_package_versions_status.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_delete_package_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_delete_package_versions(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  repository,
  format,
  namespace = NULL,
  package,
  versions,
  expectedStatus = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the package to delete.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

repository

[required] The name of the repository that contains the package versions to delete.

format

[required] The format of the package versions to delete.

namespace

The namespace of the package versions to be deleted. The package component that specifies its namespace depends on its type. For example:

The namespace is required when deleting package versions of the following formats:

  • Maven

  • Swift

  • generic

  • The namespace of a Maven package version is its groupId.

  • The namespace of an npm or Swift package version is its scope.

  • The namespace of a generic package is its namespace.

  • Python, NuGet, Ruby, and Cargo package versions do not contain a corresponding component, package versions of those formats do not have a namespace.

package

[required] The name of the package with the versions to delete.

versions

[required] An array of strings that specify the versions of the package to delete.

expectedStatus

The expected status of the package version to delete.


Deletes a repository

Description

Deletes a repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_delete_repository/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_delete_repository(domain, domainOwner = NULL, repository)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository to delete.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

repository

[required] The name of the repository to delete.


Deletes the resource policy that is set on a repository

Description

Deletes the resource policy that is set on a repository. After a resource policy is deleted, the permissions allowed and denied by the deleted policy are removed. The effect of deleting a resource policy might not be immediate.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_delete_repository_permissions_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_delete_repository_permissions_policy(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  repository,
  policyRevision = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository associated with the resource policy to be deleted.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

repository

[required] The name of the repository that is associated with the resource policy to be deleted

policyRevision

The revision of the repository's resource policy to be deleted. This revision is used for optimistic locking, which prevents others from accidentally overwriting your changes to the repository's resource policy.


Returns a DomainDescription object that contains information about the requested domain

Description

Returns a DomainDescription object that contains information about the requested domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_describe_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_describe_domain(domain, domainOwner = NULL)

Arguments

domain

[required] A string that specifies the name of the requested domain.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.


Returns a PackageDescription object that contains information about the requested package

Description

Returns a PackageDescription object that contains information about the requested package.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_describe_package/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_describe_package(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  repository,
  format,
  namespace = NULL,
  package
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository that contains the package.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

repository

[required] The name of the repository that contains the requested package.

format

[required] A format that specifies the type of the requested package.

namespace

The namespace of the requested package. The package component that specifies its namespace depends on its type. For example:

The namespace is required when requesting packages of the following formats:

  • Maven

  • Swift

  • generic

  • The namespace of a Maven package version is its groupId.

  • The namespace of an npm or Swift package version is its scope.

  • The namespace of a generic package is its namespace.

  • Python, NuGet, Ruby, and Cargo package versions do not contain a corresponding component, package versions of those formats do not have a namespace.

package

[required] The name of the requested package.


Returns a PackageGroupDescription object that contains information about the requested package group

Description

Returns a PackageGroupDescription object that contains information about the requested package group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_describe_package_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_describe_package_group(domain, domainOwner = NULL, packageGroup)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the package group.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

packageGroup

[required] The pattern of the requested package group.


Returns a PackageVersionDescription object that contains information about the requested package version

Description

Returns a PackageVersionDescription object that contains information about the requested package version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_describe_package_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_describe_package_version(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  repository,
  format,
  namespace = NULL,
  package,
  packageVersion
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository that contains the package version.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

repository

[required] The name of the repository that contains the package version.

format

[required] A format that specifies the type of the requested package version.

namespace

The namespace of the requested package version. The package component that specifies its namespace depends on its type. For example:

The namespace is required when requesting package versions of the following formats:

  • Maven

  • Swift

  • generic

  • The namespace of a Maven package version is its groupId.

  • The namespace of an npm or Swift package version is its scope.

  • The namespace of a generic package is its namespace.

  • Python, NuGet, Ruby, and Cargo package versions do not contain a corresponding component, package versions of those formats do not have a namespace.

package

[required] The name of the requested package version.

packageVersion

[required] A string that contains the package version (for example, ⁠3.5.2⁠).


Returns a RepositoryDescription object that contains detailed information about the requested repository

Description

Returns a RepositoryDescription object that contains detailed information about the requested repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_describe_repository/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_describe_repository(domain, domainOwner = NULL, repository)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository to describe.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

repository

[required] A string that specifies the name of the requested repository.


Removes an existing external connection from a repository

Description

Removes an existing external connection from a repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_disassociate_external_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_disassociate_external_connection(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  repository,
  externalConnection
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository from which to remove the external repository.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

repository

[required] The name of the repository from which the external connection will be removed.

externalConnection

[required] The name of the external connection to be removed from the repository.


Deletes the assets in package versions and sets the package versions' status to Disposed

Description

Deletes the assets in package versions and sets the package versions' status to Disposed. A disposed package version cannot be restored in your repository because its assets are deleted.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_dispose_package_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_dispose_package_versions(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  repository,
  format,
  namespace = NULL,
  package,
  versions,
  versionRevisions = NULL,
  expectedStatus = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository you want to dispose.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

repository

[required] The name of the repository that contains the package versions you want to dispose.

format

[required] A format that specifies the type of package versions you want to dispose.

namespace

The namespace of the package versions to be disposed. The package component that specifies its namespace depends on its type. For example:

The namespace is required when disposing package versions of the following formats:

  • Maven

  • Swift

  • generic

  • The namespace of a Maven package version is its groupId.

  • The namespace of an npm or Swift package version is its scope.

  • The namespace of a generic package is its namespace.

  • Python, NuGet, Ruby, and Cargo package versions do not contain a corresponding component, package versions of those formats do not have a namespace.

package

[required] The name of the package with the versions you want to dispose.

versions

[required] The versions of the package you want to dispose.

versionRevisions

The revisions of the package versions you want to dispose.

expectedStatus

The expected status of the package version to dispose.


Returns the most closely associated package group to the specified package

Description

Returns the most closely associated package group to the specified package. This API does not require that the package exist in any repository in the domain. As such, get_associated_package_group can be used to see which package group's origin configuration applies to a package before that package is in a repository. This can be helpful to check if public packages are blocked without ingesting them.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_get_associated_package_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_get_associated_package_group(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  format,
  namespace = NULL,
  package
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the package from which to get the associated package group.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

format

[required] The format of the package from which to get the associated package group.

namespace

The namespace of the package from which to get the associated package group. The package component that specifies its namespace depends on its type. For example:

The namespace is required when getting associated package groups from packages of the following formats:

  • Maven

  • Swift

  • generic

  • The namespace of a Maven package version is its groupId.

  • The namespace of an npm or Swift package version is its scope.

  • The namespace of a generic package is its namespace.

  • Python, NuGet, Ruby, and Cargo package versions do not contain a corresponding component, package versions of those formats do not have a namespace.

package

[required] The package from which to get the associated package group.


Generates a temporary authorization token for accessing repositories in the domain

Description

Generates a temporary authorization token for accessing repositories in the domain. This API requires the codeartifact:GetAuthorizationToken and sts:GetServiceBearerToken permissions. For more information about authorization tokens, see CodeArtifact authentication and tokens.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_get_authorization_token/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_get_authorization_token(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  durationSeconds = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that is in scope for the generated authorization token.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

durationSeconds

The time, in seconds, that the generated authorization token is valid. Valid values are 0 and any number between 900 (15 minutes) and 43200 (12 hours). A value of 0 will set the expiration of the authorization token to the same expiration of the user's role's temporary credentials.


Returns the resource policy attached to the specified domain

Description

Returns the resource policy attached to the specified domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_get_domain_permissions_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_get_domain_permissions_policy(domain, domainOwner = NULL)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain to which the resource policy is attached.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.


Returns an asset (or file) that is in a package

Description

Returns an asset (or file) that is in a package. For example, for a Maven package version, use get_package_version_asset to download a JAR file, a POM file, or any other assets in the package version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_get_package_version_asset/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_get_package_version_asset(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  repository,
  format,
  namespace = NULL,
  package,
  packageVersion,
  asset,
  packageVersionRevision = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository that contains the package version with the requested asset.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

repository

[required] The repository that contains the package version with the requested asset.

format

[required] A format that specifies the type of the package version with the requested asset file.

namespace

The namespace of the package version with the requested asset file. The package component that specifies its namespace depends on its type. For example:

The namespace is required when requesting assets from package versions of the following formats:

  • Maven

  • Swift

  • generic

  • The namespace of a Maven package version is its groupId.

  • The namespace of an npm or Swift package version is its scope.

  • The namespace of a generic package is its namespace.

  • Python, NuGet, Ruby, and Cargo package versions do not contain a corresponding component, package versions of those formats do not have a namespace.

package

[required] The name of the package that contains the requested asset.

packageVersion

[required] A string that contains the package version (for example, ⁠3.5.2⁠).

asset

[required] The name of the requested asset.

packageVersionRevision

The name of the package version revision that contains the requested asset.


Gets the readme file or descriptive text for a package version

Description

Gets the readme file or descriptive text for a package version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_get_package_version_readme/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_get_package_version_readme(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  repository,
  format,
  namespace = NULL,
  package,
  packageVersion
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository that contains the package version with the requested readme file.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

repository

[required] The repository that contains the package with the requested readme file.

format

[required] A format that specifies the type of the package version with the requested readme file.

namespace

The namespace of the package version with the requested readme file. The package component that specifies its namespace depends on its type. For example:

The namespace is required when requesting the readme from package versions of the following formats:

  • Maven

  • Swift

  • generic

  • The namespace of a Maven package version is its groupId.

  • The namespace of an npm or Swift package version is its scope.

  • The namespace of a generic package is its namespace.

  • Python, NuGet, Ruby, and Cargo package versions do not contain a corresponding component, package versions of those formats do not have a namespace.

package

[required] The name of the package version that contains the requested readme file.

packageVersion

[required] A string that contains the package version (for example, ⁠3.5.2⁠).


Returns the endpoint of a repository for a specific package format

Description

Returns the endpoint of a repository for a specific package format. A repository has one endpoint for each package format:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_get_repository_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_get_repository_endpoint(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  repository,
  format,
  endpointType = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain that contains the repository. It does not include dashes or spaces.

repository

[required] The name of the repository.

format

[required] Returns which endpoint of a repository to return. A repository has one endpoint for each package format.

endpointType

A string that specifies the type of endpoint.


Returns the resource policy that is set on a repository

Description

Returns the resource policy that is set on a repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_get_repository_permissions_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_get_repository_permissions_policy(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  repository
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain containing the repository whose associated resource policy is to be retrieved.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

repository

[required] The name of the repository whose associated resource policy is to be retrieved.


Lists the repositories in the added repositories list of the specified restriction type for a package group

Description

Lists the repositories in the added repositories list of the specified restriction type for a package group. For more information about restriction types and added repository lists, see Package group origin controls in the CodeArtifact User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_list_allowed_repositories_for_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_list_allowed_repositories_for_group(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  packageGroup,
  originRestrictionType,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the package group from which to list allowed repositories.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

packageGroup

[required] The pattern of the package group from which to list allowed repositories.

originRestrictionType

[required] The origin configuration restriction type of which to list allowed repositories.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return per page.

nextToken

The token for the next set of results. Use the value returned in the previous response in the next request to retrieve the next set of results.


Returns a list of packages associated with the requested package group

Description

Returns a list of packages associated with the requested package group. For information package group association and matching, see Package group definition syntax and matching behavior in the CodeArtifact User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_list_associated_packages/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_list_associated_packages(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  packageGroup,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  preview = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the package group from which to list associated packages.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

packageGroup

[required] The pattern of the package group from which to list associated packages.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return per page.

nextToken

The token for the next set of results. Use the value returned in the previous response in the next request to retrieve the next set of results.

preview

When this flag is included, list_associated_packages will return a list of packages that would be associated with a package group, even if it does not exist.


Returns a list of DomainSummary objects for all domains owned by the Amazon Web Services account that makes this call

Description

Returns a list of DomainSummary objects for all domains owned by the Amazon Web Services account that makes this call. Each returned DomainSummary object contains information about a domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_list_domains/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_list_domains(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return per page.

nextToken

The token for the next set of results. Use the value returned in the previous response in the next request to retrieve the next set of results.


Returns a list of package groups in the requested domain

Description

Returns a list of package groups in the requested domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_list_package_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_list_package_groups(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  prefix = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The domain for which you want to list package groups.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return per page.

nextToken

The token for the next set of results. Use the value returned in the previous response in the next request to retrieve the next set of results.

prefix

A prefix for which to search package groups. When included, list_package_groups will return only package groups with patterns that match the prefix.


Returns a list of AssetSummary objects for assets in a package version

Description

Returns a list of AssetSummary objects for assets in a package version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_list_package_version_assets/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_list_package_version_assets(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  repository,
  format,
  namespace = NULL,
  package,
  packageVersion,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository associated with the package version assets.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

repository

[required] The name of the repository that contains the package that contains the requested package version assets.

format

[required] The format of the package that contains the requested package version assets.

namespace

The namespace of the package version that contains the requested package version assets. The package component that specifies its namespace depends on its type. For example:

The namespace is required requesting assets from package versions of the following formats:

  • Maven

  • Swift

  • generic

  • The namespace of a Maven package version is its groupId.

  • The namespace of an npm or Swift package version is its scope.

  • The namespace of a generic package is its namespace.

  • Python, NuGet, Ruby, and Cargo package versions do not contain a corresponding component, package versions of those formats do not have a namespace.

package

[required] The name of the package that contains the requested package version assets.

packageVersion

[required] A string that contains the package version (for example, ⁠3.5.2⁠).

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return per page.

nextToken

The token for the next set of results. Use the value returned in the previous response in the next request to retrieve the next set of results.


Returns the direct dependencies for a package version

Description

Returns the direct dependencies for a package version. The dependencies are returned as PackageDependency objects. CodeArtifact extracts the dependencies for a package version from the metadata file for the package format (for example, the package.json file for npm packages and the pom.xml file for Maven). Any package version dependencies that are not listed in the configuration file are not returned.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_list_package_version_dependencies/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_list_package_version_dependencies(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  repository,
  format,
  namespace = NULL,
  package,
  packageVersion,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository that contains the requested package version dependencies.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

repository

[required] The name of the repository that contains the requested package version.

format

[required] The format of the package with the requested dependencies.

namespace

The namespace of the package version with the requested dependencies. The package component that specifies its namespace depends on its type. For example:

The namespace is required when listing dependencies from package versions of the following formats:

  • Maven

  • The namespace of a Maven package version is its groupId.

  • The namespace of an npm package version is its scope.

  • Python and NuGet package versions do not contain a corresponding component, package versions of those formats do not have a namespace.

package

[required] The name of the package versions' package.

packageVersion

[required] A string that contains the package version (for example, ⁠3.5.2⁠).

nextToken

The token for the next set of results. Use the value returned in the previous response in the next request to retrieve the next set of results.


Returns a list of PackageVersionSummary objects for package versions in a repository that match the request parameters

Description

Returns a list of PackageVersionSummary objects for package versions in a repository that match the request parameters. Package versions of all statuses will be returned by default when calling list-package-versions with no --status parameter.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_list_package_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_list_package_versions(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  repository,
  format,
  namespace = NULL,
  package,
  status = NULL,
  sortBy = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  originType = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository that contains the requested package versions.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

repository

[required] The name of the repository that contains the requested package versions.

format

[required] The format of the package versions you want to list.

namespace

The namespace of the package that contains the requested package versions. The package component that specifies its namespace depends on its type. For example:

The namespace is required when deleting package versions of the following formats:

  • Maven

  • Swift

  • generic

  • The namespace of a Maven package version is its groupId.

  • The namespace of an npm or Swift package version is its scope.

  • The namespace of a generic package is its namespace.

  • Python, NuGet, Ruby, and Cargo package versions do not contain a corresponding component, package versions of those formats do not have a namespace.

package

[required] The name of the package for which you want to request package versions.

status

A string that filters the requested package versions by status.

sortBy

How to sort the requested list of package versions.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return per page.

nextToken

The token for the next set of results. Use the value returned in the previous response in the next request to retrieve the next set of results.

originType

The originType used to filter package versions. Only package versions with the provided originType will be returned.


Returns a list of PackageSummary objects for packages in a repository that match the request parameters

Description

Returns a list of PackageSummary objects for packages in a repository that match the request parameters.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_list_packages/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_list_packages(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  repository,
  format = NULL,
  namespace = NULL,
  packagePrefix = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  publish = NULL,
  upstream = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository that contains the requested packages.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

repository

[required] The name of the repository that contains the requested packages.

format

The format used to filter requested packages. Only packages from the provided format will be returned.

namespace

The namespace prefix used to filter requested packages. Only packages with a namespace that starts with the provided string value are returned. Note that although this option is called --namespace and not --namespace-prefix, it has prefix-matching behavior.

Each package format uses namespace as follows:

  • The namespace of a Maven package version is its groupId.

  • The namespace of an npm or Swift package version is its scope.

  • The namespace of a generic package is its namespace.

  • Python, NuGet, Ruby, and Cargo package versions do not contain a corresponding component, package versions of those formats do not have a namespace.

packagePrefix

A prefix used to filter requested packages. Only packages with names that start with packagePrefix are returned.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return per page.

nextToken

The token for the next set of results. Use the value returned in the previous response in the next request to retrieve the next set of results.

publish

The value of the Publish package origin control restriction used to filter requested packages. Only packages with the provided restriction are returned. For more information, see PackageOriginRestrictions.

upstream

The value of the Upstream package origin control restriction used to filter requested packages. Only packages with the provided restriction are returned. For more information, see PackageOriginRestrictions.


Returns a list of RepositorySummary objects

Description

Returns a list of RepositorySummary objects. Each RepositorySummary contains information about a repository in the specified Amazon Web Services account and that matches the input parameters.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_list_repositories/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_list_repositories(
  repositoryPrefix = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

repositoryPrefix

A prefix used to filter returned repositories. Only repositories with names that start with repositoryPrefix are returned.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return per page.

nextToken

The token for the next set of results. Use the value returned in the previous response in the next request to retrieve the next set of results.


Returns a list of RepositorySummary objects

Description

Returns a list of RepositorySummary objects. Each RepositorySummary contains information about a repository in the specified domain and that matches the input parameters.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_list_repositories_in_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_list_repositories_in_domain(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  administratorAccount = NULL,
  repositoryPrefix = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the returned list of repositories.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

administratorAccount

Filter the list of repositories to only include those that are managed by the Amazon Web Services account ID.

repositoryPrefix

A prefix used to filter returned repositories. Only repositories with names that start with repositoryPrefix are returned.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return per page.

nextToken

The token for the next set of results. Use the value returned in the previous response in the next request to retrieve the next set of results.


Returns a list of direct children of the specified package group

Description

Returns a list of direct children of the specified package group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_list_sub_package_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_list_sub_package_groups(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  packageGroup,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain which contains the package group from which to list sub package groups.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

packageGroup

[required] The pattern of the package group from which to list sub package groups.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return per page.

nextToken

The token for the next set of results. Use the value returned in the previous response in the next request to retrieve the next set of results.


Gets information about Amazon Web Services tags for a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in CodeArtifact

Description

Gets information about Amazon Web Services tags for a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in CodeArtifact.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to get tags for.


Creates a new package version containing one or more assets (or files)

Description

Creates a new package version containing one or more assets (or files).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_publish_package_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_publish_package_version(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  repository,
  format,
  namespace = NULL,
  package,
  packageVersion,
  assetContent,
  assetName,
  assetSHA256,
  unfinished = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository that contains the package version to publish.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the AWS account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

repository

[required] The name of the repository that the package version will be published to.

format

[required] A format that specifies the type of the package version with the requested asset file.

The only supported value is generic.

namespace

The namespace of the package version to publish.

package

[required] The name of the package version to publish.

packageVersion

[required] The package version to publish (for example, ⁠3.5.2⁠).

assetContent

[required] The content of the asset to publish.

assetName

[required] The name of the asset to publish. Asset names can include Unicode letters and numbers, and the following special characters: ⁠~ ! @ ^ & ( ) - ` _ + [ ] { } ; , . `⁠

[ ]: R:%20

assetSHA256

[required] The SHA256 hash of the assetContent to publish. This value must be calculated by the caller and provided with the request (see Publishing a generic package in the CodeArtifact User Guide).

This value is used as an integrity check to verify that the assetContent has not changed after it was originally sent.

unfinished

Specifies whether the package version should remain in the unfinished state. If omitted, the package version status will be set to Published (see Package version status in the CodeArtifact User Guide).

Valid values: unfinished


Sets a resource policy on a domain that specifies permissions to access it

Description

Sets a resource policy on a domain that specifies permissions to access it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_put_domain_permissions_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_put_domain_permissions_policy(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  policyRevision = NULL,
  policyDocument
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain on which to set the resource policy.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

policyRevision

The current revision of the resource policy to be set. This revision is used for optimistic locking, which prevents others from overwriting your changes to the domain's resource policy.

policyDocument

[required] A valid displayable JSON Aspen policy string to be set as the access control resource policy on the provided domain.


Sets the package origin configuration for a package

Description

Sets the package origin configuration for a package.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_put_package_origin_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_put_package_origin_configuration(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  repository,
  format,
  namespace = NULL,
  package,
  restrictions
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository that contains the package.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

repository

[required] The name of the repository that contains the package.

format

[required] A format that specifies the type of the package to be updated.

namespace

The namespace of the package to be updated. The package component that specifies its namespace depends on its type. For example:

  • The namespace of a Maven package version is its groupId.

  • The namespace of an npm or Swift package version is its scope.

  • The namespace of a generic package is its namespace.

  • Python, NuGet, Ruby, and Cargo package versions do not contain a corresponding component, package versions of those formats do not have a namespace.

package

[required] The name of the package to be updated.

restrictions

[required] A PackageOriginRestrictions object that contains information about the upstream and publish package origin restrictions. The upstream restriction determines if new package versions can be ingested or retained from external connections or upstream repositories. The publish restriction determines if new package versions can be published directly to the repository.

You must include both the desired upstream and publish restrictions.


Sets the resource policy on a repository that specifies permissions to access it

Description

Sets the resource policy on a repository that specifies permissions to access it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_put_repository_permissions_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_put_repository_permissions_policy(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  repository,
  policyRevision = NULL,
  policyDocument
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain containing the repository to set the resource policy on.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

repository

[required] The name of the repository to set the resource policy on.

policyRevision

Sets the revision of the resource policy that specifies permissions to access the repository. This revision is used for optimistic locking, which prevents others from overwriting your changes to the repository's resource policy.

policyDocument

[required] A valid displayable JSON Aspen policy string to be set as the access control resource policy on the provided repository.


Adds or updates tags for a resource in CodeArtifact

Description

Adds or updates tags for a resource in CodeArtifact.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that you want to add or update tags for.

tags

[required] The tags you want to modify or add to the resource.


Removes tags from a resource in CodeArtifact

Description

Removes tags from a resource in CodeArtifact.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that you want to remove tags from.

tagKeys

[required] The tag key for each tag that you want to remove from the resource.


Updates a package group

Description

Updates a package group. This API cannot be used to update a package group's origin configuration or pattern. To update a package group's origin configuration, use update_package_group_origin_configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_update_package_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_update_package_group(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  packageGroup,
  contactInfo = NULL,
  description = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain which contains the package group to be updated.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

packageGroup

[required] The pattern of the package group to be updated.

contactInfo

Contact information which you want to update the requested package group with.

description

The description you want to update the requested package group with.


Updates the package origin configuration for a package group

Description

Updates the package origin configuration for a package group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_update_package_group_origin_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_update_package_group_origin_configuration(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  packageGroup,
  restrictions = NULL,
  addAllowedRepositories = NULL,
  removeAllowedRepositories = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain which contains the package group for which to update the origin configuration.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

packageGroup

[required] The pattern of the package group for which to update the origin configuration.

restrictions

The origin configuration settings that determine how package versions can enter repositories.

addAllowedRepositories

The repository name and restrictions to add to the allowed repository list of the specified package group.

removeAllowedRepositories

The repository name and restrictions to remove from the allowed repository list of the specified package group.


Updates the status of one or more versions of a package

Description

Updates the status of one or more versions of a package. Using update_package_versions_status, you can update the status of package versions to Archived, Published, or Unlisted. To set the status of a package version to Disposed, use dispose_package_versions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_update_package_versions_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_update_package_versions_status(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  repository,
  format,
  namespace = NULL,
  package,
  versions,
  versionRevisions = NULL,
  expectedStatus = NULL,
  targetStatus
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository that contains the package versions with a status to be updated.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

repository

[required] The repository that contains the package versions with the status you want to update.

format

[required] A format that specifies the type of the package with the statuses to update.

namespace

The namespace of the package version to be updated. The package component that specifies its namespace depends on its type. For example:

  • The namespace of a Maven package version is its groupId.

  • The namespace of an npm or Swift package version is its scope.

  • The namespace of a generic package is its namespace.

  • Python, NuGet, Ruby, and Cargo package versions do not contain a corresponding component, package versions of those formats do not have a namespace.

package

[required] The name of the package with the version statuses to update.

versions

[required] An array of strings that specify the versions of the package with the statuses to update.

versionRevisions

A map of package versions and package version revisions. The map key is the package version (for example, ⁠3.5.2⁠), and the map value is the package version revision.

expectedStatus

The package version’s expected status before it is updated. If expectedStatus is provided, the package version's status is updated only if its status at the time update_package_versions_status is called matches expectedStatus.

targetStatus

[required] The status you want to change the package version status to.


Update the properties of a repository

Description

Update the properties of a repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_update_repository/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeartifact_update_repository(
  domain,
  domainOwner = NULL,
  repository,
  description = NULL,
  upstreams = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain associated with the repository to update.

domainOwner

The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces.

repository

[required] The name of the repository to update.

description

An updated repository description.

upstreams

A list of upstream repositories to associate with the repository. The order of the upstream repositories in the list determines their priority order when CodeArtifact looks for a requested package version. For more information, see Working with upstream repositories.


AWS CodeBuild

Description

CodeBuild

CodeBuild is a fully managed build service in the cloud. CodeBuild compiles your source code, runs unit tests, and produces artifacts that are ready to deploy. CodeBuild eliminates the need to provision, manage, and scale your own build servers. It provides prepackaged build environments for the most popular programming languages and build tools, such as Apache Maven, Gradle, and more. You can also fully customize build environments in CodeBuild to use your own build tools. CodeBuild scales automatically to meet peak build requests. You pay only for the build time you consume. For more information about CodeBuild, see the CodeBuild User Guide.

Usage

codebuild(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- codebuild(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

batch_delete_builds Deletes one or more builds
batch_get_build_batches Retrieves information about one or more batch builds
batch_get_builds Gets information about one or more builds
batch_get_fleets Gets information about one or more compute fleets
batch_get_projects Gets information about one or more build projects
batch_get_report_groups Returns an array of report groups
batch_get_reports Returns an array of reports
create_fleet Creates a compute fleet
create_project Creates a build project
create_report_group Creates a report group
create_webhook For an existing CodeBuild build project that has its source code stored in a GitHub or Bitbucket repository, enables CodeBuild to start rebuilding the source code every time a code change is pushed to the repository
delete_build_batch Deletes a batch build
delete_fleet Deletes a compute fleet
delete_project Deletes a build project
delete_report Deletes a report
delete_report_group Deletes a report group
delete_resource_policy Deletes a resource policy that is identified by its resource ARN
delete_source_credentials Deletes a set of GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, or Bitbucket source credentials
delete_webhook For an existing CodeBuild build project that has its source code stored in a GitHub or Bitbucket repository, stops CodeBuild from rebuilding the source code every time a code change is pushed to the repository
describe_code_coverages Retrieves one or more code coverage reports
describe_test_cases Returns a list of details about test cases for a report
get_report_group_trend Analyzes and accumulates test report values for the specified test reports
get_resource_policy Gets a resource policy that is identified by its resource ARN
import_source_credentials Imports the source repository credentials for an CodeBuild project that has its source code stored in a GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, GitLab, GitLab Self Managed, or Bitbucket repository
invalidate_project_cache Resets the cache for a project
list_build_batches Retrieves the identifiers of your build batches in the current region
list_build_batches_for_project Retrieves the identifiers of the build batches for a specific project
list_builds Gets a list of build IDs, with each build ID representing a single build
list_builds_for_project Gets a list of build identifiers for the specified build project, with each build identifier representing a single build
list_curated_environment_images Gets information about Docker images that are managed by CodeBuild
list_fleets Gets a list of compute fleet names with each compute fleet name representing a single compute fleet
list_projects Gets a list of build project names, with each build project name representing a single build project
list_report_groups Gets a list ARNs for the report groups in the current Amazon Web Services account
list_reports Returns a list of ARNs for the reports in the current Amazon Web Services account
list_reports_for_report_group Returns a list of ARNs for the reports that belong to a ReportGroup
list_shared_projects Gets a list of projects that are shared with other Amazon Web Services accounts or users
list_shared_report_groups Gets a list of report groups that are shared with other Amazon Web Services accounts or users
list_source_credentials Returns a list of SourceCredentialsInfo objects
put_resource_policy Stores a resource policy for the ARN of a Project or ReportGroup object
retry_build Restarts a build
retry_build_batch Restarts a failed batch build
start_build Starts running a build with the settings defined in the project
start_build_batch Starts a batch build for a project
stop_build Attempts to stop running a build
stop_build_batch Stops a running batch build
update_fleet Updates a compute fleet
update_project Changes the settings of a build project
update_project_visibility Changes the public visibility for a project
update_report_group Updates a report group
update_webhook Updates the webhook associated with an CodeBuild build project

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- codebuild()
# The following example gets information about builds with the specified
# build IDs.
svc$batch_get_builds(
  ids = list(
    "codebuild-demo-project:9b0ac37f-d19e-4254-9079-f47e9a389eEX",
    "codebuild-demo-project:b79a46f7-1473-4636-a23f-da9c45c208EX"
  )
)

## End(Not run)


Deletes one or more builds

Description

Deletes one or more builds.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_batch_delete_builds/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_batch_delete_builds(ids)

Arguments

ids

[required] The IDs of the builds to delete.


Retrieves information about one or more batch builds

Description

Retrieves information about one or more batch builds.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_batch_get_build_batches/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_batch_get_build_batches(ids)

Arguments

ids

[required] An array that contains the batch build identifiers to retrieve.


Gets information about one or more builds

Description

Gets information about one or more builds.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_batch_get_builds/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_batch_get_builds(ids)

Arguments

ids

[required] The IDs of the builds.


Gets information about one or more compute fleets

Description

Gets information about one or more compute fleets.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_batch_get_fleets/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_batch_get_fleets(names)

Arguments

names

[required] The names or ARNs of the compute fleets.


Gets information about one or more build projects

Description

Gets information about one or more build projects.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_batch_get_projects/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_batch_get_projects(names)

Arguments

names

[required] The names or ARNs of the build projects. To get information about a project shared with your Amazon Web Services account, its ARN must be specified. You cannot specify a shared project using its name.


Returns an array of report groups

Description

Returns an array of report groups.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_batch_get_report_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_batch_get_report_groups(reportGroupArns)

Arguments

reportGroupArns

[required] An array of report group ARNs that identify the report groups to return.


Returns an array of reports

Description

Returns an array of reports.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_batch_get_reports/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_batch_get_reports(reportArns)

Arguments

reportArns

[required] An array of ARNs that identify the Report objects to return.


Creates a compute fleet

Description

Creates a compute fleet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_create_fleet/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_create_fleet(
  name,
  baseCapacity,
  environmentType,
  computeType,
  computeConfiguration = NULL,
  scalingConfiguration = NULL,
  overflowBehavior = NULL,
  vpcConfig = NULL,
  proxyConfiguration = NULL,
  imageId = NULL,
  fleetServiceRole = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the compute fleet.

baseCapacity

[required] The initial number of machines allocated to the fleet, which defines the number of builds that can run in parallel.

environmentType

[required] The environment type of the compute fleet.

  • The environment type ARM_CONTAINER is available only in regions US East (N. Virginia), US East (Ohio), US West (Oregon), EU (Ireland), Asia Pacific (Mumbai), Asia Pacific (Tokyo), Asia Pacific (Singapore), Asia Pacific (Sydney), EU (Frankfurt), and South America (São Paulo).

  • The environment type ARM_EC2 is available only in regions US East (N. Virginia), US East (Ohio), US West (Oregon), EU (Ireland), EU (Frankfurt), Asia Pacific (Tokyo), Asia Pacific (Singapore), Asia Pacific (Sydney), South America (São Paulo), and Asia Pacific (Mumbai).

  • The environment type LINUX_CONTAINER is available only in regions US East (N. Virginia), US East (Ohio), US West (Oregon), EU (Ireland), EU (Frankfurt), Asia Pacific (Tokyo), Asia Pacific (Singapore), Asia Pacific (Sydney), South America (São Paulo), and Asia Pacific (Mumbai).

  • The environment type LINUX_EC2 is available only in regions US East (N. Virginia), US East (Ohio), US West (Oregon), EU (Ireland), EU (Frankfurt), Asia Pacific (Tokyo), Asia Pacific (Singapore), Asia Pacific (Sydney), South America (São Paulo), and Asia Pacific (Mumbai).

  • The environment type LINUX_GPU_CONTAINER is available only in regions US East (N. Virginia), US East (Ohio), US West (Oregon), EU (Ireland), EU (Frankfurt), Asia Pacific (Tokyo), and Asia Pacific (Sydney).

  • The environment type MAC_ARM is available for Medium fleets only in regions US East (N. Virginia), US East (Ohio), US West (Oregon), Asia Pacific (Sydney), and EU (Frankfurt)

  • The environment type MAC_ARM is available for Large fleets only in regions US East (N. Virginia), US East (Ohio), US West (Oregon), and Asia Pacific (Sydney).

  • The environment type WINDOWS_EC2 is available only in regions US East (N. Virginia), US East (Ohio), US West (Oregon), EU (Ireland), EU (Frankfurt), Asia Pacific (Tokyo), Asia Pacific (Singapore), Asia Pacific (Sydney), South America (São Paulo), and Asia Pacific (Mumbai).

  • The environment type WINDOWS_SERVER_2019_CONTAINER is available only in regions US East (N. Virginia), US East (Ohio), US West (Oregon), Asia Pacific (Sydney), Asia Pacific (Tokyo), Asia Pacific (Mumbai) and EU (Ireland).

  • The environment type WINDOWS_SERVER_2022_CONTAINER is available only in regions US East (N. Virginia), US East (Ohio), US West (Oregon), EU (Ireland), EU (Frankfurt), Asia Pacific (Sydney), Asia Pacific (Singapore), Asia Pacific (Tokyo), South America (São Paulo) and Asia Pacific (Mumbai).

For more information, see Build environment compute types in the CodeBuild user guide.

computeType

[required] Information about the compute resources the compute fleet uses. Available values include:

  • ATTRIBUTE_BASED_COMPUTE: Specify the amount of vCPUs, memory, disk space, and the type of machine.

    If you use ATTRIBUTE_BASED_COMPUTE, you must define your attributes by using computeConfiguration. CodeBuild will select the cheapest instance that satisfies your specified attributes. For more information, see Reserved capacity environment types in the CodeBuild User Guide.

  • BUILD_GENERAL1_SMALL: Use up to 4 GiB memory and 2 vCPUs for builds.

  • BUILD_GENERAL1_MEDIUM: Use up to 8 GiB memory and 4 vCPUs for builds.

  • BUILD_GENERAL1_LARGE: Use up to 16 GiB memory and 8 vCPUs for builds, depending on your environment type.

  • BUILD_GENERAL1_XLARGE: Use up to 72 GiB memory and 36 vCPUs for builds, depending on your environment type.

  • BUILD_GENERAL1_2XLARGE: Use up to 144 GiB memory, 72 vCPUs, and 824 GB of SSD storage for builds. This compute type supports Docker images up to 100 GB uncompressed.

  • BUILD_LAMBDA_1GB: Use up to 1 GiB memory for builds. Only available for environment type LINUX_LAMBDA_CONTAINER and ARM_LAMBDA_CONTAINER.

  • BUILD_LAMBDA_2GB: Use up to 2 GiB memory for builds. Only available for environment type LINUX_LAMBDA_CONTAINER and ARM_LAMBDA_CONTAINER.

  • BUILD_LAMBDA_4GB: Use up to 4 GiB memory for builds. Only available for environment type LINUX_LAMBDA_CONTAINER and ARM_LAMBDA_CONTAINER.

  • BUILD_LAMBDA_8GB: Use up to 8 GiB memory for builds. Only available for environment type LINUX_LAMBDA_CONTAINER and ARM_LAMBDA_CONTAINER.

  • BUILD_LAMBDA_10GB: Use up to 10 GiB memory for builds. Only available for environment type LINUX_LAMBDA_CONTAINER and ARM_LAMBDA_CONTAINER.

If you use BUILD_GENERAL1_SMALL:

  • For environment type LINUX_CONTAINER, you can use up to 4 GiB memory and 2 vCPUs for builds.

  • For environment type LINUX_GPU_CONTAINER, you can use up to 16 GiB memory, 4 vCPUs, and 1 NVIDIA A10G Tensor Core GPU for builds.

  • For environment type ARM_CONTAINER, you can use up to 4 GiB memory and 2 vCPUs on ARM-based processors for builds.

If you use BUILD_GENERAL1_LARGE:

  • For environment type LINUX_CONTAINER, you can use up to 16 GiB memory and 8 vCPUs for builds.

  • For environment type LINUX_GPU_CONTAINER, you can use up to 255 GiB memory, 32 vCPUs, and 4 NVIDIA Tesla V100 GPUs for builds.

  • For environment type ARM_CONTAINER, you can use up to 16 GiB memory and 8 vCPUs on ARM-based processors for builds.

For more information, see On-demand environment types in the CodeBuild User Guide.

computeConfiguration

The compute configuration of the compute fleet. This is only required if computeType is set to ATTRIBUTE_BASED_COMPUTE.

scalingConfiguration

The scaling configuration of the compute fleet.

overflowBehavior

The compute fleet overflow behavior.

vpcConfig
proxyConfiguration

The proxy configuration of the compute fleet.

imageId

The Amazon Machine Image (AMI) of the compute fleet.

fleetServiceRole

The service role associated with the compute fleet. For more information, see Allow a user to add a permission policy for a fleet service role in the CodeBuild User Guide.

tags

A list of tag key and value pairs associated with this compute fleet.

These tags are available for use by Amazon Web Services services that support CodeBuild build project tags.


Creates a build project

Description

Creates a build project.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_create_project/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_create_project(
  name,
  description = NULL,
  source,
  secondarySources = NULL,
  sourceVersion = NULL,
  secondarySourceVersions = NULL,
  artifacts,
  secondaryArtifacts = NULL,
  cache = NULL,
  environment,
  serviceRole,
  timeoutInMinutes = NULL,
  queuedTimeoutInMinutes = NULL,
  encryptionKey = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  vpcConfig = NULL,
  badgeEnabled = NULL,
  logsConfig = NULL,
  fileSystemLocations = NULL,
  buildBatchConfig = NULL,
  concurrentBuildLimit = NULL,
  autoRetryLimit = NULL
)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the build project.

description

A description that makes the build project easy to identify.

source

[required] Information about the build input source code for the build project.

secondarySources

An array of ProjectSource objects.

sourceVersion

A version of the build input to be built for this project. If not specified, the latest version is used. If specified, it must be one of:

  • For CodeCommit: the commit ID, branch, or Git tag to use.

  • For GitHub: the commit ID, pull request ID, branch name, or tag name that corresponds to the version of the source code you want to build. If a pull request ID is specified, it must use the format pr/pull-request-ID (for example pr/25). If a branch name is specified, the branch's HEAD commit ID is used. If not specified, the default branch's HEAD commit ID is used.

  • For GitLab: the commit ID, branch, or Git tag to use.

  • For Bitbucket: the commit ID, branch name, or tag name that corresponds to the version of the source code you want to build. If a branch name is specified, the branch's HEAD commit ID is used. If not specified, the default branch's HEAD commit ID is used.

  • For Amazon S3: the version ID of the object that represents the build input ZIP file to use.

If sourceVersion is specified at the build level, then that version takes precedence over this sourceVersion (at the project level).

For more information, see Source Version Sample with CodeBuild in the CodeBuild User Guide.

secondarySourceVersions

An array of ProjectSourceVersion objects. If secondarySourceVersions is specified at the build level, then they take precedence over these secondarySourceVersions (at the project level).

artifacts

[required] Information about the build output artifacts for the build project.

secondaryArtifacts

An array of ProjectArtifacts objects.

cache

Stores recently used information so that it can be quickly accessed at a later time.

environment

[required] Information about the build environment for the build project.

serviceRole

[required] The ARN of the IAM role that enables CodeBuild to interact with dependent Amazon Web Services services on behalf of the Amazon Web Services account.

timeoutInMinutes

How long, in minutes, from 5 to 2160 (36 hours), for CodeBuild to wait before it times out any build that has not been marked as completed. The default is 60 minutes.

queuedTimeoutInMinutes

The number of minutes a build is allowed to be queued before it times out.

encryptionKey

The Key Management Service customer master key (CMK) to be used for encrypting the build output artifacts.

You can use a cross-account KMS key to encrypt the build output artifacts if your service role has permission to that key.

You can specify either the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK or, if available, the CMK's alias (using the format ⁠alias/<alias-name>⁠).

tags

A list of tag key and value pairs associated with this build project.

These tags are available for use by Amazon Web Services services that support CodeBuild build project tags.

vpcConfig

VpcConfig enables CodeBuild to access resources in an Amazon VPC.

If you're using compute fleets during project creation, do not provide vpcConfig.

badgeEnabled

Set this to true to generate a publicly accessible URL for your project's build badge.

logsConfig

Information about logs for the build project. These can be logs in CloudWatch Logs, logs uploaded to a specified S3 bucket, or both.

fileSystemLocations

An array of ProjectFileSystemLocation objects for a CodeBuild build project. A ProjectFileSystemLocation object specifies the identifier, location, mountOptions, mountPoint, and type of a file system created using Amazon Elastic File System.

buildBatchConfig

A ProjectBuildBatchConfig object that defines the batch build options for the project.

concurrentBuildLimit

The maximum number of concurrent builds that are allowed for this project.

New builds are only started if the current number of builds is less than or equal to this limit. If the current build count meets this limit, new builds are throttled and are not run.

autoRetryLimit

The maximum number of additional automatic retries after a failed build. For example, if the auto-retry limit is set to 2, CodeBuild will call the retry_build API to automatically retry your build for up to 2 additional times.


Creates a report group

Description

Creates a report group. A report group contains a collection of reports.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_create_report_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_create_report_group(name, type, exportConfig, tags = NULL)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the report group.

type

[required] The type of report group.

exportConfig

[required] A ReportExportConfig object that contains information about where the report group test results are exported.

tags

A list of tag key and value pairs associated with this report group.

These tags are available for use by Amazon Web Services services that support CodeBuild report group tags.


For an existing CodeBuild build project that has its source code stored in a GitHub or Bitbucket repository, enables CodeBuild to start rebuilding the source code every time a code change is pushed to the repository

Description

For an existing CodeBuild build project that has its source code stored in a GitHub or Bitbucket repository, enables CodeBuild to start rebuilding the source code every time a code change is pushed to the repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_create_webhook/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_create_webhook(
  projectName,
  branchFilter = NULL,
  filterGroups = NULL,
  buildType = NULL,
  manualCreation = NULL,
  scopeConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

projectName

[required] The name of the CodeBuild project.

branchFilter

A regular expression used to determine which repository branches are built when a webhook is triggered. If the name of a branch matches the regular expression, then it is built. If branchFilter is empty, then all branches are built.

It is recommended that you use filterGroups instead of branchFilter.

filterGroups

An array of arrays of WebhookFilter objects used to determine which webhooks are triggered. At least one WebhookFilter in the array must specify EVENT as its type.

For a build to be triggered, at least one filter group in the filterGroups array must pass. For a filter group to pass, each of its filters must pass.

buildType

Specifies the type of build this webhook will trigger.

RUNNER_BUILDKITE_BUILD is only available for NO_SOURCE source type projects configured for Buildkite runner builds. For more information about CodeBuild-hosted Buildkite runner builds, see Tutorial: Configure a CodeBuild-hosted Buildkite runner in the CodeBuild user guide.

manualCreation

If manualCreation is true, CodeBuild doesn't create a webhook in GitHub and instead returns payloadUrl and secret values for the webhook. The payloadUrl and secret values in the output can be used to manually create a webhook within GitHub.

manualCreation is only available for GitHub webhooks.

scopeConfiguration

The scope configuration for global or organization webhooks.

Global or organization webhooks are only available for GitHub and Github Enterprise webhooks.


Deletes a batch build

Description

Deletes a batch build.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_delete_build_batch/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_delete_build_batch(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The identifier of the batch build to delete.


Deletes a compute fleet

Description

Deletes a compute fleet. When you delete a compute fleet, its builds are not deleted.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_delete_fleet/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_delete_fleet(arn)

Arguments

arn

[required] The ARN of the compute fleet.


Deletes a build project

Description

Deletes a build project. When you delete a project, its builds are not deleted.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_delete_project/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_delete_project(name)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the build project.


Deletes a report

Description

Deletes a report.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_delete_report/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_delete_report(arn)

Arguments

arn

[required] The ARN of the report to delete.


Deletes a report group

Description

Deletes a report group. Before you delete a report group, you must delete its reports.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_delete_report_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_delete_report_group(arn, deleteReports = NULL)

Arguments

arn

[required] The ARN of the report group to delete.

deleteReports

If true, deletes any reports that belong to a report group before deleting the report group.

If false, you must delete any reports in the report group. Use list_reports_for_report_group to get the reports in a report group. Use delete_report to delete the reports. If you call delete_report_group for a report group that contains one or more reports, an exception is thrown.


Deletes a resource policy that is identified by its resource ARN

Description

Deletes a resource policy that is identified by its resource ARN.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_delete_resource_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_delete_resource_policy(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource that is associated with the resource policy.


Deletes a set of GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, or Bitbucket source credentials

Description

Deletes a set of GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, or Bitbucket source credentials.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_delete_source_credentials/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_delete_source_credentials(arn)

Arguments

arn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the token.


For an existing CodeBuild build project that has its source code stored in a GitHub or Bitbucket repository, stops CodeBuild from rebuilding the source code every time a code change is pushed to the repository

Description

For an existing CodeBuild build project that has its source code stored in a GitHub or Bitbucket repository, stops CodeBuild from rebuilding the source code every time a code change is pushed to the repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_delete_webhook/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_delete_webhook(projectName)

Arguments

projectName

[required] The name of the CodeBuild project.


Retrieves one or more code coverage reports

Description

Retrieves one or more code coverage reports.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_describe_code_coverages/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_describe_code_coverages(
  reportArn,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  sortOrder = NULL,
  sortBy = NULL,
  minLineCoveragePercentage = NULL,
  maxLineCoveragePercentage = NULL
)

Arguments

reportArn

[required] The ARN of the report for which test cases are returned.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous call to describe_code_coverages. This specifies the next item to return. To return the beginning of the list, exclude this parameter.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return.

sortOrder

Specifies if the results are sorted in ascending or descending order.

sortBy

Specifies how the results are sorted. Possible values are:

FILE_PATH

The results are sorted by file path.

LINE_COVERAGE_PERCENTAGE

The results are sorted by the percentage of lines that are covered.

minLineCoveragePercentage

The minimum line coverage percentage to report.

maxLineCoveragePercentage

The maximum line coverage percentage to report.


Returns a list of details about test cases for a report

Description

Returns a list of details about test cases for a report.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_describe_test_cases/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_describe_test_cases(
  reportArn,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  filter = NULL
)

Arguments

reportArn

[required] The ARN of the report for which test cases are returned.

nextToken

During a previous call, the maximum number of items that can be returned is the value specified in maxResults. If there more items in the list, then a unique string called a nextToken is returned. To get the next batch of items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token to the call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling this operation with each subsequent next token that is returned, until no more next tokens are returned.

maxResults

The maximum number of paginated test cases returned per response. Use nextToken to iterate pages in the list of returned TestCase objects. The default value is 100.

filter

A TestCaseFilter object used to filter the returned reports.


Analyzes and accumulates test report values for the specified test reports

Description

Analyzes and accumulates test report values for the specified test reports.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_get_report_group_trend/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_get_report_group_trend(
  reportGroupArn,
  numOfReports = NULL,
  trendField
)

Arguments

reportGroupArn

[required] The ARN of the report group that contains the reports to analyze.

numOfReports

The number of reports to analyze. This operation always retrieves the most recent reports.

If this parameter is omitted, the most recent 100 reports are analyzed.

trendField

[required] The test report value to accumulate. This must be one of the following values:

Test reports:

DURATION

Accumulate the test run times for the specified reports.

PASS_RATE

Accumulate the percentage of tests that passed for the specified test reports.

TOTAL

Accumulate the total number of tests for the specified test reports.

Code coverage reports:

BRANCH_COVERAGE

Accumulate the branch coverage percentages for the specified test reports.

BRANCHES_COVERED

Accumulate the branches covered values for the specified test reports.

BRANCHES_MISSED

Accumulate the branches missed values for the specified test reports.

LINE_COVERAGE

Accumulate the line coverage percentages for the specified test reports.

LINES_COVERED

Accumulate the lines covered values for the specified test reports.

LINES_MISSED

Accumulate the lines not covered values for the specified test reports.


Gets a resource policy that is identified by its resource ARN

Description

Gets a resource policy that is identified by its resource ARN.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_get_resource_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_get_resource_policy(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource that is associated with the resource policy.


Imports the source repository credentials for an CodeBuild project that has its source code stored in a GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, GitLab, GitLab Self Managed, or Bitbucket repository

Description

Imports the source repository credentials for an CodeBuild project that has its source code stored in a GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, GitLab, GitLab Self Managed, or Bitbucket repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_import_source_credentials/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_import_source_credentials(
  username = NULL,
  token,
  serverType,
  authType,
  shouldOverwrite = NULL
)

Arguments

username

The Bitbucket username when the authType is BASIC_AUTH. This parameter is not valid for other types of source providers or connections.

token

[required] For GitHub or GitHub Enterprise, this is the personal access token. For Bitbucket, this is either the access token or the app password. For the authType CODECONNECTIONS, this is the connectionArn. For the authType SECRETS_MANAGER, this is the secretArn.

serverType

[required] The source provider used for this project.

authType

[required] The type of authentication used to connect to a GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, GitLab, GitLab Self Managed, or Bitbucket repository. An OAUTH connection is not supported by the API and must be created using the CodeBuild console.

shouldOverwrite

Set to false to prevent overwriting the repository source credentials. Set to true to overwrite the repository source credentials. The default value is true.


Resets the cache for a project

Description

Resets the cache for a project.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_invalidate_project_cache/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_invalidate_project_cache(projectName)

Arguments

projectName

[required] The name of the CodeBuild build project that the cache is reset for.


Retrieves the identifiers of your build batches in the current region

Description

Retrieves the identifiers of your build batches in the current region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_list_build_batches/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_list_build_batches(
  filter = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  sortOrder = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

filter

A BuildBatchFilter object that specifies the filters for the search.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return.

sortOrder

Specifies the sort order of the returned items. Valid values include:

  • ASCENDING: List the batch build identifiers in ascending order by identifier.

  • DESCENDING: List the batch build identifiers in descending order by identifier.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous call to list_build_batches. This specifies the next item to return. To return the beginning of the list, exclude this parameter.


Retrieves the identifiers of the build batches for a specific project

Description

Retrieves the identifiers of the build batches for a specific project.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_list_build_batches_for_project/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_list_build_batches_for_project(
  projectName = NULL,
  filter = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  sortOrder = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

projectName

The name of the project.

filter

A BuildBatchFilter object that specifies the filters for the search.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return.

sortOrder

Specifies the sort order of the returned items. Valid values include:

  • ASCENDING: List the batch build identifiers in ascending order by identifier.

  • DESCENDING: List the batch build identifiers in descending order by identifier.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous call to list_build_batches_for_project. This specifies the next item to return. To return the beginning of the list, exclude this parameter.


Gets a list of build IDs, with each build ID representing a single build

Description

Gets a list of build IDs, with each build ID representing a single build.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_list_builds/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_list_builds(sortOrder = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

sortOrder

The order to list build IDs. Valid values include:

  • ASCENDING: List the build IDs in ascending order by build ID.

  • DESCENDING: List the build IDs in descending order by build ID.

nextToken

During a previous call, if there are more than 100 items in the list, only the first 100 items are returned, along with a unique string called a nextToken. To get the next batch of items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token to the call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling this operation with each subsequent next token that is returned, until no more next tokens are returned.


Gets a list of build identifiers for the specified build project, with each build identifier representing a single build

Description

Gets a list of build identifiers for the specified build project, with each build identifier representing a single build.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_list_builds_for_project/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_list_builds_for_project(
  projectName,
  sortOrder = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

projectName

[required] The name of the CodeBuild project.

sortOrder

The order to sort the results in. The results are sorted by build number, not the build identifier. If this is not specified, the results are sorted in descending order.

Valid values include:

  • ASCENDING: List the build identifiers in ascending order, by build number.

  • DESCENDING: List the build identifiers in descending order, by build number.

If the project has more than 100 builds, setting the sort order will result in an error.

nextToken

During a previous call, if there are more than 100 items in the list, only the first 100 items are returned, along with a unique string called a nextToken. To get the next batch of items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token to the call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling this operation with each subsequent next token that is returned, until no more next tokens are returned.


Gets information about Docker images that are managed by CodeBuild

Description

Gets information about Docker images that are managed by CodeBuild.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_list_curated_environment_images/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_list_curated_environment_images()

Gets a list of compute fleet names with each compute fleet name representing a single compute fleet

Description

Gets a list of compute fleet names with each compute fleet name representing a single compute fleet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_list_fleets/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_list_fleets(
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  sortOrder = NULL,
  sortBy = NULL
)

Arguments

nextToken

During a previous call, if there are more than 100 items in the list, only the first 100 items are returned, along with a unique string called a nextToken. To get the next batch of items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token to the call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling this operation with each subsequent next token that is returned, until no more next tokens are returned.

maxResults

The maximum number of paginated compute fleets returned per response. Use nextToken to iterate pages in the list of returned compute fleets.

sortOrder

The order in which to list compute fleets. Valid values include:

  • ASCENDING: List in ascending order.

  • DESCENDING: List in descending order.

Use sortBy to specify the criterion to be used to list compute fleet names.

sortBy

The criterion to be used to list compute fleet names. Valid values include:

  • CREATED_TIME: List based on when each compute fleet was created.

  • LAST_MODIFIED_TIME: List based on when information about each compute fleet was last changed.

  • NAME: List based on each compute fleet's name.

Use sortOrder to specify in what order to list the compute fleet names based on the preceding criteria.


Gets a list of build project names, with each build project name representing a single build project

Description

Gets a list of build project names, with each build project name representing a single build project.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_list_projects/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_list_projects(sortBy = NULL, sortOrder = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

sortBy

The criterion to be used to list build project names. Valid values include:

  • CREATED_TIME: List based on when each build project was created.

  • LAST_MODIFIED_TIME: List based on when information about each build project was last changed.

  • NAME: List based on each build project's name.

Use sortOrder to specify in what order to list the build project names based on the preceding criteria.

sortOrder

The order in which to list build projects. Valid values include:

  • ASCENDING: List in ascending order.

  • DESCENDING: List in descending order.

Use sortBy to specify the criterion to be used to list build project names.

nextToken

During a previous call, if there are more than 100 items in the list, only the first 100 items are returned, along with a unique string called a nextToken. To get the next batch of items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token to the call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling this operation with each subsequent next token that is returned, until no more next tokens are returned.


Gets a list ARNs for the report groups in the current Amazon Web Services account

Description

Gets a list ARNs for the report groups in the current Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_list_report_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_list_report_groups(
  sortOrder = NULL,
  sortBy = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

sortOrder

Used to specify the order to sort the list of returned report groups. Valid values are ASCENDING and DESCENDING.

sortBy

The criterion to be used to list build report groups. Valid values include:

  • CREATED_TIME: List based on when each report group was created.

  • LAST_MODIFIED_TIME: List based on when each report group was last changed.

  • NAME: List based on each report group's name.

nextToken

During a previous call, the maximum number of items that can be returned is the value specified in maxResults. If there more items in the list, then a unique string called a nextToken is returned. To get the next batch of items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token to the call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling this operation with each subsequent next token that is returned, until no more next tokens are returned.

maxResults

The maximum number of paginated report groups returned per response. Use nextToken to iterate pages in the list of returned ReportGroup objects. The default value is 100.


Returns a list of ARNs for the reports in the current Amazon Web Services account

Description

Returns a list of ARNs for the reports in the current Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_list_reports/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_list_reports(
  sortOrder = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  filter = NULL
)

Arguments

sortOrder

Specifies the sort order for the list of returned reports. Valid values are:

  • ASCENDING: return reports in chronological order based on their creation date.

  • DESCENDING: return reports in the reverse chronological order based on their creation date.

nextToken

During a previous call, the maximum number of items that can be returned is the value specified in maxResults. If there more items in the list, then a unique string called a nextToken is returned. To get the next batch of items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token to the call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling this operation with each subsequent next token that is returned, until no more next tokens are returned.

maxResults

The maximum number of paginated reports returned per response. Use nextToken to iterate pages in the list of returned Report objects. The default value is 100.

filter

A ReportFilter object used to filter the returned reports.


Returns a list of ARNs for the reports that belong to a ReportGroup

Description

Returns a list of ARNs for the reports that belong to a ReportGroup.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_list_reports_for_report_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_list_reports_for_report_group(
  reportGroupArn,
  nextToken = NULL,
  sortOrder = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  filter = NULL
)

Arguments

reportGroupArn

[required] The ARN of the report group for which you want to return report ARNs.

nextToken

During a previous call, the maximum number of items that can be returned is the value specified in maxResults. If there more items in the list, then a unique string called a nextToken is returned. To get the next batch of items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token to the call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling this operation with each subsequent next token that is returned, until no more next tokens are returned.

sortOrder

Use to specify whether the results are returned in ascending or descending order.

maxResults

The maximum number of paginated reports in this report group returned per response. Use nextToken to iterate pages in the list of returned Report objects. The default value is 100.

filter

A ReportFilter object used to filter the returned reports.


Gets a list of projects that are shared with other Amazon Web Services accounts or users

Description

Gets a list of projects that are shared with other Amazon Web Services accounts or users.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_list_shared_projects/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_list_shared_projects(
  sortBy = NULL,
  sortOrder = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

sortBy

The criterion to be used to list build projects shared with the current Amazon Web Services account or user. Valid values include:

  • ARN: List based on the ARN.

  • MODIFIED_TIME: List based on when information about the shared project was last changed.

sortOrder

The order in which to list shared build projects. Valid values include:

  • ASCENDING: List in ascending order.

  • DESCENDING: List in descending order.

maxResults

The maximum number of paginated shared build projects returned per response. Use nextToken to iterate pages in the list of returned Project objects. The default value is 100.

nextToken

During a previous call, the maximum number of items that can be returned is the value specified in maxResults. If there more items in the list, then a unique string called a nextToken is returned. To get the next batch of items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token to the call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling this operation with each subsequent next token that is returned, until no more next tokens are returned.


Gets a list of report groups that are shared with other Amazon Web Services accounts or users

Description

Gets a list of report groups that are shared with other Amazon Web Services accounts or users.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_list_shared_report_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_list_shared_report_groups(
  sortOrder = NULL,
  sortBy = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

sortOrder

The order in which to list shared report groups. Valid values include:

  • ASCENDING: List in ascending order.

  • DESCENDING: List in descending order.

sortBy

The criterion to be used to list report groups shared with the current Amazon Web Services account or user. Valid values include:

  • ARN: List based on the ARN.

  • MODIFIED_TIME: List based on when information about the shared report group was last changed.

nextToken

During a previous call, the maximum number of items that can be returned is the value specified in maxResults. If there more items in the list, then a unique string called a nextToken is returned. To get the next batch of items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token to the call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling this operation with each subsequent next token that is returned, until no more next tokens are returned.

maxResults

The maximum number of paginated shared report groups per response. Use nextToken to iterate pages in the list of returned ReportGroup objects. The default value is 100.


Returns a list of SourceCredentialsInfo objects

Description

Returns a list of SourceCredentialsInfo objects.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_list_source_credentials/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_list_source_credentials()

Stores a resource policy for the ARN of a Project or ReportGroup object

Description

Stores a resource policy for the ARN of a Project or ReportGroup object.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_put_resource_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_put_resource_policy(policy, resourceArn)

Arguments

policy

[required] A JSON-formatted resource policy. For more information, see Sharing a Project and Sharing a Report Group in the CodeBuild User Guide.

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the Project or ReportGroup resource you want to associate with a resource policy.


Restarts a build

Description

Restarts a build.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_retry_build/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_retry_build(id = NULL, idempotencyToken = NULL)

Arguments

id

Specifies the identifier of the build to restart.

idempotencyToken

A unique, case sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the retry_build request. The token is included in the retry_build request and is valid for five minutes. If you repeat the retry_build request with the same token, but change a parameter, CodeBuild returns a parameter mismatch error.


Restarts a failed batch build

Description

Restarts a failed batch build. Only batch builds that have failed can be retried.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_retry_build_batch/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_retry_build_batch(
  id = NULL,
  idempotencyToken = NULL,
  retryType = NULL
)

Arguments

id

Specifies the identifier of the batch build to restart.

idempotencyToken

A unique, case sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the retry_build_batch request. The token is included in the retry_build_batch request and is valid for five minutes. If you repeat the retry_build_batch request with the same token, but change a parameter, CodeBuild returns a parameter mismatch error.

retryType

Specifies the type of retry to perform.


Starts running a build with the settings defined in the project

Description

Starts running a build with the settings defined in the project. These setting include: how to run a build, where to get the source code, which build environment to use, which build commands to run, and where to store the build output.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_start_build/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_start_build(
  projectName,
  secondarySourcesOverride = NULL,
  secondarySourcesVersionOverride = NULL,
  sourceVersion = NULL,
  artifactsOverride = NULL,
  secondaryArtifactsOverride = NULL,
  environmentVariablesOverride = NULL,
  sourceTypeOverride = NULL,
  sourceLocationOverride = NULL,
  sourceAuthOverride = NULL,
  gitCloneDepthOverride = NULL,
  gitSubmodulesConfigOverride = NULL,
  buildspecOverride = NULL,
  insecureSslOverride = NULL,
  reportBuildStatusOverride = NULL,
  buildStatusConfigOverride = NULL,
  environmentTypeOverride = NULL,
  imageOverride = NULL,
  computeTypeOverride = NULL,
  certificateOverride = NULL,
  cacheOverride = NULL,
  serviceRoleOverride = NULL,
  privilegedModeOverride = NULL,
  timeoutInMinutesOverride = NULL,
  queuedTimeoutInMinutesOverride = NULL,
  encryptionKeyOverride = NULL,
  idempotencyToken = NULL,
  logsConfigOverride = NULL,
  registryCredentialOverride = NULL,
  imagePullCredentialsTypeOverride = NULL,
  debugSessionEnabled = NULL,
  fleetOverride = NULL,
  autoRetryLimitOverride = NULL
)

Arguments

projectName

[required] The name of the CodeBuild build project to start running a build.

secondarySourcesOverride

An array of ProjectSource objects.

secondarySourcesVersionOverride

An array of ProjectSourceVersion objects that specify one or more versions of the project's secondary sources to be used for this build only.

sourceVersion

The version of the build input to be built, for this build only. If not specified, the latest version is used. If specified, the contents depends on the source provider:

CodeCommit

The commit ID, branch, or Git tag to use.

GitHub

The commit ID, pull request ID, branch name, or tag name that corresponds to the version of the source code you want to build. If a pull request ID is specified, it must use the format pr/pull-request-ID (for example pr/25). If a branch name is specified, the branch's HEAD commit ID is used. If not specified, the default branch's HEAD commit ID is used.

GitLab

The commit ID, branch, or Git tag to use.

Bitbucket

The commit ID, branch name, or tag name that corresponds to the version of the source code you want to build. If a branch name is specified, the branch's HEAD commit ID is used. If not specified, the default branch's HEAD commit ID is used.

Amazon S3

The version ID of the object that represents the build input ZIP file to use.

If sourceVersion is specified at the project level, then this sourceVersion (at the build level) takes precedence.

For more information, see Source Version Sample with CodeBuild in the CodeBuild User Guide.

artifactsOverride

Build output artifact settings that override, for this build only, the latest ones already defined in the build project.

secondaryArtifactsOverride

An array of ProjectArtifacts objects.

environmentVariablesOverride

A set of environment variables that overrides, for this build only, the latest ones already defined in the build project.

sourceTypeOverride

A source input type, for this build, that overrides the source input defined in the build project.

sourceLocationOverride

A location that overrides, for this build, the source location for the one defined in the build project.

sourceAuthOverride

An authorization type for this build that overrides the one defined in the build project. This override applies only if the build project's source is BitBucket, GitHub, GitLab, or GitLab Self Managed.

gitCloneDepthOverride

The user-defined depth of history, with a minimum value of 0, that overrides, for this build only, any previous depth of history defined in the build project.

gitSubmodulesConfigOverride

Information about the Git submodules configuration for this build of an CodeBuild build project.

buildspecOverride

A buildspec file declaration that overrides the latest one defined in the build project, for this build only. The buildspec defined on the project is not changed.

If this value is set, it can be either an inline buildspec definition, the path to an alternate buildspec file relative to the value of the built-in CODEBUILD_SRC_DIR environment variable, or the path to an S3 bucket. The bucket must be in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the build project. Specify the buildspec file using its ARN (for example, arn:aws:s3:::my-codebuild-sample2/buildspec.yml). If this value is not provided or is set to an empty string, the source code must contain a buildspec file in its root directory. For more information, see Buildspec File Name and Storage Location.

Since this property allows you to change the build commands that will run in the container, you should note that an IAM principal with the ability to call this API and set this parameter can override the default settings. Moreover, we encourage that you use a trustworthy buildspec location like a file in your source repository or a Amazon S3 bucket.

insecureSslOverride

Enable this flag to override the insecure SSL setting that is specified in the build project. The insecure SSL setting determines whether to ignore SSL warnings while connecting to the project source code. This override applies only if the build's source is GitHub Enterprise.

reportBuildStatusOverride

Set to true to report to your source provider the status of a build's start and completion. If you use this option with a source provider other than GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, GitLab, GitLab Self Managed, or Bitbucket, an invalidInputException is thrown.

To be able to report the build status to the source provider, the user associated with the source provider must have write access to the repo. If the user does not have write access, the build status cannot be updated. For more information, see Source provider access in the CodeBuild User Guide.

The status of a build triggered by a webhook is always reported to your source provider.

buildStatusConfigOverride

Contains information that defines how the build project reports the build status to the source provider. This option is only used when the source provider is GITHUB, GITHUB_ENTERPRISE, or BITBUCKET.

environmentTypeOverride

A container type for this build that overrides the one specified in the build project.

imageOverride

The name of an image for this build that overrides the one specified in the build project.

computeTypeOverride

The name of a compute type for this build that overrides the one specified in the build project.

certificateOverride

The name of a certificate for this build that overrides the one specified in the build project.

cacheOverride

A ProjectCache object specified for this build that overrides the one defined in the build project.

serviceRoleOverride

The name of a service role for this build that overrides the one specified in the build project.

privilegedModeOverride

Enable this flag to override privileged mode in the build project.

timeoutInMinutesOverride

The number of build timeout minutes, from 5 to 2160 (36 hours), that overrides, for this build only, the latest setting already defined in the build project.

queuedTimeoutInMinutesOverride

The number of minutes a build is allowed to be queued before it times out.

encryptionKeyOverride

The Key Management Service customer master key (CMK) that overrides the one specified in the build project. The CMK key encrypts the build output artifacts.

You can use a cross-account KMS key to encrypt the build output artifacts if your service role has permission to that key.

You can specify either the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK or, if available, the CMK's alias (using the format ⁠alias/<alias-name>⁠).

idempotencyToken

A unique, case sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the StartBuild request. The token is included in the StartBuild request and is valid for 5 minutes. If you repeat the StartBuild request with the same token, but change a parameter, CodeBuild returns a parameter mismatch error.

logsConfigOverride

Log settings for this build that override the log settings defined in the build project.

registryCredentialOverride

The credentials for access to a private registry.

imagePullCredentialsTypeOverride

The type of credentials CodeBuild uses to pull images in your build. There are two valid values:

CODEBUILD

Specifies that CodeBuild uses its own credentials. This requires that you modify your ECR repository policy to trust CodeBuild's service principal.

SERVICE_ROLE

Specifies that CodeBuild uses your build project's service role.

When using a cross-account or private registry image, you must use SERVICE_ROLE credentials. When using an CodeBuild curated image, you must use CODEBUILD credentials.

debugSessionEnabled

Specifies if session debugging is enabled for this build. For more information, see Viewing a running build in Session Manager.

fleetOverride

A ProjectFleet object specified for this build that overrides the one defined in the build project.

autoRetryLimitOverride

The maximum number of additional automatic retries after a failed build. For example, if the auto-retry limit is set to 2, CodeBuild will call the retry_build API to automatically retry your build for up to 2 additional times.


Starts a batch build for a project

Description

Starts a batch build for a project.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_start_build_batch/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_start_build_batch(
  projectName,
  secondarySourcesOverride = NULL,
  secondarySourcesVersionOverride = NULL,
  sourceVersion = NULL,
  artifactsOverride = NULL,
  secondaryArtifactsOverride = NULL,
  environmentVariablesOverride = NULL,
  sourceTypeOverride = NULL,
  sourceLocationOverride = NULL,
  sourceAuthOverride = NULL,
  gitCloneDepthOverride = NULL,
  gitSubmodulesConfigOverride = NULL,
  buildspecOverride = NULL,
  insecureSslOverride = NULL,
  reportBuildBatchStatusOverride = NULL,
  environmentTypeOverride = NULL,
  imageOverride = NULL,
  computeTypeOverride = NULL,
  certificateOverride = NULL,
  cacheOverride = NULL,
  serviceRoleOverride = NULL,
  privilegedModeOverride = NULL,
  buildTimeoutInMinutesOverride = NULL,
  queuedTimeoutInMinutesOverride = NULL,
  encryptionKeyOverride = NULL,
  idempotencyToken = NULL,
  logsConfigOverride = NULL,
  registryCredentialOverride = NULL,
  imagePullCredentialsTypeOverride = NULL,
  buildBatchConfigOverride = NULL,
  debugSessionEnabled = NULL
)

Arguments

projectName

[required] The name of the project.

secondarySourcesOverride

An array of ProjectSource objects that override the secondary sources defined in the batch build project.

secondarySourcesVersionOverride

An array of ProjectSourceVersion objects that override the secondary source versions in the batch build project.

sourceVersion

The version of the batch build input to be built, for this build only. If not specified, the latest version is used. If specified, the contents depends on the source provider:

CodeCommit

The commit ID, branch, or Git tag to use.

GitHub

The commit ID, pull request ID, branch name, or tag name that corresponds to the version of the source code you want to build. If a pull request ID is specified, it must use the format pr/pull-request-ID (for example pr/25). If a branch name is specified, the branch's HEAD commit ID is used. If not specified, the default branch's HEAD commit ID is used.

Bitbucket

The commit ID, branch name, or tag name that corresponds to the version of the source code you want to build. If a branch name is specified, the branch's HEAD commit ID is used. If not specified, the default branch's HEAD commit ID is used.

Amazon S3

The version ID of the object that represents the build input ZIP file to use.

If sourceVersion is specified at the project level, then this sourceVersion (at the build level) takes precedence.

For more information, see Source Version Sample with CodeBuild in the CodeBuild User Guide.

artifactsOverride

An array of ProjectArtifacts objects that contains information about the build output artifact overrides for the build project.

secondaryArtifactsOverride

An array of ProjectArtifacts objects that override the secondary artifacts defined in the batch build project.

environmentVariablesOverride

An array of EnvironmentVariable objects that override, or add to, the environment variables defined in the batch build project.

sourceTypeOverride

The source input type that overrides the source input defined in the batch build project.

sourceLocationOverride

A location that overrides, for this batch build, the source location defined in the batch build project.

sourceAuthOverride

A SourceAuth object that overrides the one defined in the batch build project. This override applies only if the build project's source is BitBucket or GitHub.

gitCloneDepthOverride

The user-defined depth of history, with a minimum value of 0, that overrides, for this batch build only, any previous depth of history defined in the batch build project.

gitSubmodulesConfigOverride

A GitSubmodulesConfig object that overrides the Git submodules configuration for this batch build.

buildspecOverride

A buildspec file declaration that overrides, for this build only, the latest one already defined in the build project.

If this value is set, it can be either an inline buildspec definition, the path to an alternate buildspec file relative to the value of the built-in CODEBUILD_SRC_DIR environment variable, or the path to an S3 bucket. The bucket must be in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the build project. Specify the buildspec file using its ARN (for example, arn:aws:s3:::my-codebuild-sample2/buildspec.yml). If this value is not provided or is set to an empty string, the source code must contain a buildspec file in its root directory. For more information, see Buildspec File Name and Storage Location.

insecureSslOverride

Enable this flag to override the insecure SSL setting that is specified in the batch build project. The insecure SSL setting determines whether to ignore SSL warnings while connecting to the project source code. This override applies only if the build's source is GitHub Enterprise.

reportBuildBatchStatusOverride

Set to true to report to your source provider the status of a batch build's start and completion. If you use this option with a source provider other than GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, or Bitbucket, an invalidInputException is thrown.

The status of a build triggered by a webhook is always reported to your source provider.

environmentTypeOverride

A container type for this batch build that overrides the one specified in the batch build project.

imageOverride

The name of an image for this batch build that overrides the one specified in the batch build project.

computeTypeOverride

The name of a compute type for this batch build that overrides the one specified in the batch build project.

certificateOverride

The name of a certificate for this batch build that overrides the one specified in the batch build project.

cacheOverride

A ProjectCache object that specifies cache overrides.

serviceRoleOverride

The name of a service role for this batch build that overrides the one specified in the batch build project.

privilegedModeOverride

Enable this flag to override privileged mode in the batch build project.

buildTimeoutInMinutesOverride

Overrides the build timeout specified in the batch build project.

queuedTimeoutInMinutesOverride

The number of minutes a batch build is allowed to be queued before it times out.

encryptionKeyOverride

The Key Management Service customer master key (CMK) that overrides the one specified in the batch build project. The CMK key encrypts the build output artifacts.

You can use a cross-account KMS key to encrypt the build output artifacts if your service role has permission to that key.

You can specify either the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK or, if available, the CMK's alias (using the format ⁠alias/<alias-name>⁠).

idempotencyToken

A unique, case sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the start_build_batch request. The token is included in the start_build_batch request and is valid for five minutes. If you repeat the start_build_batch request with the same token, but change a parameter, CodeBuild returns a parameter mismatch error.

logsConfigOverride

A LogsConfig object that override the log settings defined in the batch build project.

registryCredentialOverride

A RegistryCredential object that overrides credentials for access to a private registry.

imagePullCredentialsTypeOverride

The type of credentials CodeBuild uses to pull images in your batch build. There are two valid values:

CODEBUILD

Specifies that CodeBuild uses its own credentials. This requires that you modify your ECR repository policy to trust CodeBuild's service principal.

SERVICE_ROLE

Specifies that CodeBuild uses your build project's service role.

When using a cross-account or private registry image, you must use SERVICE_ROLE credentials. When using an CodeBuild curated image, you must use CODEBUILD credentials.

buildBatchConfigOverride

A BuildBatchConfigOverride object that contains batch build configuration overrides.

debugSessionEnabled

Specifies if session debugging is enabled for this batch build. For more information, see Viewing a running build in Session Manager. Batch session debugging is not supported for matrix batch builds.


Attempts to stop running a build

Description

Attempts to stop running a build.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_stop_build/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_stop_build(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The ID of the build.


Stops a running batch build

Description

Stops a running batch build.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_stop_build_batch/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_stop_build_batch(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The identifier of the batch build to stop.


Updates a compute fleet

Description

Updates a compute fleet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_update_fleet/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_update_fleet(
  arn,
  baseCapacity = NULL,
  environmentType = NULL,
  computeType = NULL,
  computeConfiguration = NULL,
  scalingConfiguration = NULL,
  overflowBehavior = NULL,
  vpcConfig = NULL,
  proxyConfiguration = NULL,
  imageId = NULL,
  fleetServiceRole = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

arn

[required] The ARN of the compute fleet.

baseCapacity

The initial number of machines allocated to the compute fleet, which defines the number of builds that can run in parallel.

environmentType

The environment type of the compute fleet.

  • The environment type ARM_CONTAINER is available only in regions US East (N. Virginia), US East (Ohio), US West (Oregon), EU (Ireland), Asia Pacific (Mumbai), Asia Pacific (Tokyo), Asia Pacific (Singapore), Asia Pacific (Sydney), EU (Frankfurt), and South America (São Paulo).

  • The environment type ARM_EC2 is available only in regions US East (N. Virginia), US East (Ohio), US West (Oregon), EU (Ireland), EU (Frankfurt), Asia Pacific (Tokyo), Asia Pacific (Singapore), Asia Pacific (Sydney), South America (São Paulo), and Asia Pacific (Mumbai).

  • The environment type LINUX_CONTAINER is available only in regions US East (N. Virginia), US East (Ohio), US West (Oregon), EU (Ireland), EU (Frankfurt), Asia Pacific (Tokyo), Asia Pacific (Singapore), Asia Pacific (Sydney), South America (São Paulo), and Asia Pacific (Mumbai).

  • The environment type LINUX_EC2 is available only in regions US East (N. Virginia), US East (Ohio), US West (Oregon), EU (Ireland), EU (Frankfurt), Asia Pacific (Tokyo), Asia Pacific (Singapore), Asia Pacific (Sydney), South America (São Paulo), and Asia Pacific (Mumbai).

  • The environment type LINUX_GPU_CONTAINER is available only in regions US East (N. Virginia), US East (Ohio), US West (Oregon), EU (Ireland), EU (Frankfurt), Asia Pacific (Tokyo), and Asia Pacific (Sydney).

  • The environment type MAC_ARM is available for Medium fleets only in regions US East (N. Virginia), US East (Ohio), US West (Oregon), Asia Pacific (Sydney), and EU (Frankfurt)

  • The environment type MAC_ARM is available for Large fleets only in regions US East (N. Virginia), US East (Ohio), US West (Oregon), and Asia Pacific (Sydney).

  • The environment type WINDOWS_EC2 is available only in regions US East (N. Virginia), US East (Ohio), US West (Oregon), EU (Ireland), EU (Frankfurt), Asia Pacific (Tokyo), Asia Pacific (Singapore), Asia Pacific (Sydney), South America (São Paulo), and Asia Pacific (Mumbai).

  • The environment type WINDOWS_SERVER_2019_CONTAINER is available only in regions US East (N. Virginia), US East (Ohio), US West (Oregon), Asia Pacific (Sydney), Asia Pacific (Tokyo), Asia Pacific (Mumbai) and EU (Ireland).

  • The environment type WINDOWS_SERVER_2022_CONTAINER is available only in regions US East (N. Virginia), US East (Ohio), US West (Oregon), EU (Ireland), EU (Frankfurt), Asia Pacific (Sydney), Asia Pacific (Singapore), Asia Pacific (Tokyo), South America (São Paulo) and Asia Pacific (Mumbai).

For more information, see Build environment compute types in the CodeBuild user guide.

computeType

Information about the compute resources the compute fleet uses. Available values include:

  • ATTRIBUTE_BASED_COMPUTE: Specify the amount of vCPUs, memory, disk space, and the type of machine.

    If you use ATTRIBUTE_BASED_COMPUTE, you must define your attributes by using computeConfiguration. CodeBuild will select the cheapest instance that satisfies your specified attributes. For more information, see Reserved capacity environment types in the CodeBuild User Guide.

  • BUILD_GENERAL1_SMALL: Use up to 4 GiB memory and 2 vCPUs for builds.

  • BUILD_GENERAL1_MEDIUM: Use up to 8 GiB memory and 4 vCPUs for builds.

  • BUILD_GENERAL1_LARGE: Use up to 16 GiB memory and 8 vCPUs for builds, depending on your environment type.

  • BUILD_GENERAL1_XLARGE: Use up to 72 GiB memory and 36 vCPUs for builds, depending on your environment type.

  • BUILD_GENERAL1_2XLARGE: Use up to 144 GiB memory, 72 vCPUs, and 824 GB of SSD storage for builds. This compute type supports Docker images up to 100 GB uncompressed.

  • BUILD_LAMBDA_1GB: Use up to 1 GiB memory for builds. Only available for environment type LINUX_LAMBDA_CONTAINER and ARM_LAMBDA_CONTAINER.

  • BUILD_LAMBDA_2GB: Use up to 2 GiB memory for builds. Only available for environment type LINUX_LAMBDA_CONTAINER and ARM_LAMBDA_CONTAINER.

  • BUILD_LAMBDA_4GB: Use up to 4 GiB memory for builds. Only available for environment type LINUX_LAMBDA_CONTAINER and ARM_LAMBDA_CONTAINER.

  • BUILD_LAMBDA_8GB: Use up to 8 GiB memory for builds. Only available for environment type LINUX_LAMBDA_CONTAINER and ARM_LAMBDA_CONTAINER.

  • BUILD_LAMBDA_10GB: Use up to 10 GiB memory for builds. Only available for environment type LINUX_LAMBDA_CONTAINER and ARM_LAMBDA_CONTAINER.

If you use BUILD_GENERAL1_SMALL:

  • For environment type LINUX_CONTAINER, you can use up to 4 GiB memory and 2 vCPUs for builds.

  • For environment type LINUX_GPU_CONTAINER, you can use up to 16 GiB memory, 4 vCPUs, and 1 NVIDIA A10G Tensor Core GPU for builds.

  • For environment type ARM_CONTAINER, you can use up to 4 GiB memory and 2 vCPUs on ARM-based processors for builds.

If you use BUILD_GENERAL1_LARGE:

  • For environment type LINUX_CONTAINER, you can use up to 16 GiB memory and 8 vCPUs for builds.

  • For environment type LINUX_GPU_CONTAINER, you can use up to 255 GiB memory, 32 vCPUs, and 4 NVIDIA Tesla V100 GPUs for builds.

  • For environment type ARM_CONTAINER, you can use up to 16 GiB memory and 8 vCPUs on ARM-based processors for builds.

For more information, see On-demand environment types in the CodeBuild User Guide.

computeConfiguration

The compute configuration of the compute fleet. This is only required if computeType is set to ATTRIBUTE_BASED_COMPUTE.

scalingConfiguration

The scaling configuration of the compute fleet.

overflowBehavior

The compute fleet overflow behavior.

vpcConfig
proxyConfiguration

The proxy configuration of the compute fleet.

imageId

The Amazon Machine Image (AMI) of the compute fleet.

fleetServiceRole

The service role associated with the compute fleet. For more information, see Allow a user to add a permission policy for a fleet service role in the CodeBuild User Guide.

tags

A list of tag key and value pairs associated with this compute fleet.

These tags are available for use by Amazon Web Services services that support CodeBuild build project tags.


Changes the settings of a build project

Description

Changes the settings of a build project.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_update_project/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_update_project(
  name,
  description = NULL,
  source = NULL,
  secondarySources = NULL,
  sourceVersion = NULL,
  secondarySourceVersions = NULL,
  artifacts = NULL,
  secondaryArtifacts = NULL,
  cache = NULL,
  environment = NULL,
  serviceRole = NULL,
  timeoutInMinutes = NULL,
  queuedTimeoutInMinutes = NULL,
  encryptionKey = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  vpcConfig = NULL,
  badgeEnabled = NULL,
  logsConfig = NULL,
  fileSystemLocations = NULL,
  buildBatchConfig = NULL,
  concurrentBuildLimit = NULL,
  autoRetryLimit = NULL
)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the build project.

You cannot change a build project's name.

description

A new or replacement description of the build project.

source

Information to be changed about the build input source code for the build project.

secondarySources

An array of ProjectSource objects.

sourceVersion

A version of the build input to be built for this project. If not specified, the latest version is used. If specified, it must be one of:

  • For CodeCommit: the commit ID, branch, or Git tag to use.

  • For GitHub: the commit ID, pull request ID, branch name, or tag name that corresponds to the version of the source code you want to build. If a pull request ID is specified, it must use the format pr/pull-request-ID (for example pr/25). If a branch name is specified, the branch's HEAD commit ID is used. If not specified, the default branch's HEAD commit ID is used.

  • For GitLab: the commit ID, branch, or Git tag to use.

  • For Bitbucket: the commit ID, branch name, or tag name that corresponds to the version of the source code you want to build. If a branch name is specified, the branch's HEAD commit ID is used. If not specified, the default branch's HEAD commit ID is used.

  • For Amazon S3: the version ID of the object that represents the build input ZIP file to use.

If sourceVersion is specified at the build level, then that version takes precedence over this sourceVersion (at the project level).

For more information, see Source Version Sample with CodeBuild in the CodeBuild User Guide.

secondarySourceVersions

An array of ProjectSourceVersion objects. If secondarySourceVersions is specified at the build level, then they take over these secondarySourceVersions (at the project level).

artifacts

Information to be changed about the build output artifacts for the build project.

secondaryArtifacts

An array of ProjectArtifact objects.

cache

Stores recently used information so that it can be quickly accessed at a later time.

environment

Information to be changed about the build environment for the build project.

serviceRole

The replacement ARN of the IAM role that enables CodeBuild to interact with dependent Amazon Web Services services on behalf of the Amazon Web Services account.

timeoutInMinutes

The replacement value in minutes, from 5 to 2160 (36 hours), for CodeBuild to wait before timing out any related build that did not get marked as completed.

queuedTimeoutInMinutes

The number of minutes a build is allowed to be queued before it times out.

encryptionKey

The Key Management Service customer master key (CMK) to be used for encrypting the build output artifacts.

You can use a cross-account KMS key to encrypt the build output artifacts if your service role has permission to that key.

You can specify either the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK or, if available, the CMK's alias (using the format ⁠alias/<alias-name>⁠).

tags

An updated list of tag key and value pairs associated with this build project.

These tags are available for use by Amazon Web Services services that support CodeBuild build project tags.

vpcConfig

VpcConfig enables CodeBuild to access resources in an Amazon VPC.

badgeEnabled

Set this to true to generate a publicly accessible URL for your project's build badge.

logsConfig

Information about logs for the build project. A project can create logs in CloudWatch Logs, logs in an S3 bucket, or both.

fileSystemLocations

An array of ProjectFileSystemLocation objects for a CodeBuild build project. A ProjectFileSystemLocation object specifies the identifier, location, mountOptions, mountPoint, and type of a file system created using Amazon Elastic File System.

buildBatchConfig
concurrentBuildLimit

The maximum number of concurrent builds that are allowed for this project.

New builds are only started if the current number of builds is less than or equal to this limit. If the current build count meets this limit, new builds are throttled and are not run.

To remove this limit, set this value to -1.

autoRetryLimit

The maximum number of additional automatic retries after a failed build. For example, if the auto-retry limit is set to 2, CodeBuild will call the retry_build API to automatically retry your build for up to 2 additional times.


Changes the public visibility for a project

Description

Changes the public visibility for a project. The project's build results, logs, and artifacts are available to the general public. For more information, see Public build projects in the CodeBuild User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_update_project_visibility/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_update_project_visibility(
  projectArn,
  projectVisibility,
  resourceAccessRole = NULL
)

Arguments

projectArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the build project.

projectVisibility

[required]

resourceAccessRole

The ARN of the IAM role that enables CodeBuild to access the CloudWatch Logs and Amazon S3 artifacts for the project's builds.


Updates a report group

Description

Updates a report group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_update_report_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_update_report_group(arn, exportConfig = NULL, tags = NULL)

Arguments

arn

[required] The ARN of the report group to update.

exportConfig

Used to specify an updated export type. Valid values are:

  • S3: The report results are exported to an S3 bucket.

  • NO_EXPORT: The report results are not exported.

tags

An updated list of tag key and value pairs associated with this report group.

These tags are available for use by Amazon Web Services services that support CodeBuild report group tags.


Updates the webhook associated with an CodeBuild build project

Description

Updates the webhook associated with an CodeBuild build project.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_update_webhook/ for full documentation.

Usage

codebuild_update_webhook(
  projectName,
  branchFilter = NULL,
  rotateSecret = NULL,
  filterGroups = NULL,
  buildType = NULL
)

Arguments

projectName

[required] The name of the CodeBuild project.

branchFilter

A regular expression used to determine which repository branches are built when a webhook is triggered. If the name of a branch matches the regular expression, then it is built. If branchFilter is empty, then all branches are built.

It is recommended that you use filterGroups instead of branchFilter.

rotateSecret

A boolean value that specifies whether the associated GitHub repository's secret token should be updated. If you use Bitbucket for your repository, rotateSecret is ignored.

filterGroups

An array of arrays of WebhookFilter objects used to determine if a webhook event can trigger a build. A filter group must contain at least one EVENT WebhookFilter.

buildType

Specifies the type of build this webhook will trigger.

RUNNER_BUILDKITE_BUILD is only available for NO_SOURCE source type projects configured for Buildkite runner builds. For more information about CodeBuild-hosted Buildkite runner builds, see Tutorial: Configure a CodeBuild-hosted Buildkite runner in the CodeBuild user guide.


Amazon CodeCatalyst

Description

Welcome to the Amazon CodeCatalyst API reference. This reference provides descriptions of operations and data types for Amazon CodeCatalyst. You can use the Amazon CodeCatalyst API to work with the following objects.

Spaces, by calling the following:

Projects, by calling the following:

Users, by calling the following:

Source repositories, by calling the following:

Dev Environments and the Amazon Web Services Toolkits, by calling the following:

Workflows, by calling the following:

Security, activity, and resource management in Amazon CodeCatalyst, by calling the following:

If you are using the Amazon CodeCatalyst APIs with an SDK or the CLI, you must configure your computer to work with Amazon CodeCatalyst and single sign-on (SSO). For more information, see Setting up to use the CLI with Amazon CodeCatalyst and the SSO documentation for your SDK.

Usage

codecatalyst(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- codecatalyst(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_access_token Creates a personal access token (PAT) for the current user
create_dev_environment Creates a Dev Environment in Amazon CodeCatalyst, a cloud-based development environment that you can use to quickly work on the code stored in the source repositories of your project
create_project Creates a project in a specified space
create_source_repository Creates an empty Git-based source repository in a specified project
create_source_repository_branch Creates a branch in a specified source repository in Amazon CodeCatalyst
delete_access_token Deletes a specified personal access token (PAT)
delete_dev_environment Deletes a Dev Environment
delete_project Deletes a project in a space
delete_source_repository Deletes a source repository in Amazon CodeCatalyst
delete_space Deletes a space
get_dev_environment Returns information about a Dev Environment for a source repository in a project
get_project Returns information about a project
get_source_repository Returns information about a source repository
get_source_repository_clone_urls Returns information about the URLs that can be used with a Git client to clone a source repository
get_space Returns information about an space
get_subscription Returns information about the Amazon Web Services account used for billing purposes and the billing plan for the space
get_user_details Returns information about a user
get_workflow Returns information about a workflow
get_workflow_run Returns information about a specified run of a workflow
list_access_tokens Lists all personal access tokens (PATs) associated with the user who calls the API
list_dev_environments Retrieves a list of Dev Environments in a project
list_dev_environment_sessions Retrieves a list of active sessions for a Dev Environment in a project
list_event_logs Retrieves a list of events that occurred during a specific time in a space
list_projects Retrieves a list of projects
list_source_repositories Retrieves a list of source repositories in a project
list_source_repository_branches Retrieves a list of branches in a specified source repository
list_spaces Retrieves a list of spaces
list_workflow_runs Retrieves a list of workflow runs of a specified workflow
list_workflows Retrieves a list of workflows in a specified project
start_dev_environment Starts a specified Dev Environment and puts it into an active state
start_dev_environment_session Starts a session for a specified Dev Environment
start_workflow_run Begins a run of a specified workflow
stop_dev_environment Pauses a specified Dev Environment and places it in a non-running state
stop_dev_environment_session Stops a session for a specified Dev Environment
update_dev_environment Changes one or more values for a Dev Environment
update_project Changes one or more values for a project
update_space Changes one or more values for a space
verify_session Verifies whether the calling user has a valid Amazon CodeCatalyst login and session

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- codecatalyst()
svc$create_access_token(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Creates a personal access token (PAT) for the current user

Description

Creates a personal access token (PAT) for the current user. A personal access token (PAT) is similar to a password. It is associated with your user identity for use across all spaces and projects in Amazon CodeCatalyst. You use PATs to access CodeCatalyst from resources that include integrated development environments (IDEs) and Git-based source repositories. PATs represent you in Amazon CodeCatalyst and you can manage them in your user settings.For more information, see Managing personal access tokens in Amazon CodeCatalyst.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_create_access_token/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_create_access_token(name, expiresTime = NULL)

Arguments

name

[required] The friendly name of the personal access token.

expiresTime

The date and time the personal access token expires, in coordinated universal time (UTC) timestamp format as specified in RFC 3339.


Creates a Dev Environment in Amazon CodeCatalyst, a cloud-based development environment that you can use to quickly work on the code stored in the source repositories of your project

Description

Creates a Dev Environment in Amazon CodeCatalyst, a cloud-based development environment that you can use to quickly work on the code stored in the source repositories of your project.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_create_dev_environment/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_create_dev_environment(
  spaceName,
  projectName,
  repositories = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL,
  alias = NULL,
  ides = NULL,
  instanceType,
  inactivityTimeoutMinutes = NULL,
  persistentStorage,
  vpcConnectionName = NULL
)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.

projectName

[required] The name of the project in the space.

repositories

The source repository that contains the branch to clone into the Dev Environment.

clientToken

A user-specified idempotency token. Idempotency ensures that an API request completes only once. With an idempotent request, if the original request completes successfully, the subsequent retries return the result from the original successful request and have no additional effect.

alias

The user-defined alias for a Dev Environment.

ides

Information about the integrated development environment (IDE) configured for a Dev Environment.

An IDE is required to create a Dev Environment. For Dev Environment creation, this field contains configuration information and must be provided.

instanceType

[required] The Amazon EC2 instace type to use for the Dev Environment.

inactivityTimeoutMinutes

The amount of time the Dev Environment will run without any activity detected before stopping, in minutes. Only whole integers are allowed. Dev Environments consume compute minutes when running.

persistentStorage

[required] Information about the amount of storage allocated to the Dev Environment.

By default, a Dev Environment is configured to have 16GB of persistent storage when created from the Amazon CodeCatalyst console, but there is no default when programmatically creating a Dev Environment. Valid values for persistent storage are based on memory sizes in 16GB increments. Valid values are 16, 32, and 64.

vpcConnectionName

The name of the connection that will be used to connect to Amazon VPC, if any.


Creates a project in a specified space

Description

Creates a project in a specified space.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_create_project/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_create_project(spaceName, displayName, description = NULL)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.

displayName

[required] The friendly name of the project that will be displayed to users.

description

The description of the project. This description will be displayed to all users of the project. We recommend providing a brief description of the project and its intended purpose.


Creates an empty Git-based source repository in a specified project

Description

Creates an empty Git-based source repository in a specified project. The repository is created with an initial empty commit with a default branch named main.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_create_source_repository/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_create_source_repository(
  spaceName,
  projectName,
  name,
  description = NULL
)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.

projectName

[required] The name of the project in the space.

name

[required] The name of the source repository. For more information about name requirements, see Quotas for source repositories.

description

The description of the source repository.


Creates a branch in a specified source repository in Amazon CodeCatalyst

Description

Creates a branch in a specified source repository in Amazon CodeCatalyst.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_create_source_repository_branch/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_create_source_repository_branch(
  spaceName,
  projectName,
  sourceRepositoryName,
  name,
  headCommitId = NULL
)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.

projectName

[required] The name of the project in the space.

sourceRepositoryName

[required] The name of the repository where you want to create a branch.

name

[required] The name for the branch you're creating.

headCommitId

The commit ID in an existing branch from which you want to create the new branch.


Deletes a specified personal access token (PAT)

Description

Deletes a specified personal access token (PAT). A personal access token can only be deleted by the user who created it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_delete_access_token/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_delete_access_token(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The ID of the personal access token to delete. You can find the IDs of all PATs associated with your Amazon Web Services Builder ID in a space by calling list_access_tokens.


Deletes a Dev Environment

Description

Deletes a Dev Environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_delete_dev_environment/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_delete_dev_environment(spaceName, projectName, id)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.

projectName

[required] The name of the project in the space.

id

[required] The system-generated unique ID of the Dev Environment you want to delete. To retrieve a list of Dev Environment IDs, use list_dev_environments.


Deletes a project in a space

Description

Deletes a project in a space.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_delete_project/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_delete_project(spaceName, name)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.

name

[required] The name of the project in the space. To retrieve a list of project names, use list_projects.


Deletes a source repository in Amazon CodeCatalyst

Description

Deletes a source repository in Amazon CodeCatalyst. You cannot use this API to delete a linked repository. It can only be used to delete a Amazon CodeCatalyst source repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_delete_source_repository/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_delete_source_repository(spaceName, projectName, name)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.

projectName

[required] The name of the project in the space.

name

[required] The name of the source repository.


Deletes a space

Description

Deletes a space.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_delete_space/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_delete_space(name)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the space. To retrieve a list of space names, use list_spaces.


Returns information about a Dev Environment for a source repository in a project

Description

Returns information about a Dev Environment for a source repository in a project. Dev Environments are specific to the user who creates them.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_get_dev_environment/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_get_dev_environment(spaceName, projectName, id)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.

projectName

[required] The name of the project in the space.

id

[required] The system-generated unique ID of the Dev Environment for which you want to view information. To retrieve a list of Dev Environment IDs, use list_dev_environments.


Returns information about a project

Description

Returns information about a project.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_get_project/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_get_project(spaceName, name)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.

name

[required] The name of the project in the space.


Returns information about a source repository

Description

Returns information about a source repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_get_source_repository/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_get_source_repository(spaceName, projectName, name)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.

projectName

[required] The name of the project in the space.

name

[required] The name of the source repository.


Returns information about the URLs that can be used with a Git client to clone a source repository

Description

Returns information about the URLs that can be used with a Git client to clone a source repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_get_source_repository_clone_urls/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_get_source_repository_clone_urls(
  spaceName,
  projectName,
  sourceRepositoryName
)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.

projectName

[required] The name of the project in the space.

sourceRepositoryName

[required] The name of the source repository.


Returns information about an space

Description

Returns information about an space.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_get_space/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_get_space(name)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the space.


Returns information about the Amazon Web Services account used for billing purposes and the billing plan for the space

Description

Returns information about the Amazon Web Services account used for billing purposes and the billing plan for the space.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_get_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_get_subscription(spaceName)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.


Returns information about a user

Description

Returns information about a user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_get_user_details/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_get_user_details(id = NULL, userName = NULL)

Arguments

id

The system-generated unique ID of the user.

userName

The name of the user as displayed in Amazon CodeCatalyst.


Returns information about a workflow

Description

Returns information about a workflow.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_get_workflow/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_get_workflow(spaceName, id, projectName)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.

id

[required] The ID of the workflow. To rerieve a list of workflow IDs, use list_workflows.

projectName

[required] The name of the project in the space.


Returns information about a specified run of a workflow

Description

Returns information about a specified run of a workflow.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_get_workflow_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_get_workflow_run(spaceName, id, projectName)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.

id

[required] The ID of the workflow run. To retrieve a list of workflow run IDs, use list_workflow_runs.

projectName

[required] The name of the project in the space.


Lists all personal access tokens (PATs) associated with the user who calls the API

Description

Lists all personal access tokens (PATs) associated with the user who calls the API. You can only list PATs associated with your Amazon Web Services Builder ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_list_access_tokens/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_list_access_tokens(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of results to show in a single call to this API. If the number of results is larger than the number you specified, the response will include a NextToken element, which you can use to obtain additional results.

nextToken

A token returned from a call to this API to indicate the next batch of results to return, if any.


Retrieves a list of active sessions for a Dev Environment in a project

Description

Retrieves a list of active sessions for a Dev Environment in a project.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_list_dev_environment_sessions/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_list_dev_environment_sessions(
  spaceName,
  projectName,
  devEnvironmentId,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.

projectName

[required] The name of the project in the space.

devEnvironmentId

[required] The system-generated unique ID of the Dev Environment.

nextToken

A token returned from a call to this API to indicate the next batch of results to return, if any.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to show in a single call to this API. If the number of results is larger than the number you specified, the response will include a NextToken element, which you can use to obtain additional results.


Retrieves a list of Dev Environments in a project

Description

Retrieves a list of Dev Environments in a project.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_list_dev_environments/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_list_dev_environments(
  spaceName,
  projectName = NULL,
  filters = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.

projectName

The name of the project in the space.

filters

Information about filters to apply to narrow the results returned in the list.

nextToken

A token returned from a call to this API to indicate the next batch of results to return, if any.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to show in a single call to this API. If the number of results is larger than the number you specified, the response will include a NextToken element, which you can use to obtain additional results.


Retrieves a list of events that occurred during a specific time in a space

Description

Retrieves a list of events that occurred during a specific time in a space. You can use these events to audit user and system activity in a space. For more information, see Monitoring in the Amazon CodeCatalyst User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_list_event_logs/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_list_event_logs(
  spaceName,
  startTime,
  endTime,
  eventName = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.

startTime

[required] The date and time when you want to start retrieving events, in coordinated universal time (UTC) timestamp format as specified in RFC 3339.

endTime

[required] The time after which you do not want any events retrieved, in coordinated universal time (UTC) timestamp format as specified in RFC 3339.

eventName

The name of the event.

nextToken

A token returned from a call to this API to indicate the next batch of results to return, if any.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to show in a single call to this API. If the number of results is larger than the number you specified, the response will include a NextToken element, which you can use to obtain additional results.


Retrieves a list of projects

Description

Retrieves a list of projects.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_list_projects/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_list_projects(
  spaceName,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  filters = NULL
)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.

nextToken

A token returned from a call to this API to indicate the next batch of results to return, if any.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to show in a single call to this API. If the number of results is larger than the number you specified, the response will include a NextToken element, which you can use to obtain additional results.

filters

Information about filters to apply to narrow the results returned in the list.


Retrieves a list of source repositories in a project

Description

Retrieves a list of source repositories in a project.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_list_source_repositories/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_list_source_repositories(
  spaceName,
  projectName,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.

projectName

[required] The name of the project in the space.

nextToken

A token returned from a call to this API to indicate the next batch of results to return, if any.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to show in a single call to this API. If the number of results is larger than the number you specified, the response will include a NextToken element, which you can use to obtain additional results.


Retrieves a list of branches in a specified source repository

Description

Retrieves a list of branches in a specified source repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_list_source_repository_branches/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_list_source_repository_branches(
  spaceName,
  projectName,
  sourceRepositoryName,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.

projectName

[required] The name of the project in the space.

sourceRepositoryName

[required] The name of the source repository.

nextToken

A token returned from a call to this API to indicate the next batch of results to return, if any.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to show in a single call to this API. If the number of results is larger than the number you specified, the response will include a NextToken element, which you can use to obtain additional results.


Retrieves a list of spaces

Description

Retrieves a list of spaces.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_list_spaces/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_list_spaces(nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

nextToken

A token returned from a call to this API to indicate the next batch of results to return, if any.


Retrieves a list of workflow runs of a specified workflow

Description

Retrieves a list of workflow runs of a specified workflow.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_list_workflow_runs/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_list_workflow_runs(
  spaceName,
  workflowId = NULL,
  projectName,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  sortBy = NULL
)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.

workflowId

The ID of the workflow. To retrieve a list of workflow IDs, use list_workflows.

projectName

[required] The name of the project in the space.

nextToken

A token returned from a call to this API to indicate the next batch of results to return, if any.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to show in a single call to this API. If the number of results is larger than the number you specified, the response will include a NextToken element, which you can use to obtain additional results.

sortBy

Information used to sort the items in the returned list.


Retrieves a list of workflows in a specified project

Description

Retrieves a list of workflows in a specified project.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_list_workflows/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_list_workflows(
  spaceName,
  projectName,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  sortBy = NULL
)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.

projectName

[required] The name of the project in the space.

nextToken

A token returned from a call to this API to indicate the next batch of results to return, if any.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to show in a single call to this API. If the number of results is larger than the number you specified, the response will include a NextToken element, which you can use to obtain additional results.

sortBy

Information used to sort the items in the returned list.


Starts a specified Dev Environment and puts it into an active state

Description

Starts a specified Dev Environment and puts it into an active state.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_start_dev_environment/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_start_dev_environment(
  spaceName,
  projectName,
  id,
  ides = NULL,
  instanceType = NULL,
  inactivityTimeoutMinutes = NULL
)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.

projectName

[required] The name of the project in the space.

id

[required] The system-generated unique ID of the Dev Environment.

ides

Information about the integrated development environment (IDE) configured for a Dev Environment.

instanceType

The Amazon EC2 instace type to use for the Dev Environment.

inactivityTimeoutMinutes

The amount of time the Dev Environment will run without any activity detected before stopping, in minutes. Only whole integers are allowed. Dev Environments consume compute minutes when running.


Starts a session for a specified Dev Environment

Description

Starts a session for a specified Dev Environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_start_dev_environment_session/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_start_dev_environment_session(
  spaceName,
  projectName,
  id,
  sessionConfiguration
)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.

projectName

[required] The name of the project in the space.

id

[required] The system-generated unique ID of the Dev Environment.

sessionConfiguration

[required]


Begins a run of a specified workflow

Description

Begins a run of a specified workflow.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_start_workflow_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_start_workflow_run(
  spaceName,
  projectName,
  workflowId,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.

projectName

[required] The name of the project in the space.

workflowId

[required] The system-generated unique ID of the workflow. To retrieve a list of workflow IDs, use list_workflows.

clientToken

A user-specified idempotency token. Idempotency ensures that an API request completes only once. With an idempotent request, if the original request completes successfully, the subsequent retries return the result from the original successful request and have no additional effect.


Pauses a specified Dev Environment and places it in a non-running state

Description

Pauses a specified Dev Environment and places it in a non-running state. Stopped Dev Environments do not consume compute minutes.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_stop_dev_environment/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_stop_dev_environment(spaceName, projectName, id)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.

projectName

[required] The name of the project in the space.

id

[required] The system-generated unique ID of the Dev Environment.


Stops a session for a specified Dev Environment

Description

Stops a session for a specified Dev Environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_stop_dev_environment_session/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_stop_dev_environment_session(
  spaceName,
  projectName,
  id,
  sessionId
)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.

projectName

[required] The name of the project in the space.

id

[required] The system-generated unique ID of the Dev Environment. To obtain this ID, use list_dev_environments.

sessionId

[required] The system-generated unique ID of the Dev Environment session. This ID is returned by start_dev_environment_session.


Changes one or more values for a Dev Environment

Description

Changes one or more values for a Dev Environment. Updating certain values of the Dev Environment will cause a restart.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_update_dev_environment/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_update_dev_environment(
  spaceName,
  projectName,
  id,
  alias = NULL,
  ides = NULL,
  instanceType = NULL,
  inactivityTimeoutMinutes = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.

projectName

[required] The name of the project in the space.

id

[required] The system-generated unique ID of the Dev Environment.

alias

The user-specified alias for the Dev Environment. Changing this value will not cause a restart.

ides

Information about the integrated development environment (IDE) configured for a Dev Environment.

instanceType

The Amazon EC2 instace type to use for the Dev Environment.

Changing this value will cause a restart of the Dev Environment if it is running.

inactivityTimeoutMinutes

The amount of time the Dev Environment will run without any activity detected before stopping, in minutes. Only whole integers are allowed. Dev Environments consume compute minutes when running.

Changing this value will cause a restart of the Dev Environment if it is running.

clientToken

A user-specified idempotency token. Idempotency ensures that an API request completes only once. With an idempotent request, if the original request completes successfully, the subsequent retries return the result from the original successful request and have no additional effect.


Changes one or more values for a project

Description

Changes one or more values for a project.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_update_project/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_update_project(spaceName, name, description = NULL)

Arguments

spaceName

[required] The name of the space.

name

[required] The name of the project.

description

The description of the project.


Changes one or more values for a space

Description

Changes one or more values for a space.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_update_space/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_update_space(name, description = NULL)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the space.

description

The description of the space.


Verifies whether the calling user has a valid Amazon CodeCatalyst login and session

Description

Verifies whether the calling user has a valid Amazon CodeCatalyst login and session. If successful, this returns the ID of the user in Amazon CodeCatalyst.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_verify_session/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecatalyst_verify_session()

AWS CodeCommit

Description

CodeCommit

This is the CodeCommit API Reference. This reference provides descriptions of the operations and data types for CodeCommit API along with usage examples.

You can use the CodeCommit API to work with the following objects:

Repositories, by calling the following:

Branches, by calling the following:

Files, by calling the following:

Commits, by calling the following:

Merges, by calling the following:

Pull requests, by calling the following:

Approval rule templates, by calling the following:

Comments in a repository, by calling the following:

Tags used to tag resources in CodeCommit (not Git tags), by calling the following:

Triggers, by calling the following:

For information about how to use CodeCommit, see the CodeCommit User Guide.

Usage

codecommit(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- codecommit(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

associate_approval_rule_template_with_repository Creates an association between an approval rule template and a specified repository
batch_associate_approval_rule_template_with_repositories Creates an association between an approval rule template and one or more specified repositories
batch_describe_merge_conflicts Returns information about one or more merge conflicts in the attempted merge of two commit specifiers using the squash or three-way merge strategy
batch_disassociate_approval_rule_template_from_repositories Removes the association between an approval rule template and one or more specified repositories
batch_get_commits Returns information about the contents of one or more commits in a repository
batch_get_repositories Returns information about one or more repositories
create_approval_rule_template Creates a template for approval rules that can then be associated with one or more repositories in your Amazon Web Services account
create_branch Creates a branch in a repository and points the branch to a commit
create_commit Creates a commit for a repository on the tip of a specified branch
create_pull_request Creates a pull request in the specified repository
create_pull_request_approval_rule Creates an approval rule for a pull request
create_repository Creates a new, empty repository
create_unreferenced_merge_commit Creates an unreferenced commit that represents the result of merging two branches using a specified merge strategy
delete_approval_rule_template Deletes a specified approval rule template
delete_branch Deletes a branch from a repository, unless that branch is the default branch for the repository
delete_comment_content Deletes the content of a comment made on a change, file, or commit in a repository
delete_file Deletes a specified file from a specified branch
delete_pull_request_approval_rule Deletes an approval rule from a specified pull request
delete_repository Deletes a repository
describe_merge_conflicts Returns information about one or more merge conflicts in the attempted merge of two commit specifiers using the squash or three-way merge strategy
describe_pull_request_events Returns information about one or more pull request events
disassociate_approval_rule_template_from_repository Removes the association between a template and a repository so that approval rules based on the template are not automatically created when pull requests are created in the specified repository
evaluate_pull_request_approval_rules Evaluates whether a pull request has met all the conditions specified in its associated approval rules
get_approval_rule_template Returns information about a specified approval rule template
get_blob Returns the base-64 encoded content of an individual blob in a repository
get_branch Returns information about a repository branch, including its name and the last commit ID
get_comment Returns the content of a comment made on a change, file, or commit in a repository
get_comment_reactions Returns information about reactions to a specified comment ID
get_comments_for_compared_commit Returns information about comments made on the comparison between two commits
get_comments_for_pull_request Returns comments made on a pull request
get_commit Returns information about a commit, including commit message and committer information
get_differences Returns information about the differences in a valid commit specifier (such as a branch, tag, HEAD, commit ID, or other fully qualified reference)
get_file Returns the base-64 encoded contents of a specified file and its metadata
get_folder Returns the contents of a specified folder in a repository
get_merge_commit Returns information about a specified merge commit
get_merge_conflicts Returns information about merge conflicts between the before and after commit IDs for a pull request in a repository
get_merge_options Returns information about the merge options available for merging two specified branches
get_pull_request Gets information about a pull request in a specified repository
get_pull_request_approval_states Gets information about the approval states for a specified pull request
get_pull_request_override_state Returns information about whether approval rules have been set aside (overridden) for a pull request, and if so, the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user or identity that overrode the rules and their requirements for the pull request
get_repository Returns information about a repository
get_repository_triggers Gets information about triggers configured for a repository
list_approval_rule_templates Lists all approval rule templates in the specified Amazon Web Services Region in your Amazon Web Services account
list_associated_approval_rule_templates_for_repository Lists all approval rule templates that are associated with a specified repository
list_branches Gets information about one or more branches in a repository
list_file_commit_history Retrieves a list of commits and changes to a specified file
list_pull_requests Returns a list of pull requests for a specified repository
list_repositories Gets information about one or more repositories
list_repositories_for_approval_rule_template Lists all repositories associated with the specified approval rule template
list_tags_for_resource Gets information about Amazon Web Servicestags for a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in CodeCommit
merge_branches_by_fast_forward Merges two branches using the fast-forward merge strategy
merge_branches_by_squash Merges two branches using the squash merge strategy
merge_branches_by_three_way Merges two specified branches using the three-way merge strategy
merge_pull_request_by_fast_forward Attempts to merge the source commit of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request at the specified commit using the fast-forward merge strategy
merge_pull_request_by_squash Attempts to merge the source commit of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request at the specified commit using the squash merge strategy
merge_pull_request_by_three_way Attempts to merge the source commit of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request at the specified commit using the three-way merge strategy
override_pull_request_approval_rules Sets aside (overrides) all approval rule requirements for a specified pull request
post_comment_for_compared_commit Posts a comment on the comparison between two commits
post_comment_for_pull_request Posts a comment on a pull request
post_comment_reply Posts a comment in reply to an existing comment on a comparison between commits or a pull request
put_comment_reaction Adds or updates a reaction to a specified comment for the user whose identity is used to make the request
put_file Adds or updates a file in a branch in an CodeCommit repository, and generates a commit for the addition in the specified branch
put_repository_triggers Replaces all triggers for a repository
tag_resource Adds or updates tags for a resource in CodeCommit
test_repository_triggers Tests the functionality of repository triggers by sending information to the trigger target
untag_resource Removes tags for a resource in CodeCommit
update_approval_rule_template_content Updates the content of an approval rule template
update_approval_rule_template_description Updates the description for a specified approval rule template
update_approval_rule_template_name Updates the name of a specified approval rule template
update_comment Replaces the contents of a comment
update_default_branch Sets or changes the default branch name for the specified repository
update_pull_request_approval_rule_content Updates the structure of an approval rule created specifically for a pull request
update_pull_request_approval_state Updates the state of a user's approval on a pull request
update_pull_request_description Replaces the contents of the description of a pull request
update_pull_request_status Updates the status of a pull request
update_pull_request_title Replaces the title of a pull request
update_repository_description Sets or changes the comment or description for a repository
update_repository_encryption_key Updates the Key Management Service encryption key used to encrypt and decrypt a CodeCommit repository
update_repository_name Renames a repository

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- codecommit()
svc$associate_approval_rule_template_with_repository(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Creates an association between an approval rule template and a specified repository

Description

Creates an association between an approval rule template and a specified repository. Then, the next time a pull request is created in the repository where the destination reference (if specified) matches the destination reference (branch) for the pull request, an approval rule that matches the template conditions is automatically created for that pull request. If no destination references are specified in the template, an approval rule that matches the template contents is created for all pull requests in that repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_associate_approval_rule_template_with_repository/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_associate_approval_rule_template_with_repository(
  approvalRuleTemplateName,
  repositoryName
)

Arguments

approvalRuleTemplateName

[required] The name for the approval rule template.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository that you want to associate with the template.


Creates an association between an approval rule template and one or more specified repositories

Description

Creates an association between an approval rule template and one or more specified repositories.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_batch_associate_approval_rule_template_with_repositories/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_batch_associate_approval_rule_template_with_repositories(
  approvalRuleTemplateName,
  repositoryNames
)

Arguments

approvalRuleTemplateName

[required] The name of the template you want to associate with one or more repositories.

repositoryNames

[required] The names of the repositories you want to associate with the template.

The length constraint limit is for each string in the array. The array itself can be empty.


Returns information about one or more merge conflicts in the attempted merge of two commit specifiers using the squash or three-way merge strategy

Description

Returns information about one or more merge conflicts in the attempted merge of two commit specifiers using the squash or three-way merge strategy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_batch_describe_merge_conflicts/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_batch_describe_merge_conflicts(
  repositoryName,
  destinationCommitSpecifier,
  sourceCommitSpecifier,
  mergeOption,
  maxMergeHunks = NULL,
  maxConflictFiles = NULL,
  filePaths = NULL,
  conflictDetailLevel = NULL,
  conflictResolutionStrategy = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository that contains the merge conflicts you want to review.

destinationCommitSpecifier

[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).

sourceCommitSpecifier

[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).

mergeOption

[required] The merge option or strategy you want to use to merge the code.

maxMergeHunks

The maximum number of merge hunks to include in the output.

maxConflictFiles

The maximum number of files to include in the output.

filePaths

The path of the target files used to describe the conflicts. If not specified, the default is all conflict files.

conflictDetailLevel

The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.

conflictResolutionStrategy

Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation is successful.

nextToken

An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results.


Removes the association between an approval rule template and one or more specified repositories

Description

Removes the association between an approval rule template and one or more specified repositories.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_batch_disassociate_approval_rule_template_from_repositories/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_batch_disassociate_approval_rule_template_from_repositories(
  approvalRuleTemplateName,
  repositoryNames
)

Arguments

approvalRuleTemplateName

[required] The name of the template that you want to disassociate from one or more repositories.

repositoryNames

[required] The repository names that you want to disassociate from the approval rule template.

The length constraint limit is for each string in the array. The array itself can be empty.


Returns information about the contents of one or more commits in a repository

Description

Returns information about the contents of one or more commits in a repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_batch_get_commits/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_batch_get_commits(commitIds, repositoryName)

Arguments

commitIds

[required] The full commit IDs of the commits to get information about.

You must supply the full SHA IDs of each commit. You cannot use shortened SHA IDs.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository that contains the commits.


Returns information about one or more repositories

Description

Returns information about one or more repositories.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_batch_get_repositories/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_batch_get_repositories(repositoryNames)

Arguments

repositoryNames

[required] The names of the repositories to get information about.

The length constraint limit is for each string in the array. The array itself can be empty.


Creates a template for approval rules that can then be associated with one or more repositories in your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Creates a template for approval rules that can then be associated with one or more repositories in your Amazon Web Services account. When you associate a template with a repository, CodeCommit creates an approval rule that matches the conditions of the template for all pull requests that meet the conditions of the template. For more information, see associate_approval_rule_template_with_repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_create_approval_rule_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_create_approval_rule_template(
  approvalRuleTemplateName,
  approvalRuleTemplateContent,
  approvalRuleTemplateDescription = NULL
)

Arguments

approvalRuleTemplateName

[required] The name of the approval rule template. Provide descriptive names, because this name is applied to the approval rules created automatically in associated repositories.

approvalRuleTemplateContent

[required] The content of the approval rule that is created on pull requests in associated repositories. If you specify one or more destination references (branches), approval rules are created in an associated repository only if their destination references (branches) match those specified in the template.

When you create the content of the approval rule template, you can specify approvers in an approval pool in one of two ways:

  • CodeCommitApprovers: This option only requires an Amazon Web Services account and a resource. It can be used for both IAM users and federated access users whose name matches the provided resource name. This is a very powerful option that offers a great deal of flexibility. For example, if you specify the Amazon Web Services account 123456789012 and Mary_Major, all of the following are counted as approvals coming from that user:

    • An IAM user in the account (arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/Mary_Major)

    • A federated user identified in IAM as Mary_Major (arn:aws:sts::123456789012:federated-user/Mary_Major)

    This option does not recognize an active session of someone assuming the role of CodeCommitReview with a role session name of Mary_Major (arn:aws:sts::123456789012:assumed-role/CodeCommitReview/Mary_Major) unless you include a wildcard (*Mary_Major).

  • Fully qualified ARN: This option allows you to specify the fully qualified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM user or role.

For more information about IAM ARNs, wildcards, and formats, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.

approvalRuleTemplateDescription

The description of the approval rule template. Consider providing a description that explains what this template does and when it might be appropriate to associate it with repositories.


Creates a branch in a repository and points the branch to a commit

Description

Creates a branch in a repository and points the branch to a commit.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_create_branch/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_create_branch(repositoryName, branchName, commitId)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository in which you want to create the new branch.

branchName

[required] The name of the new branch to create.

commitId

[required] The ID of the commit to point the new branch to.


Creates a commit for a repository on the tip of a specified branch

Description

Creates a commit for a repository on the tip of a specified branch.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_create_commit/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_create_commit(
  repositoryName,
  branchName,
  parentCommitId = NULL,
  authorName = NULL,
  email = NULL,
  commitMessage = NULL,
  keepEmptyFolders = NULL,
  putFiles = NULL,
  deleteFiles = NULL,
  setFileModes = NULL
)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository where you create the commit.

branchName

[required] The name of the branch where you create the commit.

parentCommitId

The ID of the commit that is the parent of the commit you create. Not required if this is an empty repository.

authorName

The name of the author who created the commit. This information is used as both the author and committer for the commit.

email

The email address of the person who created the commit.

commitMessage

The commit message you want to include in the commit. Commit messages are limited to 256 KB. If no message is specified, a default message is used.

keepEmptyFolders

If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder structure if the changes leave the folders empty. If true, a ..gitkeep file is created for empty folders. The default is false.

putFiles

The files to add or update in this commit.

deleteFiles

The files to delete in this commit. These files still exist in earlier commits.

setFileModes

The file modes to update for files in this commit.


Creates a pull request in the specified repository

Description

Creates a pull request in the specified repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_create_pull_request/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_create_pull_request(
  title,
  description = NULL,
  targets,
  clientRequestToken = NULL
)

Arguments

title

[required] The title of the pull request. This title is used to identify the pull request to other users in the repository.

description

A description of the pull request.

targets

[required] The targets for the pull request, including the source of the code to be reviewed (the source branch) and the destination where the creator of the pull request intends the code to be merged after the pull request is closed (the destination branch).

clientRequestToken

A unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request, ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request is received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request returns information about the initial request that used that token.

The Amazon Web ServicesSDKs prepopulate client request tokens. If you are using an Amazon Web ServicesSDK, an idempotency token is created for you.


Creates an approval rule for a pull request

Description

Creates an approval rule for a pull request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_create_pull_request_approval_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_create_pull_request_approval_rule(
  pullRequestId,
  approvalRuleName,
  approvalRuleContent
)

Arguments

pullRequestId

[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request for which you want to create the approval rule.

approvalRuleName

[required] The name for the approval rule.

approvalRuleContent

[required] The content of the approval rule, including the number of approvals needed and the structure of an approval pool defined for approvals, if any. For more information about approval pools, see the CodeCommit User Guide.

When you create the content of the approval rule, you can specify approvers in an approval pool in one of two ways:

  • CodeCommitApprovers: This option only requires an Amazon Web Services account and a resource. It can be used for both IAM users and federated access users whose name matches the provided resource name. This is a very powerful option that offers a great deal of flexibility. For example, if you specify the Amazon Web Services account 123456789012 and Mary_Major, all of the following would be counted as approvals coming from that user:

    • An IAM user in the account (arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/Mary_Major)

    • A federated user identified in IAM as Mary_Major (arn:aws:sts::123456789012:federated-user/Mary_Major)

    This option does not recognize an active session of someone assuming the role of CodeCommitReview with a role session name of Mary_Major (arn:aws:sts::123456789012:assumed-role/CodeCommitReview/Mary_Major) unless you include a wildcard (*Mary_Major).

  • Fully qualified ARN: This option allows you to specify the fully qualified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM user or role.

For more information about IAM ARNs, wildcards, and formats, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.


Creates a new, empty repository

Description

Creates a new, empty repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_create_repository/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_create_repository(
  repositoryName,
  repositoryDescription = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  kmsKeyId = NULL
)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the new repository to be created.

The repository name must be unique across the calling Amazon Web Services account. Repository names are limited to 100 alphanumeric, dash, and underscore characters, and cannot include certain characters. For more information about the limits on repository names, see Quotas in the CodeCommit User Guide. The suffix .git is prohibited.

repositoryDescription

A comment or description about the new repository.

The description field for a repository accepts all HTML characters and all valid Unicode characters. Applications that do not HTML-encode the description and display it in a webpage can expose users to potentially malicious code. Make sure that you HTML-encode the description field in any application that uses this API to display the repository description on a webpage.

tags

One or more tag key-value pairs to use when tagging this repository.

kmsKeyId

The ID of the encryption key. You can view the ID of an encryption key in the KMS console, or use the KMS APIs to programmatically retrieve a key ID. For more information about acceptable values for kmsKeyID, see KeyId in the Decrypt API description in the Key Management Service API Reference.

If no key is specified, the default aws/codecommit Amazon Web Services managed key is used.


Creates an unreferenced commit that represents the result of merging two branches using a specified merge strategy

Description

Creates an unreferenced commit that represents the result of merging two branches using a specified merge strategy. This can help you determine the outcome of a potential merge. This API cannot be used with the fast-forward merge strategy because that strategy does not create a merge commit.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_create_unreferenced_merge_commit/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_create_unreferenced_merge_commit(
  repositoryName,
  sourceCommitSpecifier,
  destinationCommitSpecifier,
  mergeOption,
  conflictDetailLevel = NULL,
  conflictResolutionStrategy = NULL,
  authorName = NULL,
  email = NULL,
  commitMessage = NULL,
  keepEmptyFolders = NULL,
  conflictResolution = NULL
)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository where you want to create the unreferenced merge commit.

sourceCommitSpecifier

[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).

destinationCommitSpecifier

[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).

mergeOption

[required] The merge option or strategy you want to use to merge the code.

conflictDetailLevel

The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.

conflictResolutionStrategy

Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation is successful.

authorName

The name of the author who created the unreferenced commit. This information is used as both the author and committer for the commit.

email

The email address for the person who created the unreferenced commit.

commitMessage

The commit message for the unreferenced commit.

keepEmptyFolders

If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder structure if the changes leave the folders empty. If this is specified as true, a .gitkeep file is created for empty folders. The default is false.

conflictResolution

If AUTOMERGE is the conflict resolution strategy, a list of inputs to use when resolving conflicts during a merge.


Deletes a specified approval rule template

Description

Deletes a specified approval rule template. Deleting a template does not remove approval rules on pull requests already created with the template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_delete_approval_rule_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_delete_approval_rule_template(approvalRuleTemplateName)

Arguments

approvalRuleTemplateName

[required] The name of the approval rule template to delete.


Deletes a branch from a repository, unless that branch is the default branch for the repository

Description

Deletes a branch from a repository, unless that branch is the default branch for the repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_delete_branch/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_delete_branch(repositoryName, branchName)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository that contains the branch to be deleted.

branchName

[required] The name of the branch to delete.


Deletes the content of a comment made on a change, file, or commit in a repository

Description

Deletes the content of a comment made on a change, file, or commit in a repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_delete_comment_content/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_delete_comment_content(commentId)

Arguments

commentId

[required] The unique, system-generated ID of the comment. To get this ID, use get_comments_for_compared_commit or get_comments_for_pull_request.


Deletes a specified file from a specified branch

Description

Deletes a specified file from a specified branch. A commit is created on the branch that contains the revision. The file still exists in the commits earlier to the commit that contains the deletion.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_delete_file/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_delete_file(
  repositoryName,
  branchName,
  filePath,
  parentCommitId,
  keepEmptyFolders = NULL,
  commitMessage = NULL,
  name = NULL,
  email = NULL
)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository that contains the file to delete.

branchName

[required] The name of the branch where the commit that deletes the file is made.

filePath

[required] The fully qualified path to the file that to be deleted, including the full name and extension of that file. For example, /examples/file.md is a fully qualified path to a file named file.md in a folder named examples.

parentCommitId

[required] The ID of the commit that is the tip of the branch where you want to create the commit that deletes the file. This must be the HEAD commit for the branch. The commit that deletes the file is created from this commit ID.

keepEmptyFolders

If a file is the only object in the folder or directory, specifies whether to delete the folder or directory that contains the file. By default, empty folders are deleted. This includes empty folders that are part of the directory structure. For example, if the path to a file is dir1/dir2/dir3/dir4, and dir2 and dir3 are empty, deleting the last file in dir4 also deletes the empty folders dir4, dir3, and dir2.

commitMessage

The commit message you want to include as part of deleting the file. Commit messages are limited to 256 KB. If no message is specified, a default message is used.

name

The name of the author of the commit that deletes the file. If no name is specified, the user's ARN is used as the author name and committer name.

email

The email address for the commit that deletes the file. If no email address is specified, the email address is left blank.


Deletes an approval rule from a specified pull request

Description

Deletes an approval rule from a specified pull request. Approval rules can be deleted from a pull request only if the pull request is open, and if the approval rule was created specifically for a pull request and not generated from an approval rule template associated with the repository where the pull request was created. You cannot delete an approval rule from a merged or closed pull request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_delete_pull_request_approval_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_delete_pull_request_approval_rule(pullRequestId, approvalRuleName)

Arguments

pullRequestId

[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request that contains the approval rule you want to delete.

approvalRuleName

[required] The name of the approval rule you want to delete.


Deletes a repository

Description

Deletes a repository. If a specified repository was already deleted, a null repository ID is returned.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_delete_repository/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_delete_repository(repositoryName)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository to delete.


Returns information about one or more merge conflicts in the attempted merge of two commit specifiers using the squash or three-way merge strategy

Description

Returns information about one or more merge conflicts in the attempted merge of two commit specifiers using the squash or three-way merge strategy. If the merge option for the attempted merge is specified as FAST_FORWARD_MERGE, an exception is thrown.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_describe_merge_conflicts/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_describe_merge_conflicts(
  repositoryName,
  destinationCommitSpecifier,
  sourceCommitSpecifier,
  mergeOption,
  maxMergeHunks = NULL,
  filePath,
  conflictDetailLevel = NULL,
  conflictResolutionStrategy = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository where you want to get information about a merge conflict.

destinationCommitSpecifier

[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).

sourceCommitSpecifier

[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).

mergeOption

[required] The merge option or strategy you want to use to merge the code.

maxMergeHunks

The maximum number of merge hunks to include in the output.

filePath

[required] The path of the target files used to describe the conflicts.

conflictDetailLevel

The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.

conflictResolutionStrategy

Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation is successful.

nextToken

An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results.


Returns information about one or more pull request events

Description

Returns information about one or more pull request events.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_describe_pull_request_events/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_describe_pull_request_events(
  pullRequestId,
  pullRequestEventType = NULL,
  actorArn = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

pullRequestId

[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use list_pull_requests.

pullRequestEventType

Optional. The pull request event type about which you want to return information.

actorArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user whose actions resulted in the event. Examples include updating the pull request with more commits or changing the status of a pull request.

nextToken

An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results.

maxResults

A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. The default is 100 events, which is also the maximum number of events that can be returned in a result.


Removes the association between a template and a repository so that approval rules based on the template are not automatically created when pull requests are created in the specified repository

Description

Removes the association between a template and a repository so that approval rules based on the template are not automatically created when pull requests are created in the specified repository. This does not delete any approval rules previously created for pull requests through the template association.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_disassociate_approval_rule_template_from_repository/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_disassociate_approval_rule_template_from_repository(
  approvalRuleTemplateName,
  repositoryName
)

Arguments

approvalRuleTemplateName

[required] The name of the approval rule template to disassociate from a specified repository.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository you want to disassociate from the template.


Evaluates whether a pull request has met all the conditions specified in its associated approval rules

Description

Evaluates whether a pull request has met all the conditions specified in its associated approval rules.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_evaluate_pull_request_approval_rules/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_evaluate_pull_request_approval_rules(pullRequestId, revisionId)

Arguments

pullRequestId

[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request you want to evaluate.

revisionId

[required] The system-generated ID for the pull request revision. To retrieve the most recent revision ID for a pull request, use get_pull_request.


Returns information about a specified approval rule template

Description

Returns information about a specified approval rule template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_approval_rule_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_get_approval_rule_template(approvalRuleTemplateName)

Arguments

approvalRuleTemplateName

[required] The name of the approval rule template for which you want to get information.


Returns the base-64 encoded content of an individual blob in a repository

Description

Returns the base-64 encoded content of an individual blob in a repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_blob/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_get_blob(repositoryName, blobId)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository that contains the blob.

blobId

[required] The ID of the blob, which is its SHA-1 pointer.


Returns information about a repository branch, including its name and the last commit ID

Description

Returns information about a repository branch, including its name and the last commit ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_branch/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_get_branch(repositoryName = NULL, branchName = NULL)

Arguments

repositoryName

The name of the repository that contains the branch for which you want to retrieve information.

branchName

The name of the branch for which you want to retrieve information.


Returns the content of a comment made on a change, file, or commit in a repository

Description

Returns the content of a comment made on a change, file, or commit in a repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_comment/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_get_comment(commentId)

Arguments

commentId

[required] The unique, system-generated ID of the comment. To get this ID, use get_comments_for_compared_commit or get_comments_for_pull_request.


Returns information about reactions to a specified comment ID

Description

Returns information about reactions to a specified comment ID. Reactions from users who have been deleted will not be included in the count.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_comment_reactions/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_get_comment_reactions(
  commentId,
  reactionUserArn = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

commentId

[required] The ID of the comment for which you want to get reactions information.

reactionUserArn

Optional. The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user or identity for which you want to get reaction information.

nextToken

An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results.

maxResults

A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. The default is the same as the allowed maximum, 1,000.


Returns information about comments made on the comparison between two commits

Description

Returns information about comments made on the comparison between two commits.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_comments_for_compared_commit/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_get_comments_for_compared_commit(
  repositoryName,
  beforeCommitId = NULL,
  afterCommitId,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository where you want to compare commits.

beforeCommitId

To establish the directionality of the comparison, the full commit ID of the before commit.

afterCommitId

[required] To establish the directionality of the comparison, the full commit ID of the after commit.

nextToken

An enumeration token that when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results.

maxResults

A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. The default is 100 comments, but you can configure up to 500.


Returns comments made on a pull request

Description

Returns comments made on a pull request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_comments_for_pull_request/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_get_comments_for_pull_request(
  pullRequestId,
  repositoryName = NULL,
  beforeCommitId = NULL,
  afterCommitId = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

pullRequestId

[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use list_pull_requests.

repositoryName

The name of the repository that contains the pull request. Requirement is conditional: repositoryName must be specified when beforeCommitId and afterCommitId are included.

beforeCommitId

The full commit ID of the commit in the destination branch that was the tip of the branch at the time the pull request was created. Requirement is conditional: beforeCommitId must be specified when repositoryName is included.

afterCommitId

The full commit ID of the commit in the source branch that was the tip of the branch at the time the comment was made. Requirement is conditional: afterCommitId must be specified when repositoryName is included.

nextToken

An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results.

maxResults

A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. The default is 100 comments. You can return up to 500 comments with a single request.


Returns information about a commit, including commit message and committer information

Description

Returns information about a commit, including commit message and committer information.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_commit/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_get_commit(repositoryName, commitId)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository to which the commit was made.

commitId

[required] The commit ID. Commit IDs are the full SHA ID of the commit.


Returns information about the differences in a valid commit specifier (such as a branch, tag, HEAD, commit ID, or other fully qualified reference)

Description

Returns information about the differences in a valid commit specifier (such as a branch, tag, HEAD, commit ID, or other fully qualified reference). Results can be limited to a specified path.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_differences/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_get_differences(
  repositoryName,
  beforeCommitSpecifier = NULL,
  afterCommitSpecifier,
  beforePath = NULL,
  afterPath = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository where you want to get differences.

beforeCommitSpecifier

The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, the full commit ID). Optional. If not specified, all changes before the afterCommitSpecifier value are shown. If you do not use beforeCommitSpecifier in your request, consider limiting the results with maxResults.

afterCommitSpecifier

[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit.

beforePath

The file path in which to check for differences. Limits the results to this path. Can also be used to specify the previous name of a directory or folder. If beforePath and afterPath are not specified, differences are shown for all paths.

afterPath

The file path in which to check differences. Limits the results to this path. Can also be used to specify the changed name of a directory or folder, if it has changed. If not specified, differences are shown for all paths.

MaxResults

A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.

NextToken

An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results.


Returns the base-64 encoded contents of a specified file and its metadata

Description

Returns the base-64 encoded contents of a specified file and its metadata.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_file/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_get_file(repositoryName, commitSpecifier = NULL, filePath)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository that contains the file.

commitSpecifier

The fully quaified reference that identifies the commit that contains the file. For example, you can specify a full commit ID, a tag, a branch name, or a reference such as refs/heads/main. If none is provided, the head commit is used.

filePath

[required] The fully qualified path to the file, including the full name and extension of the file. For example, /examples/file.md is the fully qualified path to a file named file.md in a folder named examples.


Returns the contents of a specified folder in a repository

Description

Returns the contents of a specified folder in a repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_folder/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_get_folder(repositoryName, commitSpecifier = NULL, folderPath)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository.

commitSpecifier

A fully qualified reference used to identify a commit that contains the version of the folder's content to return. A fully qualified reference can be a commit ID, branch name, tag, or reference such as HEAD. If no specifier is provided, the folder content is returned as it exists in the HEAD commit.

folderPath

[required] The fully qualified path to the folder whose contents are returned, including the folder name. For example, /examples is a fully-qualified path to a folder named examples that was created off of the root directory (/) of a repository.


Returns information about a specified merge commit

Description

Returns information about a specified merge commit.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_merge_commit/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_get_merge_commit(
  repositoryName,
  sourceCommitSpecifier,
  destinationCommitSpecifier,
  conflictDetailLevel = NULL,
  conflictResolutionStrategy = NULL
)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository that contains the merge commit about which you want to get information.

sourceCommitSpecifier

[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).

destinationCommitSpecifier

[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).

conflictDetailLevel

The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.

conflictResolutionStrategy

Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation is successful.


Returns information about merge conflicts between the before and after commit IDs for a pull request in a repository

Description

Returns information about merge conflicts between the before and after commit IDs for a pull request in a repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_merge_conflicts/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_get_merge_conflicts(
  repositoryName,
  destinationCommitSpecifier,
  sourceCommitSpecifier,
  mergeOption,
  conflictDetailLevel = NULL,
  maxConflictFiles = NULL,
  conflictResolutionStrategy = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository where the pull request was created.

destinationCommitSpecifier

[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).

sourceCommitSpecifier

[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).

mergeOption

[required] The merge option or strategy you want to use to merge the code.

conflictDetailLevel

The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.

maxConflictFiles

The maximum number of files to include in the output.

conflictResolutionStrategy

Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation is successful.

nextToken

An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results.


Returns information about the merge options available for merging two specified branches

Description

Returns information about the merge options available for merging two specified branches. For details about why a merge option is not available, use GetMergeConflicts or DescribeMergeConflicts.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_merge_options/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_get_merge_options(
  repositoryName,
  sourceCommitSpecifier,
  destinationCommitSpecifier,
  conflictDetailLevel = NULL,
  conflictResolutionStrategy = NULL
)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository that contains the commits about which you want to get merge options.

sourceCommitSpecifier

[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).

destinationCommitSpecifier

[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).

conflictDetailLevel

The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.

conflictResolutionStrategy

Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation is successful.


Gets information about a pull request in a specified repository

Description

Gets information about a pull request in a specified repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_pull_request/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_get_pull_request(pullRequestId)

Arguments

pullRequestId

[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use list_pull_requests.


Gets information about the approval states for a specified pull request

Description

Gets information about the approval states for a specified pull request. Approval states only apply to pull requests that have one or more approval rules applied to them.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_pull_request_approval_states/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_get_pull_request_approval_states(pullRequestId, revisionId)

Arguments

pullRequestId

[required] The system-generated ID for the pull request.

revisionId

[required] The system-generated ID for the pull request revision.


Returns information about whether approval rules have been set aside (overridden) for a pull request, and if so, the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user or identity that overrode the rules and their requirements for the pull request

Description

Returns information about whether approval rules have been set aside (overridden) for a pull request, and if so, the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user or identity that overrode the rules and their requirements for the pull request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_pull_request_override_state/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_get_pull_request_override_state(pullRequestId, revisionId)

Arguments

pullRequestId

[required] The ID of the pull request for which you want to get information about whether approval rules have been set aside (overridden).

revisionId

[required] The system-generated ID of the revision for the pull request. To retrieve the most recent revision ID, use get_pull_request.


Returns information about a repository

Description

Returns information about a repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_repository/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_get_repository(repositoryName)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository to get information about.


Gets information about triggers configured for a repository

Description

Gets information about triggers configured for a repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_repository_triggers/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_get_repository_triggers(repositoryName)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository for which the trigger is configured.


Lists all approval rule templates in the specified Amazon Web Services Region in your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Lists all approval rule templates in the specified Amazon Web Services Region in your Amazon Web Services account. If an Amazon Web Services Region is not specified, the Amazon Web Services Region where you are signed in is used.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_list_approval_rule_templates/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_list_approval_rule_templates(nextToken = NULL, maxResults = NULL)

Arguments

nextToken

An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results.

maxResults

A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.


Lists all approval rule templates that are associated with a specified repository

Description

Lists all approval rule templates that are associated with a specified repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_list_associated_approval_rule_templates_for_repository/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_list_associated_approval_rule_templates_for_repository(
  repositoryName,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository for which you want to list all associated approval rule templates.

nextToken

An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results.

maxResults

A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.


Gets information about one or more branches in a repository

Description

Gets information about one or more branches in a repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_list_branches/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_list_branches(repositoryName, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository that contains the branches.

nextToken

An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the results.


Retrieves a list of commits and changes to a specified file

Description

Retrieves a list of commits and changes to a specified file.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_list_file_commit_history/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_list_file_commit_history(
  repositoryName,
  commitSpecifier = NULL,
  filePath,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository that contains the file.

commitSpecifier

The fully quaified reference that identifies the commit that contains the file. For example, you can specify a full commit ID, a tag, a branch name, or a reference such as refs/heads/main. If none is provided, the head commit is used.

filePath

[required] The full path of the file whose history you want to retrieve, including the name of the file.

maxResults

A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.

nextToken

An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the results.


Returns a list of pull requests for a specified repository

Description

Returns a list of pull requests for a specified repository. The return list can be refined by pull request status or pull request author ARN.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_list_pull_requests/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_list_pull_requests(
  repositoryName,
  authorArn = NULL,
  pullRequestStatus = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository for which you want to list pull requests.

authorArn

Optional. The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user who created the pull request. If used, this filters the results to pull requests created by that user.

pullRequestStatus

Optional. The status of the pull request. If used, this refines the results to the pull requests that match the specified status.

nextToken

An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results.

maxResults

A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.


Gets information about one or more repositories

Description

Gets information about one or more repositories.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_list_repositories/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_list_repositories(nextToken = NULL, sortBy = NULL, order = NULL)

Arguments

nextToken

An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the results of the operation. Batch sizes are 1,000 for list repository operations. When the client sends the token back to CodeCommit, another page of 1,000 records is retrieved.

sortBy

The criteria used to sort the results of a list repositories operation.

order

The order in which to sort the results of a list repositories operation.


Lists all repositories associated with the specified approval rule template

Description

Lists all repositories associated with the specified approval rule template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_list_repositories_for_approval_rule_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_list_repositories_for_approval_rule_template(
  approvalRuleTemplateName,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

approvalRuleTemplateName

[required] The name of the approval rule template for which you want to list repositories that are associated with that template.

nextToken

An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results.

maxResults

A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.


Gets information about Amazon Web Servicestags for a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in CodeCommit

Description

Gets information about Amazon Web Servicestags for a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in CodeCommit. For a list of valid resources in CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources and Operations in the CodeCommit User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource for which you want to get information about tags, if any.

nextToken

An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results.


Merges two branches using the fast-forward merge strategy

Description

Merges two branches using the fast-forward merge strategy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_merge_branches_by_fast_forward/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_merge_branches_by_fast_forward(
  repositoryName,
  sourceCommitSpecifier,
  destinationCommitSpecifier,
  targetBranch = NULL
)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository where you want to merge two branches.

sourceCommitSpecifier

[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).

destinationCommitSpecifier

[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).

targetBranch

The branch where the merge is applied.


Merges two branches using the squash merge strategy

Description

Merges two branches using the squash merge strategy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_merge_branches_by_squash/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_merge_branches_by_squash(
  repositoryName,
  sourceCommitSpecifier,
  destinationCommitSpecifier,
  targetBranch = NULL,
  conflictDetailLevel = NULL,
  conflictResolutionStrategy = NULL,
  authorName = NULL,
  email = NULL,
  commitMessage = NULL,
  keepEmptyFolders = NULL,
  conflictResolution = NULL
)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository where you want to merge two branches.

sourceCommitSpecifier

[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).

destinationCommitSpecifier

[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).

targetBranch

The branch where the merge is applied.

conflictDetailLevel

The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.

conflictResolutionStrategy

Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation is successful.

authorName

The name of the author who created the commit. This information is used as both the author and committer for the commit.

email

The email address of the person merging the branches. This information is used in the commit information for the merge.

commitMessage

The commit message for the merge.

keepEmptyFolders

If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder structure if the changes leave the folders empty. If this is specified as true, a .gitkeep file is created for empty folders. The default is false.

conflictResolution

If AUTOMERGE is the conflict resolution strategy, a list of inputs to use when resolving conflicts during a merge.


Merges two specified branches using the three-way merge strategy

Description

Merges two specified branches using the three-way merge strategy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_merge_branches_by_three_way/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_merge_branches_by_three_way(
  repositoryName,
  sourceCommitSpecifier,
  destinationCommitSpecifier,
  targetBranch = NULL,
  conflictDetailLevel = NULL,
  conflictResolutionStrategy = NULL,
  authorName = NULL,
  email = NULL,
  commitMessage = NULL,
  keepEmptyFolders = NULL,
  conflictResolution = NULL
)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository where you want to merge two branches.

sourceCommitSpecifier

[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).

destinationCommitSpecifier

[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).

targetBranch

The branch where the merge is applied.

conflictDetailLevel

The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.

conflictResolutionStrategy

Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation is successful.

authorName

The name of the author who created the commit. This information is used as both the author and committer for the commit.

email

The email address of the person merging the branches. This information is used in the commit information for the merge.

commitMessage

The commit message to include in the commit information for the merge.

keepEmptyFolders

If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder structure if the changes leave the folders empty. If true, a .gitkeep file is created for empty folders. The default is false.

conflictResolution

If AUTOMERGE is the conflict resolution strategy, a list of inputs to use when resolving conflicts during a merge.


Attempts to merge the source commit of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request at the specified commit using the fast-forward merge strategy

Description

Attempts to merge the source commit of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request at the specified commit using the fast-forward merge strategy. If the merge is successful, it closes the pull request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_merge_pull_request_by_fast_forward/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_merge_pull_request_by_fast_forward(
  pullRequestId,
  repositoryName,
  sourceCommitId = NULL
)

Arguments

pullRequestId

[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use list_pull_requests.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository where the pull request was created.

sourceCommitId

The full commit ID of the original or updated commit in the pull request source branch. Pass this value if you want an exception thrown if the current commit ID of the tip of the source branch does not match this commit ID.


Attempts to merge the source commit of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request at the specified commit using the squash merge strategy

Description

Attempts to merge the source commit of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request at the specified commit using the squash merge strategy. If the merge is successful, it closes the pull request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_merge_pull_request_by_squash/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_merge_pull_request_by_squash(
  pullRequestId,
  repositoryName,
  sourceCommitId = NULL,
  conflictDetailLevel = NULL,
  conflictResolutionStrategy = NULL,
  commitMessage = NULL,
  authorName = NULL,
  email = NULL,
  keepEmptyFolders = NULL,
  conflictResolution = NULL
)

Arguments

pullRequestId

[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use list_pull_requests.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository where the pull request was created.

sourceCommitId

The full commit ID of the original or updated commit in the pull request source branch. Pass this value if you want an exception thrown if the current commit ID of the tip of the source branch does not match this commit ID.

conflictDetailLevel

The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.

conflictResolutionStrategy

Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation is successful.

commitMessage

The commit message to include in the commit information for the merge.

authorName

The name of the author who created the commit. This information is used as both the author and committer for the commit.

email

The email address of the person merging the branches. This information is used in the commit information for the merge.

keepEmptyFolders

If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder structure if the changes leave the folders empty. If true, a .gitkeep file is created for empty folders. The default is false.

conflictResolution

If AUTOMERGE is the conflict resolution strategy, a list of inputs to use when resolving conflicts during a merge.


Attempts to merge the source commit of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request at the specified commit using the three-way merge strategy

Description

Attempts to merge the source commit of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request at the specified commit using the three-way merge strategy. If the merge is successful, it closes the pull request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_merge_pull_request_by_three_way/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_merge_pull_request_by_three_way(
  pullRequestId,
  repositoryName,
  sourceCommitId = NULL,
  conflictDetailLevel = NULL,
  conflictResolutionStrategy = NULL,
  commitMessage = NULL,
  authorName = NULL,
  email = NULL,
  keepEmptyFolders = NULL,
  conflictResolution = NULL
)

Arguments

pullRequestId

[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use list_pull_requests.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository where the pull request was created.

sourceCommitId

The full commit ID of the original or updated commit in the pull request source branch. Pass this value if you want an exception thrown if the current commit ID of the tip of the source branch does not match this commit ID.

conflictDetailLevel

The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.

conflictResolutionStrategy

Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation is successful.

commitMessage

The commit message to include in the commit information for the merge.

authorName

The name of the author who created the commit. This information is used as both the author and committer for the commit.

email

The email address of the person merging the branches. This information is used in the commit information for the merge.

keepEmptyFolders

If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder structure if the changes leave the folders empty. If true, a .gitkeep file is created for empty folders. The default is false.

conflictResolution

If AUTOMERGE is the conflict resolution strategy, a list of inputs to use when resolving conflicts during a merge.


Sets aside (overrides) all approval rule requirements for a specified pull request

Description

Sets aside (overrides) all approval rule requirements for a specified pull request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_override_pull_request_approval_rules/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_override_pull_request_approval_rules(
  pullRequestId,
  revisionId,
  overrideStatus
)

Arguments

pullRequestId

[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request for which you want to override all approval rule requirements. To get this information, use get_pull_request.

revisionId

[required] The system-generated ID of the most recent revision of the pull request. You cannot override approval rules for anything but the most recent revision of a pull request. To get the revision ID, use GetPullRequest.

overrideStatus

[required] Whether you want to set aside approval rule requirements for the pull request (OVERRIDE) or revoke a previous override and apply approval rule requirements (REVOKE). REVOKE status is not stored.


Posts a comment on the comparison between two commits

Description

Posts a comment on the comparison between two commits.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_post_comment_for_compared_commit/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_post_comment_for_compared_commit(
  repositoryName,
  beforeCommitId = NULL,
  afterCommitId,
  location = NULL,
  content,
  clientRequestToken = NULL
)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository where you want to post a comment on the comparison between commits.

beforeCommitId

To establish the directionality of the comparison, the full commit ID of the before commit. Required for commenting on any commit unless that commit is the initial commit.

afterCommitId

[required] To establish the directionality of the comparison, the full commit ID of the after commit.

location

The location of the comparison where you want to comment.

content

[required] The content of the comment you want to make.

clientRequestToken

A unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request, ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request is received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request returns information about the initial request that used that token.


Posts a comment on a pull request

Description

Posts a comment on a pull request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_post_comment_for_pull_request/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_post_comment_for_pull_request(
  pullRequestId,
  repositoryName,
  beforeCommitId,
  afterCommitId,
  location = NULL,
  content,
  clientRequestToken = NULL
)

Arguments

pullRequestId

[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use list_pull_requests.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository where you want to post a comment on a pull request.

beforeCommitId

[required] The full commit ID of the commit in the destination branch that was the tip of the branch at the time the pull request was created.

afterCommitId

[required] The full commit ID of the commit in the source branch that is the current tip of the branch for the pull request when you post the comment.

location

The location of the change where you want to post your comment. If no location is provided, the comment is posted as a general comment on the pull request difference between the before commit ID and the after commit ID.

content

[required] The content of your comment on the change.

clientRequestToken

A unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request, ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request is received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request returns information about the initial request that used that token.


Posts a comment in reply to an existing comment on a comparison between commits or a pull request

Description

Posts a comment in reply to an existing comment on a comparison between commits or a pull request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_post_comment_reply/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_post_comment_reply(inReplyTo, clientRequestToken = NULL, content)

Arguments

inReplyTo

[required] The system-generated ID of the comment to which you want to reply. To get this ID, use get_comments_for_compared_commit or get_comments_for_pull_request.

clientRequestToken

A unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request, ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request is received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request returns information about the initial request that used that token.

content

[required] The contents of your reply to a comment.


Adds or updates a reaction to a specified comment for the user whose identity is used to make the request

Description

Adds or updates a reaction to a specified comment for the user whose identity is used to make the request. You can only add or update a reaction for yourself. You cannot add, modify, or delete a reaction for another user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_put_comment_reaction/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_put_comment_reaction(commentId, reactionValue)

Arguments

commentId

[required] The ID of the comment to which you want to add or update a reaction.

reactionValue

[required] The emoji reaction you want to add or update. To remove a reaction, provide a value of blank or null. You can also provide the value of none. For information about emoji reaction values supported in CodeCommit, see the CodeCommit User Guide.


Adds or updates a file in a branch in an CodeCommit repository, and generates a commit for the addition in the specified branch

Description

Adds or updates a file in a branch in an CodeCommit repository, and generates a commit for the addition in the specified branch.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_put_file/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_put_file(
  repositoryName,
  branchName,
  fileContent,
  filePath,
  fileMode = NULL,
  parentCommitId = NULL,
  commitMessage = NULL,
  name = NULL,
  email = NULL
)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository where you want to add or update the file.

branchName

[required] The name of the branch where you want to add or update the file. If this is an empty repository, this branch is created.

fileContent

[required] The content of the file, in binary object format.

filePath

[required] The name of the file you want to add or update, including the relative path to the file in the repository.

If the path does not currently exist in the repository, the path is created as part of adding the file.

fileMode

The file mode permissions of the blob. Valid file mode permissions are listed here.

parentCommitId

The full commit ID of the head commit in the branch where you want to add or update the file. If this is an empty repository, no commit ID is required. If this is not an empty repository, a commit ID is required.

The commit ID must match the ID of the head commit at the time of the operation. Otherwise, an error occurs, and the file is not added or updated.

commitMessage

A message about why this file was added or updated. Although it is optional, a message makes the commit history for your repository more useful.

name

The name of the person adding or updating the file. Although it is optional, a name makes the commit history for your repository more useful.

email

An email address for the person adding or updating the file.


Replaces all triggers for a repository

Description

Replaces all triggers for a repository. Used to create or delete triggers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_put_repository_triggers/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_put_repository_triggers(repositoryName, triggers)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository where you want to create or update the trigger.

triggers

[required] The JSON block of configuration information for each trigger.


Adds or updates tags for a resource in CodeCommit

Description

Adds or updates tags for a resource in CodeCommit. For a list of valid resources in CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources and Operations in the CodeCommit User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to which you want to add or update tags.

tags

[required] The key-value pair to use when tagging this repository.


Tests the functionality of repository triggers by sending information to the trigger target

Description

Tests the functionality of repository triggers by sending information to the trigger target. If real data is available in the repository, the test sends data from the last commit. If no data is available, sample data is generated.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_test_repository_triggers/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_test_repository_triggers(repositoryName, triggers)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository in which to test the triggers.

triggers

[required] The list of triggers to test.


Removes tags for a resource in CodeCommit

Description

Removes tags for a resource in CodeCommit. For a list of valid resources in CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources and Operations in the CodeCommit User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to which you want to remove tags.

tagKeys

[required] The tag key for each tag that you want to remove from the resource.


Updates the content of an approval rule template

Description

Updates the content of an approval rule template. You can change the number of required approvals, the membership of the approval rule, and whether an approval pool is defined.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_update_approval_rule_template_content/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_update_approval_rule_template_content(
  approvalRuleTemplateName,
  newRuleContent,
  existingRuleContentSha256 = NULL
)

Arguments

approvalRuleTemplateName

[required] The name of the approval rule template where you want to update the content of the rule.

newRuleContent

[required] The content that replaces the existing content of the rule. Content statements must be complete. You cannot provide only the changes.

existingRuleContentSha256

The SHA-256 hash signature for the content of the approval rule. You can retrieve this information by using get_pull_request.


Updates the description for a specified approval rule template

Description

Updates the description for a specified approval rule template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_update_approval_rule_template_description/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_update_approval_rule_template_description(
  approvalRuleTemplateName,
  approvalRuleTemplateDescription
)

Arguments

approvalRuleTemplateName

[required] The name of the template for which you want to update the description.

approvalRuleTemplateDescription

[required] The updated description of the approval rule template.


Updates the name of a specified approval rule template

Description

Updates the name of a specified approval rule template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_update_approval_rule_template_name/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_update_approval_rule_template_name(
  oldApprovalRuleTemplateName,
  newApprovalRuleTemplateName
)

Arguments

oldApprovalRuleTemplateName

[required] The current name of the approval rule template.

newApprovalRuleTemplateName

[required] The new name you want to apply to the approval rule template.


Replaces the contents of a comment

Description

Replaces the contents of a comment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_update_comment/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_update_comment(commentId, content)

Arguments

commentId

[required] The system-generated ID of the comment you want to update. To get this ID, use get_comments_for_compared_commit or get_comments_for_pull_request.

content

[required] The updated content to replace the existing content of the comment.


Sets or changes the default branch name for the specified repository

Description

Sets or changes the default branch name for the specified repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_update_default_branch/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_update_default_branch(repositoryName, defaultBranchName)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository for which you want to set or change the default branch.

defaultBranchName

[required] The name of the branch to set as the default branch.


Updates the structure of an approval rule created specifically for a pull request

Description

Updates the structure of an approval rule created specifically for a pull request. For example, you can change the number of required approvers and the approval pool for approvers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_update_pull_request_approval_rule_content/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_update_pull_request_approval_rule_content(
  pullRequestId,
  approvalRuleName,
  existingRuleContentSha256 = NULL,
  newRuleContent
)

Arguments

pullRequestId

[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request.

approvalRuleName

[required] The name of the approval rule you want to update.

existingRuleContentSha256

The SHA-256 hash signature for the content of the approval rule. You can retrieve this information by using get_pull_request.

newRuleContent

[required] The updated content for the approval rule.

When you update the content of the approval rule, you can specify approvers in an approval pool in one of two ways:

  • CodeCommitApprovers: This option only requires an Amazon Web Services account and a resource. It can be used for both IAM users and federated access users whose name matches the provided resource name. This is a very powerful option that offers a great deal of flexibility. For example, if you specify the Amazon Web Services account 123456789012 and Mary_Major, all of the following are counted as approvals coming from that user:

    • An IAM user in the account (arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/Mary_Major)

    • A federated user identified in IAM as Mary_Major (arn:aws:sts::123456789012:federated-user/Mary_Major)

    This option does not recognize an active session of someone assuming the role of CodeCommitReview with a role session name of Mary_Major (arn:aws:sts::123456789012:assumed-role/CodeCommitReview/Mary_Major) unless you include a wildcard (*Mary_Major).

  • Fully qualified ARN: This option allows you to specify the fully qualified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM user or role.

For more information about IAM ARNs, wildcards, and formats, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.


Updates the state of a user's approval on a pull request

Description

Updates the state of a user's approval on a pull request. The user is derived from the signed-in account when the request is made.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_update_pull_request_approval_state/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_update_pull_request_approval_state(
  pullRequestId,
  revisionId,
  approvalState
)

Arguments

pullRequestId

[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request.

revisionId

[required] The system-generated ID of the revision.

approvalState

[required] The approval state to associate with the user on the pull request.


Replaces the contents of the description of a pull request

Description

Replaces the contents of the description of a pull request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_update_pull_request_description/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_update_pull_request_description(pullRequestId, description)

Arguments

pullRequestId

[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use list_pull_requests.

description

[required] The updated content of the description for the pull request. This content replaces the existing description.


Updates the status of a pull request

Description

Updates the status of a pull request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_update_pull_request_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_update_pull_request_status(pullRequestId, pullRequestStatus)

Arguments

pullRequestId

[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use list_pull_requests.

pullRequestStatus

[required] The status of the pull request. The only valid operations are to update the status from OPEN to OPEN, OPEN to CLOSED or from CLOSED to CLOSED.


Replaces the title of a pull request

Description

Replaces the title of a pull request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_update_pull_request_title/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_update_pull_request_title(pullRequestId, title)

Arguments

pullRequestId

[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use list_pull_requests.

title

[required] The updated title of the pull request. This replaces the existing title.


Sets or changes the comment or description for a repository

Description

Sets or changes the comment or description for a repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_update_repository_description/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_update_repository_description(
  repositoryName,
  repositoryDescription = NULL
)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository to set or change the comment or description for.

repositoryDescription

The new comment or description for the specified repository. Repository descriptions are limited to 1,000 characters.


Updates the Key Management Service encryption key used to encrypt and decrypt a CodeCommit repository

Description

Updates the Key Management Service encryption key used to encrypt and decrypt a CodeCommit repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_update_repository_encryption_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_update_repository_encryption_key(repositoryName, kmsKeyId)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository for which you want to update the KMS encryption key used to encrypt and decrypt the repository.

kmsKeyId

[required] The ID of the encryption key. You can view the ID of an encryption key in the KMS console, or use the KMS APIs to programmatically retrieve a key ID. For more information about acceptable values for keyID, see KeyId in the Decrypt API description in the Key Management Service API Reference.


Renames a repository

Description

Renames a repository. The repository name must be unique across the calling Amazon Web Services account. Repository names are limited to 100 alphanumeric, dash, and underscore characters, and cannot include certain characters. The suffix .git is prohibited. For more information about the limits on repository names, see Quotas in the CodeCommit User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_update_repository_name/ for full documentation.

Usage

codecommit_update_repository_name(oldName, newName)

Arguments

oldName

[required] The current name of the repository.

newName

[required] The new name for the repository.


AWS CodeConnections

Description

This Amazon Web Services CodeConnections API Reference provides descriptions and usage examples of the operations and data types for the Amazon Web Services CodeConnections API. You can use the connections API to work with connections and installations.

Connections are configurations that you use to connect Amazon Web Services resources to external code repositories. Each connection is a resource that can be given to services such as CodePipeline to connect to a third-party repository such as Bitbucket. For example, you can add the connection in CodePipeline so that it triggers your pipeline when a code change is made to your third-party code repository. Each connection is named and associated with a unique ARN that is used to reference the connection.

When you create a connection, the console initiates a third-party connection handshake. Installations are the apps that are used to conduct this handshake. For example, the installation for the Bitbucket provider type is the Bitbucket app. When you create a connection, you can choose an existing installation or create one.

When you want to create a connection to an installed provider type such as GitHub Enterprise Server, you create a host for your connections.

You can work with connections by calling:

You can work with hosts by calling:

You can work with tags in Amazon Web Services CodeConnections by calling the following:

For information about how to use Amazon Web Services CodeConnections, see the Developer Tools User Guide.

Usage

codeconnections(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- codeconnections(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_connection Creates a connection that can then be given to other Amazon Web Services services like CodePipeline so that it can access third-party code repositories
create_host Creates a resource that represents the infrastructure where a third-party provider is installed
create_repository_link Creates a link to a specified external Git repository
create_sync_configuration Creates a sync configuration which allows Amazon Web Services to sync content from a Git repository to update a specified Amazon Web Services resource
delete_connection The connection to be deleted
delete_host The host to be deleted
delete_repository_link Deletes the association between your connection and a specified external Git repository
delete_sync_configuration Deletes the sync configuration for a specified repository and connection
get_connection Returns the connection ARN and details such as status, owner, and provider type
get_host Returns the host ARN and details such as status, provider type, endpoint, and, if applicable, the VPC configuration
get_repository_link Returns details about a repository link
get_repository_sync_status Returns details about the sync status for a repository
get_resource_sync_status Returns the status of the sync with the Git repository for a specific Amazon Web Services resource
get_sync_blocker_summary Returns a list of the most recent sync blockers
get_sync_configuration Returns details about a sync configuration, including the sync type and resource name
list_connections Lists the connections associated with your account
list_hosts Lists the hosts associated with your account
list_repository_links Lists the repository links created for connections in your account
list_repository_sync_definitions Lists the repository sync definitions for repository links in your account
list_sync_configurations Returns a list of sync configurations for a specified repository
list_tags_for_resource Gets the set of key-value pairs (metadata) that are used to manage the resource
tag_resource Adds to or modifies the tags of the given resource
untag_resource Removes tags from an Amazon Web Services resource
update_host Updates a specified host with the provided configurations
update_repository_link Updates the association between your connection and a specified external Git repository
update_sync_blocker Allows you to update the status of a sync blocker, resolving the blocker and allowing syncing to continue
update_sync_configuration Updates the sync configuration for your connection and a specified external Git repository

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- codeconnections()
svc$create_connection(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Creates a connection that can then be given to other Amazon Web Services services like CodePipeline so that it can access third-party code repositories

Description

Creates a connection that can then be given to other Amazon Web Services services like CodePipeline so that it can access third-party code repositories. The connection is in pending status until the third-party connection handshake is completed from the console.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_create_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeconnections_create_connection(
  ProviderType = NULL,
  ConnectionName,
  Tags = NULL,
  HostArn = NULL
)

Arguments

ProviderType

The name of the external provider where your third-party code repository is configured.

ConnectionName

[required] The name of the connection to be created.

Tags

The key-value pair to use when tagging the resource.

HostArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the host associated with the connection to be created.


Creates a resource that represents the infrastructure where a third-party provider is installed

Description

Creates a resource that represents the infrastructure where a third-party provider is installed. The host is used when you create connections to an installed third-party provider type, such as GitHub Enterprise Server. You create one host for all connections to that provider.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_create_host/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeconnections_create_host(
  Name,
  ProviderType,
  ProviderEndpoint,
  VpcConfiguration = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the host to be created.

ProviderType

[required] The name of the installed provider to be associated with your connection. The host resource represents the infrastructure where your provider type is installed. The valid provider type is GitHub Enterprise Server.

ProviderEndpoint

[required] The endpoint of the infrastructure to be represented by the host after it is created.

VpcConfiguration

The VPC configuration to be provisioned for the host. A VPC must be configured and the infrastructure to be represented by the host must already be connected to the VPC.

Tags

Tags for the host to be created.


Description

Creates a link to a specified external Git repository. A repository link allows Git sync to monitor and sync changes to files in a specified Git repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_create_repository_link/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeconnections_create_repository_link(
  ConnectionArn,
  OwnerId,
  RepositoryName,
  EncryptionKeyArn = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

ConnectionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the connection to be associated with the repository link.

OwnerId

[required] The owner ID for the repository associated with a specific sync configuration, such as the owner ID in GitHub.

RepositoryName

[required] The name of the repository to be associated with the repository link.

EncryptionKeyArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) encryption key for the repository to be associated with the repository link.

Tags

The tags for the repository to be associated with the repository link.


Creates a sync configuration which allows Amazon Web Services to sync content from a Git repository to update a specified Amazon Web Services resource

Description

Creates a sync configuration which allows Amazon Web Services to sync content from a Git repository to update a specified Amazon Web Services resource. Parameters for the sync configuration are determined by the sync type.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_create_sync_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeconnections_create_sync_configuration(
  Branch,
  ConfigFile,
  RepositoryLinkId,
  ResourceName,
  RoleArn,
  SyncType,
  PublishDeploymentStatus = NULL,
  TriggerResourceUpdateOn = NULL,
  PullRequestComment = NULL
)

Arguments

Branch

[required] The branch in the repository from which changes will be synced.

ConfigFile

[required] The file name of the configuration file that manages syncing between the connection and the repository. This configuration file is stored in the repository.

RepositoryLinkId

[required] The ID of the repository link created for the connection. A repository link allows Git sync to monitor and sync changes to files in a specified Git repository.

ResourceName

[required] The name of the Amazon Web Services resource (for example, a CloudFormation stack in the case of CFN_STACK_SYNC) that will be synchronized from the linked repository.

RoleArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM role that grants permission for Amazon Web Services to use Git sync to update a given Amazon Web Services resource on your behalf.

SyncType

[required] The type of sync configuration.

PublishDeploymentStatus

Whether to enable or disable publishing of deployment status to source providers.

TriggerResourceUpdateOn

When to trigger Git sync to begin the stack update.

PullRequestComment

A toggle that specifies whether to enable or disable pull request comments for the sync configuration to be created.


The connection to be deleted

Description

The connection to be deleted.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_delete_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeconnections_delete_connection(ConnectionArn)

Arguments

ConnectionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the connection to be deleted.

The ARN is never reused if the connection is deleted.


The host to be deleted

Description

The host to be deleted. Before you delete a host, all connections associated to the host must be deleted.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_delete_host/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeconnections_delete_host(HostArn)

Arguments

HostArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the host to be deleted.


Description

Deletes the association between your connection and a specified external Git repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_delete_repository_link/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeconnections_delete_repository_link(RepositoryLinkId)

Arguments

RepositoryLinkId

[required] The ID of the repository link to be deleted.


Deletes the sync configuration for a specified repository and connection

Description

Deletes the sync configuration for a specified repository and connection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_delete_sync_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeconnections_delete_sync_configuration(SyncType, ResourceName)

Arguments

SyncType

[required] The type of sync configuration to be deleted.

ResourceName

[required] The name of the Amazon Web Services resource associated with the sync configuration to be deleted.


Returns the connection ARN and details such as status, owner, and provider type

Description

Returns the connection ARN and details such as status, owner, and provider type.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_get_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeconnections_get_connection(ConnectionArn)

Arguments

ConnectionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a connection.


Returns the host ARN and details such as status, provider type, endpoint, and, if applicable, the VPC configuration

Description

Returns the host ARN and details such as status, provider type, endpoint, and, if applicable, the VPC configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_get_host/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeconnections_get_host(HostArn)

Arguments

HostArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the requested host.


Description

Returns details about a repository link. A repository link allows Git sync to monitor and sync changes from files in a specified Git repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_get_repository_link/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeconnections_get_repository_link(RepositoryLinkId)

Arguments

RepositoryLinkId

[required] The ID of the repository link to get.


Returns details about the sync status for a repository

Description

Returns details about the sync status for a repository. A repository sync uses Git sync to push and pull changes from your remote repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_get_repository_sync_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeconnections_get_repository_sync_status(Branch, RepositoryLinkId, SyncType)

Arguments

Branch

[required] The branch of the repository link for the requested repository sync status.

RepositoryLinkId

[required] The repository link ID for the requested repository sync status.

SyncType

[required] The sync type of the requested sync status.


Returns the status of the sync with the Git repository for a specific Amazon Web Services resource

Description

Returns the status of the sync with the Git repository for a specific Amazon Web Services resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_get_resource_sync_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeconnections_get_resource_sync_status(ResourceName, SyncType)

Arguments

ResourceName

[required] The name of the Amazon Web Services resource for the sync status with the Git repository.

SyncType

[required] The sync type for the sync status with the Git repository.


Returns a list of the most recent sync blockers

Description

Returns a list of the most recent sync blockers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_get_sync_blocker_summary/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeconnections_get_sync_blocker_summary(SyncType, ResourceName)

Arguments

SyncType

[required] The sync type for the sync blocker summary.

ResourceName

[required] The name of the Amazon Web Services resource currently blocked from automatically being synced from a Git repository.


Returns details about a sync configuration, including the sync type and resource name

Description

Returns details about a sync configuration, including the sync type and resource name. A sync configuration allows the configuration to sync (push and pull) changes from the remote repository for a specified branch in a Git repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_get_sync_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeconnections_get_sync_configuration(SyncType, ResourceName)

Arguments

SyncType

[required] The sync type for the sync configuration for which you want to retrieve information.

ResourceName

[required] The name of the Amazon Web Services resource for the sync configuration for which you want to retrieve information.


Lists the connections associated with your account

Description

Lists the connections associated with your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_list_connections/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeconnections_list_connections(
  ProviderTypeFilter = NULL,
  HostArnFilter = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ProviderTypeFilter

Filters the list of connections to those associated with a specified provider, such as Bitbucket.

HostArnFilter

Filters the list of connections to those associated with a specified host.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token that was returned from the previous list_connections call, which can be used to return the next set of connections in the list.


Lists the hosts associated with your account

Description

Lists the hosts associated with your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_list_hosts/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeconnections_list_hosts(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token that was returned from the previous list_hosts call, which can be used to return the next set of hosts in the list.


Description

Lists the repository links created for connections in your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_list_repository_links/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeconnections_list_repository_links(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.

NextToken

An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results.


Lists the repository sync definitions for repository links in your account

Description

Lists the repository sync definitions for repository links in your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_list_repository_sync_definitions/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeconnections_list_repository_sync_definitions(RepositoryLinkId, SyncType)

Arguments

RepositoryLinkId

[required] The ID of the repository link for the sync definition for which you want to retrieve information.

SyncType

[required] The sync type of the repository link for the the sync definition for which you want to retrieve information.


Returns a list of sync configurations for a specified repository

Description

Returns a list of sync configurations for a specified repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_list_sync_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeconnections_list_sync_configurations(
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  RepositoryLinkId,
  SyncType
)

Arguments

MaxResults

A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.

NextToken

An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the results of the operation.

RepositoryLinkId

[required] The ID of the repository link for the requested list of sync configurations.

SyncType

[required] The sync type for the requested list of sync configurations.


Gets the set of key-value pairs (metadata) that are used to manage the resource

Description

Gets the set of key-value pairs (metadata) that are used to manage the resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeconnections_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource for which you want to get information about tags, if any.


Adds to or modifies the tags of the given resource

Description

Adds to or modifies the tags of the given resource. Tags are metadata that can be used to manage a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeconnections_tag_resource(ResourceArn, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to which you want to add or update tags.

Tags

[required] The tags you want to modify or add to the resource.


Removes tags from an Amazon Web Services resource

Description

Removes tags from an Amazon Web Services resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeconnections_untag_resource(ResourceArn, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to remove tags from.

TagKeys

[required] The list of keys for the tags to be removed from the resource.


Updates a specified host with the provided configurations

Description

Updates a specified host with the provided configurations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_update_host/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeconnections_update_host(
  HostArn,
  ProviderEndpoint = NULL,
  VpcConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

HostArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the host to be updated.

ProviderEndpoint

The URL or endpoint of the host to be updated.

VpcConfiguration

The VPC configuration of the host to be updated. A VPC must be configured and the infrastructure to be represented by the host must already be connected to the VPC.


Description

Updates the association between your connection and a specified external Git repository. A repository link allows Git sync to monitor and sync changes to files in a specified Git repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_update_repository_link/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeconnections_update_repository_link(
  ConnectionArn = NULL,
  EncryptionKeyArn = NULL,
  RepositoryLinkId
)

Arguments

ConnectionArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the connection for the repository link to be updated. The updated connection ARN must have the same providerType (such as GitHub) as the original connection ARN for the repo link.

EncryptionKeyArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the encryption key for the repository link to be updated.

RepositoryLinkId

[required] The ID of the repository link to be updated.


Allows you to update the status of a sync blocker, resolving the blocker and allowing syncing to continue

Description

Allows you to update the status of a sync blocker, resolving the blocker and allowing syncing to continue.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_update_sync_blocker/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeconnections_update_sync_blocker(Id, SyncType, ResourceName, ResolvedReason)

Arguments

Id

[required] The ID of the sync blocker to be updated.

SyncType

[required] The sync type of the sync blocker to be updated.

ResourceName

[required] The name of the resource for the sync blocker to be updated.

ResolvedReason

[required] The reason for resolving the sync blocker.


Updates the sync configuration for your connection and a specified external Git repository

Description

Updates the sync configuration for your connection and a specified external Git repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_update_sync_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeconnections_update_sync_configuration(
  Branch = NULL,
  ConfigFile = NULL,
  RepositoryLinkId = NULL,
  ResourceName,
  RoleArn = NULL,
  SyncType,
  PublishDeploymentStatus = NULL,
  TriggerResourceUpdateOn = NULL,
  PullRequestComment = NULL
)

Arguments

Branch

The branch for the sync configuration to be updated.

ConfigFile

The configuration file for the sync configuration to be updated.

RepositoryLinkId

The ID of the repository link for the sync configuration to be updated.

ResourceName

[required] The name of the Amazon Web Services resource for the sync configuration to be updated.

RoleArn

The ARN of the IAM role for the sync configuration to be updated.

SyncType

[required] The sync type for the sync configuration to be updated.

PublishDeploymentStatus

Whether to enable or disable publishing of deployment status to source providers.

TriggerResourceUpdateOn

When to trigger Git sync to begin the stack update.

PullRequestComment

TA toggle that specifies whether to enable or disable pull request comments for the sync configuration to be updated.


AWS CodeDeploy

Description

CodeDeploy is a deployment service that automates application deployments to Amazon EC2 instances, on-premises instances running in your own facility, serverless Lambda functions, or applications in an Amazon ECS service.

You can deploy a nearly unlimited variety of application content, such as an updated Lambda function, updated applications in an Amazon ECS service, code, web and configuration files, executables, packages, scripts, multimedia files, and so on. CodeDeploy can deploy application content stored in Amazon S3 buckets, GitHub repositories, or Bitbucket repositories. You do not need to make changes to your existing code before you can use CodeDeploy.

CodeDeploy makes it easier for you to rapidly release new features, helps you avoid downtime during application deployment, and handles the complexity of updating your applications, without many of the risks associated with error-prone manual deployments.

CodeDeploy Components

Use the information in this guide to help you work with the following CodeDeploy components:

This guide also contains information to help you get details about the instances in your deployments, to make on-premises instances available for CodeDeploy deployments, to get details about a Lambda function deployment, and to get details about Amazon ECS service deployments.

CodeDeploy Information Resources

Usage

codedeploy(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- codedeploy(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

add_tags_to_on_premises_instances Adds tags to on-premises instances
batch_get_application_revisions Gets information about one or more application revisions
batch_get_applications Gets information about one or more applications
batch_get_deployment_groups Gets information about one or more deployment groups
batch_get_deployment_instances This method works, but is deprecated
batch_get_deployments Gets information about one or more deployments
batch_get_deployment_targets Returns an array of one or more targets associated with a deployment
batch_get_on_premises_instances Gets information about one or more on-premises instances
continue_deployment For a blue/green deployment, starts the process of rerouting traffic from instances in the original environment to instances in the replacement environment without waiting for a specified wait time to elapse
create_application Creates an application
create_deployment Deploys an application revision through the specified deployment group
create_deployment_config Creates a deployment configuration
create_deployment_group Creates a deployment group to which application revisions are deployed
delete_application Deletes an application
delete_deployment_config Deletes a deployment configuration
delete_deployment_group Deletes a deployment group
delete_git_hub_account_token Deletes a GitHub account connection
delete_resources_by_external_id Deletes resources linked to an external ID
deregister_on_premises_instance Deregisters an on-premises instance
get_application Gets information about an application
get_application_revision Gets information about an application revision
get_deployment Gets information about a deployment
get_deployment_config Gets information about a deployment configuration
get_deployment_group Gets information about a deployment group
get_deployment_instance Gets information about an instance as part of a deployment
get_deployment_target Returns information about a deployment target
get_on_premises_instance Gets information about an on-premises instance
list_application_revisions Lists information about revisions for an application
list_applications Lists the applications registered with the user or Amazon Web Services account
list_deployment_configs Lists the deployment configurations with the user or Amazon Web Services account
list_deployment_groups Lists the deployment groups for an application registered with the Amazon Web Services user or Amazon Web Services account
list_deployment_instances The newer BatchGetDeploymentTargets should be used instead because it works with all compute types
list_deployments Lists the deployments in a deployment group for an application registered with the user or Amazon Web Services account
list_deployment_targets Returns an array of target IDs that are associated a deployment
list_git_hub_account_token_names Lists the names of stored connections to GitHub accounts
list_on_premises_instances Gets a list of names for one or more on-premises instances
list_tags_for_resource Returns a list of tags for the resource identified by a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN)
put_lifecycle_event_hook_execution_status Sets the result of a Lambda validation function
register_application_revision Registers with CodeDeploy a revision for the specified application
register_on_premises_instance Registers an on-premises instance
remove_tags_from_on_premises_instances Removes one or more tags from one or more on-premises instances
skip_wait_time_for_instance_termination In a blue/green deployment, overrides any specified wait time and starts terminating instances immediately after the traffic routing is complete
stop_deployment Attempts to stop an ongoing deployment
tag_resource Associates the list of tags in the input Tags parameter with the resource identified by the ResourceArn input parameter
untag_resource Disassociates a resource from a list of tags
update_application Changes the name of an application
update_deployment_group Changes information about a deployment group

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- codedeploy()
svc$add_tags_to_on_premises_instances(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Adds tags to on-premises instances

Description

Adds tags to on-premises instances.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_add_tags_to_on_premises_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_add_tags_to_on_premises_instances(tags, instanceNames)

Arguments

tags

[required] The tag key-value pairs to add to the on-premises instances.

Keys and values are both required. Keys cannot be null or empty strings. Value-only tags are not allowed.

instanceNames

[required] The names of the on-premises instances to which to add tags.


Gets information about one or more application revisions

Description

Gets information about one or more application revisions. The maximum number of application revisions that can be returned is 25.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_batch_get_application_revisions/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_batch_get_application_revisions(applicationName, revisions)

Arguments

applicationName

[required] The name of an CodeDeploy application about which to get revision information.

revisions

[required] An array of RevisionLocation objects that specify information to get about the application revisions, including type and location. The maximum number of RevisionLocation objects you can specify is 25.


Gets information about one or more applications

Description

Gets information about one or more applications. The maximum number of applications that can be returned is 100.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_batch_get_applications/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_batch_get_applications(applicationNames)

Arguments

applicationNames

[required] A list of application names separated by spaces. The maximum number of application names you can specify is 100.


Gets information about one or more deployment groups

Description

Gets information about one or more deployment groups.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_batch_get_deployment_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_batch_get_deployment_groups(applicationName, deploymentGroupNames)

Arguments

applicationName

[required] The name of an CodeDeploy application associated with the applicable user or Amazon Web Services account.

deploymentGroupNames

[required] The names of the deployment groups.


This method works, but is deprecated

Description

This method works, but is deprecated. Use batch_get_deployment_targets instead.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_batch_get_deployment_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_batch_get_deployment_instances(deploymentId, instanceIds)

Arguments

deploymentId

[required] The unique ID of a deployment.

instanceIds

[required] The unique IDs of instances used in the deployment. The maximum number of instance IDs you can specify is 25.


Returns an array of one or more targets associated with a deployment

Description

Returns an array of one or more targets associated with a deployment. This method works with all compute types and should be used instead of the deprecated batch_get_deployment_instances. The maximum number of targets that can be returned is 25.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_batch_get_deployment_targets/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_batch_get_deployment_targets(deploymentId, targetIds)

Arguments

deploymentId

[required] The unique ID of a deployment.

targetIds

[required] The unique IDs of the deployment targets. The compute platform of the deployment determines the type of the targets and their formats. The maximum number of deployment target IDs you can specify is 25.

  • For deployments that use the EC2/On-premises compute platform, the target IDs are Amazon EC2 or on-premises instances IDs, and their target type is instanceTarget.

  • For deployments that use the Lambda compute platform, the target IDs are the names of Lambda functions, and their target type is instanceTarget.

  • For deployments that use the Amazon ECS compute platform, the target IDs are pairs of Amazon ECS clusters and services specified using the format ⁠<clustername>:<servicename>⁠. Their target type is ecsTarget.

  • For deployments that are deployed with CloudFormation, the target IDs are CloudFormation stack IDs. Their target type is cloudFormationTarget.


Gets information about one or more deployments

Description

Gets information about one or more deployments. The maximum number of deployments that can be returned is 25.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_batch_get_deployments/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_batch_get_deployments(deploymentIds)

Arguments

deploymentIds

[required] A list of deployment IDs, separated by spaces. The maximum number of deployment IDs you can specify is 25.


Gets information about one or more on-premises instances

Description

Gets information about one or more on-premises instances. The maximum number of on-premises instances that can be returned is 25.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_batch_get_on_premises_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_batch_get_on_premises_instances(instanceNames)

Arguments

instanceNames

[required] The names of the on-premises instances about which to get information. The maximum number of instance names you can specify is 25.


For a blue/green deployment, starts the process of rerouting traffic from instances in the original environment to instances in the replacement environment without waiting for a specified wait time to elapse

Description

For a blue/green deployment, starts the process of rerouting traffic from instances in the original environment to instances in the replacement environment without waiting for a specified wait time to elapse. (Traffic rerouting, which is achieved by registering instances in the replacement environment with the load balancer, can start as soon as all instances have a status of Ready.)

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_continue_deployment/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_continue_deployment(deploymentId = NULL, deploymentWaitType = NULL)

Arguments

deploymentId

The unique ID of a blue/green deployment for which you want to start rerouting traffic to the replacement environment.

deploymentWaitType

The status of the deployment's waiting period. READY_WAIT indicates that the deployment is ready to start shifting traffic. TERMINATION_WAIT indicates that the traffic is shifted, but the original target is not terminated.


Creates an application

Description

Creates an application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_create_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_create_application(
  applicationName,
  computePlatform = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

applicationName

[required] The name of the application. This name must be unique with the applicable user or Amazon Web Services account.

computePlatform

The destination platform type for the deployment (Lambda, Server, or ECS).

tags

The metadata that you apply to CodeDeploy applications to help you organize and categorize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define.


Deploys an application revision through the specified deployment group

Description

Deploys an application revision through the specified deployment group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_create_deployment/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_create_deployment(
  applicationName,
  deploymentGroupName = NULL,
  revision = NULL,
  deploymentConfigName = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  ignoreApplicationStopFailures = NULL,
  targetInstances = NULL,
  autoRollbackConfiguration = NULL,
  updateOutdatedInstancesOnly = NULL,
  fileExistsBehavior = NULL,
  overrideAlarmConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

applicationName

[required] The name of an CodeDeploy application associated with the user or Amazon Web Services account.

deploymentGroupName

The name of the deployment group.

revision

The type and location of the revision to deploy.

deploymentConfigName

The name of a deployment configuration associated with the user or Amazon Web Services account.

If not specified, the value configured in the deployment group is used as the default. If the deployment group does not have a deployment configuration associated with it, CodeDeployDefault.OneAtATime is used by default.

description

A comment about the deployment.

ignoreApplicationStopFailures

If true, then if an ApplicationStop, BeforeBlockTraffic, or AfterBlockTraffic deployment lifecycle event to an instance fails, then the deployment continues to the next deployment lifecycle event. For example, if ApplicationStop fails, the deployment continues with DownloadBundle. If BeforeBlockTraffic fails, the deployment continues with BlockTraffic. If AfterBlockTraffic fails, the deployment continues with ApplicationStop.

If false or not specified, then if a lifecycle event fails during a deployment to an instance, that deployment fails. If deployment to that instance is part of an overall deployment and the number of healthy hosts is not less than the minimum number of healthy hosts, then a deployment to the next instance is attempted.

During a deployment, the CodeDeploy agent runs the scripts specified for ApplicationStop, BeforeBlockTraffic, and AfterBlockTraffic in the AppSpec file from the previous successful deployment. (All other scripts are run from the AppSpec file in the current deployment.) If one of these scripts contains an error and does not run successfully, the deployment can fail.

If the cause of the failure is a script from the last successful deployment that will never run successfully, create a new deployment and use ignoreApplicationStopFailures to specify that the ApplicationStop, BeforeBlockTraffic, and AfterBlockTraffic failures should be ignored.

targetInstances

Information about the instances that belong to the replacement environment in a blue/green deployment.

autoRollbackConfiguration

Configuration information for an automatic rollback that is added when a deployment is created.

updateOutdatedInstancesOnly

Indicates whether to deploy to all instances or only to instances that are not running the latest application revision.

fileExistsBehavior

Information about how CodeDeploy handles files that already exist in a deployment target location but weren't part of the previous successful deployment.

The fileExistsBehavior parameter takes any of the following values:

  • DISALLOW: The deployment fails. This is also the default behavior if no option is specified.

  • OVERWRITE: The version of the file from the application revision currently being deployed replaces the version already on the instance.

  • RETAIN: The version of the file already on the instance is kept and used as part of the new deployment.

overrideAlarmConfiguration

Allows you to specify information about alarms associated with a deployment. The alarm configuration that you specify here will override the alarm configuration at the deployment group level. Consider overriding the alarm configuration if you have set up alarms at the deployment group level that are causing deployment failures. In this case, you would call create_deployment to create a new deployment that uses a previous application revision that is known to work, and set its alarm configuration to turn off alarm polling. Turning off alarm polling ensures that the new deployment proceeds without being blocked by the alarm that was generated by the previous, failed, deployment.

If you specify an overrideAlarmConfiguration, you need the update_deployment_group IAM permission when calling create_deployment.


Creates a deployment configuration

Description

Creates a deployment configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_create_deployment_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_create_deployment_config(
  deploymentConfigName,
  minimumHealthyHosts = NULL,
  trafficRoutingConfig = NULL,
  computePlatform = NULL,
  zonalConfig = NULL
)

Arguments

deploymentConfigName

[required] The name of the deployment configuration to create.

minimumHealthyHosts

The minimum number of healthy instances that should be available at any time during the deployment. There are two parameters expected in the input: type and value.

The type parameter takes either of the following values:

  • HOST_COUNT: The value parameter represents the minimum number of healthy instances as an absolute value.

  • FLEET_PERCENT: The value parameter represents the minimum number of healthy instances as a percentage of the total number of instances in the deployment. If you specify FLEET_PERCENT, at the start of the deployment, CodeDeploy converts the percentage to the equivalent number of instances and rounds up fractional instances.

The value parameter takes an integer.

For example, to set a minimum of 95% healthy instance, specify a type of FLEET_PERCENT and a value of 95.

trafficRoutingConfig

The configuration that specifies how the deployment traffic is routed.

computePlatform

The destination platform type for the deployment (Lambda, Server, or ECS).

zonalConfig

Configure the ZonalConfig object if you want CodeDeploy to deploy your application to one Availability Zone at a time, within an Amazon Web Services Region.

For more information about the zonal configuration feature, see zonal configuration in the CodeDeploy User Guide.


Creates a deployment group to which application revisions are deployed

Description

Creates a deployment group to which application revisions are deployed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_create_deployment_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_create_deployment_group(
  applicationName,
  deploymentGroupName,
  deploymentConfigName = NULL,
  ec2TagFilters = NULL,
  onPremisesInstanceTagFilters = NULL,
  autoScalingGroups = NULL,
  serviceRoleArn,
  triggerConfigurations = NULL,
  alarmConfiguration = NULL,
  autoRollbackConfiguration = NULL,
  outdatedInstancesStrategy = NULL,
  deploymentStyle = NULL,
  blueGreenDeploymentConfiguration = NULL,
  loadBalancerInfo = NULL,
  ec2TagSet = NULL,
  ecsServices = NULL,
  onPremisesTagSet = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  terminationHookEnabled = NULL
)

Arguments

applicationName

[required] The name of an CodeDeploy application associated with the user or Amazon Web Services account.

deploymentGroupName

[required] The name of a new deployment group for the specified application.

deploymentConfigName

If specified, the deployment configuration name can be either one of the predefined configurations provided with CodeDeploy or a custom deployment configuration that you create by calling the create deployment configuration operation.

CodeDeployDefault.OneAtATime is the default deployment configuration. It is used if a configuration isn't specified for the deployment or deployment group.

For more information about the predefined deployment configurations in CodeDeploy, see Working with Deployment Configurations in CodeDeploy in the CodeDeploy User Guide.

ec2TagFilters

The Amazon EC2 tags on which to filter. The deployment group includes Amazon EC2 instances with any of the specified tags. Cannot be used in the same call as ec2TagSet.

onPremisesInstanceTagFilters

The on-premises instance tags on which to filter. The deployment group includes on-premises instances with any of the specified tags. Cannot be used in the same call as OnPremisesTagSet.

autoScalingGroups

A list of associated Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling groups.

serviceRoleArn

[required] A service role Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that allows CodeDeploy to act on the user's behalf when interacting with Amazon Web Services services.

triggerConfigurations

Information about triggers to create when the deployment group is created. For examples, see Create a Trigger for an CodeDeploy Event in the CodeDeploy User Guide.

alarmConfiguration

Information to add about Amazon CloudWatch alarms when the deployment group is created.

autoRollbackConfiguration

Configuration information for an automatic rollback that is added when a deployment group is created.

outdatedInstancesStrategy

Indicates what happens when new Amazon EC2 instances are launched mid-deployment and do not receive the deployed application revision.

If this option is set to UPDATE or is unspecified, CodeDeploy initiates one or more 'auto-update outdated instances' deployments to apply the deployed application revision to the new Amazon EC2 instances.

If this option is set to IGNORE, CodeDeploy does not initiate a deployment to update the new Amazon EC2 instances. This may result in instances having different revisions.

deploymentStyle

Information about the type of deployment, in-place or blue/green, that you want to run and whether to route deployment traffic behind a load balancer.

blueGreenDeploymentConfiguration

Information about blue/green deployment options for a deployment group.

loadBalancerInfo

Information about the load balancer used in a deployment.

ec2TagSet

Information about groups of tags applied to Amazon EC2 instances. The deployment group includes only Amazon EC2 instances identified by all the tag groups. Cannot be used in the same call as ec2TagFilters.

ecsServices

The target Amazon ECS services in the deployment group. This applies only to deployment groups that use the Amazon ECS compute platform. A target Amazon ECS service is specified as an Amazon ECS cluster and service name pair using the format ⁠<clustername>:<servicename>⁠.

onPremisesTagSet

Information about groups of tags applied to on-premises instances. The deployment group includes only on-premises instances identified by all of the tag groups. Cannot be used in the same call as onPremisesInstanceTagFilters.

tags

The metadata that you apply to CodeDeploy deployment groups to help you organize and categorize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define.

terminationHookEnabled

This parameter only applies if you are using CodeDeploy with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling. For more information, see Integrating CodeDeploy with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling in the CodeDeploy User Guide.

Set terminationHookEnabled to true to have CodeDeploy install a termination hook into your Auto Scaling group when you create a deployment group. When this hook is installed, CodeDeploy will perform termination deployments.

For information about termination deployments, see Enabling termination deployments during Auto Scaling scale-in events in the CodeDeploy User Guide.

For more information about Auto Scaling scale-in events, see the Scale in topic in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide.


Deletes an application

Description

Deletes an application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_delete_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_delete_application(applicationName)

Arguments

applicationName

[required] The name of an CodeDeploy application associated with the user or Amazon Web Services account.


Deletes a deployment configuration

Description

Deletes a deployment configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_delete_deployment_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_delete_deployment_config(deploymentConfigName)

Arguments

deploymentConfigName

[required] The name of a deployment configuration associated with the user or Amazon Web Services account.


Deletes a deployment group

Description

Deletes a deployment group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_delete_deployment_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_delete_deployment_group(applicationName, deploymentGroupName)

Arguments

applicationName

[required] The name of an CodeDeploy application associated with the user or Amazon Web Services account.

deploymentGroupName

[required] The name of a deployment group for the specified application.


Deletes a GitHub account connection

Description

Deletes a GitHub account connection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_delete_git_hub_account_token/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_delete_git_hub_account_token(tokenName = NULL)

Arguments

tokenName

The name of the GitHub account connection to delete.


Deletes resources linked to an external ID

Description

Deletes resources linked to an external ID. This action only applies if you have configured blue/green deployments through CloudFormation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_delete_resources_by_external_id/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_delete_resources_by_external_id(externalId = NULL)

Arguments

externalId

The unique ID of an external resource (for example, a CloudFormation stack ID) that is linked to one or more CodeDeploy resources.


Deregisters an on-premises instance

Description

Deregisters an on-premises instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_deregister_on_premises_instance/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_deregister_on_premises_instance(instanceName)

Arguments

instanceName

[required] The name of the on-premises instance to deregister.


Gets information about an application

Description

Gets information about an application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_get_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_get_application(applicationName)

Arguments

applicationName

[required] The name of an CodeDeploy application associated with the user or Amazon Web Services account.


Gets information about an application revision

Description

Gets information about an application revision.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_get_application_revision/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_get_application_revision(applicationName, revision)

Arguments

applicationName

[required] The name of the application that corresponds to the revision.

revision

[required] Information about the application revision to get, including type and location.


Gets information about a deployment

Description

Gets information about a deployment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_get_deployment/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_get_deployment(deploymentId)

Arguments

deploymentId

[required] The unique ID of a deployment associated with the user or Amazon Web Services account.


Gets information about a deployment configuration

Description

Gets information about a deployment configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_get_deployment_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_get_deployment_config(deploymentConfigName)

Arguments

deploymentConfigName

[required] The name of a deployment configuration associated with the user or Amazon Web Services account.


Gets information about a deployment group

Description

Gets information about a deployment group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_get_deployment_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_get_deployment_group(applicationName, deploymentGroupName)

Arguments

applicationName

[required] The name of an CodeDeploy application associated with the user or Amazon Web Services account.

deploymentGroupName

[required] The name of a deployment group for the specified application.


Gets information about an instance as part of a deployment

Description

Gets information about an instance as part of a deployment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_get_deployment_instance/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_get_deployment_instance(deploymentId, instanceId)

Arguments

deploymentId

[required] The unique ID of a deployment.

instanceId

[required] The unique ID of an instance in the deployment group.


Returns information about a deployment target

Description

Returns information about a deployment target.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_get_deployment_target/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_get_deployment_target(deploymentId, targetId)

Arguments

deploymentId

[required] The unique ID of a deployment.

targetId

[required] The unique ID of a deployment target.


Gets information about an on-premises instance

Description

Gets information about an on-premises instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_get_on_premises_instance/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_get_on_premises_instance(instanceName)

Arguments

instanceName

[required] The name of the on-premises instance about which to get information.


Lists information about revisions for an application

Description

Lists information about revisions for an application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_list_application_revisions/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_list_application_revisions(
  applicationName,
  sortBy = NULL,
  sortOrder = NULL,
  s3Bucket = NULL,
  s3KeyPrefix = NULL,
  deployed = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

applicationName

[required] The name of an CodeDeploy application associated with the user or Amazon Web Services account.

sortBy

The column name to use to sort the list results:

  • registerTime: Sort by the time the revisions were registered with CodeDeploy.

  • firstUsedTime: Sort by the time the revisions were first used in a deployment.

  • lastUsedTime: Sort by the time the revisions were last used in a deployment.

If not specified or set to null, the results are returned in an arbitrary order.

sortOrder

The order in which to sort the list results:

  • ascending: ascending order.

  • descending: descending order.

If not specified, the results are sorted in ascending order.

If set to null, the results are sorted in an arbitrary order.

s3Bucket

An Amazon S3 bucket name to limit the search for revisions.

If set to null, all of the user's buckets are searched.

s3KeyPrefix

A key prefix for the set of Amazon S3 objects to limit the search for revisions.

deployed

Whether to list revisions based on whether the revision is the target revision of a deployment group:

  • include: List revisions that are target revisions of a deployment group.

  • exclude: Do not list revisions that are target revisions of a deployment group.

  • ignore: List all revisions.

nextToken

An identifier returned from the previous list_application_revisions call. It can be used to return the next set of applications in the list.


Lists the applications registered with the user or Amazon Web Services account

Description

Lists the applications registered with the user or Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_list_applications/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_list_applications(nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

nextToken

An identifier returned from the previous list applications call. It can be used to return the next set of applications in the list.


Lists the deployment configurations with the user or Amazon Web Services account

Description

Lists the deployment configurations with the user or Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_list_deployment_configs/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_list_deployment_configs(nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

nextToken

An identifier returned from the previous list_deployment_configs call. It can be used to return the next set of deployment configurations in the list.


Lists the deployment groups for an application registered with the Amazon Web Services user or Amazon Web Services account

Description

Lists the deployment groups for an application registered with the Amazon Web Services user or Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_list_deployment_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_list_deployment_groups(applicationName, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

applicationName

[required] The name of an CodeDeploy application associated with the user or Amazon Web Services account.

nextToken

An identifier returned from the previous list deployment groups call. It can be used to return the next set of deployment groups in the list.


The newer BatchGetDeploymentTargets should be used instead because it works with all compute types

Description

The newer batch_get_deployment_targets should be used instead because it works with all compute types. list_deployment_instances throws an exception if it is used with a compute platform other than EC2/On-premises or Lambda.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_list_deployment_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_list_deployment_instances(
  deploymentId,
  nextToken = NULL,
  instanceStatusFilter = NULL,
  instanceTypeFilter = NULL
)

Arguments

deploymentId

[required] The unique ID of a deployment.

nextToken

An identifier returned from the previous list deployment instances call. It can be used to return the next set of deployment instances in the list.

instanceStatusFilter

A subset of instances to list by status:

  • Pending: Include those instances with pending deployments.

  • InProgress: Include those instances where deployments are still in progress.

  • Succeeded: Include those instances with successful deployments.

  • Failed: Include those instances with failed deployments.

  • Skipped: Include those instances with skipped deployments.

  • Unknown: Include those instances with deployments in an unknown state.

instanceTypeFilter

The set of instances in a blue/green deployment, either those in the original environment ("BLUE") or those in the replacement environment ("GREEN"), for which you want to view instance information.


Returns an array of target IDs that are associated a deployment

Description

Returns an array of target IDs that are associated a deployment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_list_deployment_targets/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_list_deployment_targets(
  deploymentId,
  nextToken = NULL,
  targetFilters = NULL
)

Arguments

deploymentId

[required] The unique ID of a deployment.

nextToken

A token identifier returned from the previous list_deployment_targets call. It can be used to return the next set of deployment targets in the list.

targetFilters

A key used to filter the returned targets. The two valid values are:

  • TargetStatus - A TargetStatus filter string can be Failed, InProgress, Pending, Ready, Skipped, Succeeded, or Unknown.

  • ServerInstanceLabel - A ServerInstanceLabel filter string can be Blue or Green.


Lists the deployments in a deployment group for an application registered with the user or Amazon Web Services account

Description

Lists the deployments in a deployment group for an application registered with the user or Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_list_deployments/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_list_deployments(
  applicationName = NULL,
  deploymentGroupName = NULL,
  externalId = NULL,
  includeOnlyStatuses = NULL,
  createTimeRange = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

applicationName

The name of an CodeDeploy application associated with the user or Amazon Web Services account.

If applicationName is specified, then deploymentGroupName must be specified. If it is not specified, then deploymentGroupName must not be specified.

deploymentGroupName

The name of a deployment group for the specified application.

If deploymentGroupName is specified, then applicationName must be specified. If it is not specified, then applicationName must not be specified.

externalId

The unique ID of an external resource for returning deployments linked to the external resource.

includeOnlyStatuses

A subset of deployments to list by status:

  • Created: Include created deployments in the resulting list.

  • Queued: Include queued deployments in the resulting list.

  • ⁠In Progress⁠: Include in-progress deployments in the resulting list.

  • Succeeded: Include successful deployments in the resulting list.

  • Failed: Include failed deployments in the resulting list.

  • Stopped: Include stopped deployments in the resulting list.

createTimeRange

A time range (start and end) for returning a subset of the list of deployments.

nextToken

An identifier returned from the previous list deployments call. It can be used to return the next set of deployments in the list.


Lists the names of stored connections to GitHub accounts

Description

Lists the names of stored connections to GitHub accounts.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_list_git_hub_account_token_names/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_list_git_hub_account_token_names(nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

nextToken

An identifier returned from the previous list_git_hub_account_token_names call. It can be used to return the next set of names in the list.


Gets a list of names for one or more on-premises instances

Description

Gets a list of names for one or more on-premises instances.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_list_on_premises_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_list_on_premises_instances(
  registrationStatus = NULL,
  tagFilters = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

registrationStatus

The registration status of the on-premises instances:

  • Deregistered: Include deregistered on-premises instances in the resulting list.

  • Registered: Include registered on-premises instances in the resulting list.

tagFilters

The on-premises instance tags that are used to restrict the on-premises instance names returned.

nextToken

An identifier returned from the previous list on-premises instances call. It can be used to return the next set of on-premises instances in the list.


Returns a list of tags for the resource identified by a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN)

Description

Returns a list of tags for the resource identified by a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Tags are used to organize and categorize your CodeDeploy resources.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceArn, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The ARN of a CodeDeploy resource. list_tags_for_resource returns all the tags associated with the resource that is identified by the ResourceArn.

NextToken

An identifier returned from the previous list_tags_for_resource call. It can be used to return the next set of applications in the list.


Sets the result of a Lambda validation function

Description

Sets the result of a Lambda validation function. The function validates lifecycle hooks during a deployment that uses the Lambda or Amazon ECS compute platform. For Lambda deployments, the available lifecycle hooks are BeforeAllowTraffic and AfterAllowTraffic. For Amazon ECS deployments, the available lifecycle hooks are BeforeInstall, AfterInstall, AfterAllowTestTraffic, BeforeAllowTraffic, and AfterAllowTraffic. Lambda validation functions return Succeeded or Failed. For more information, see AppSpec 'hooks' Section for an Lambda Deployment and AppSpec 'hooks' Section for an Amazon ECS Deployment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_put_lifecycle_event_hook_execution_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_put_lifecycle_event_hook_execution_status(
  deploymentId = NULL,
  lifecycleEventHookExecutionId = NULL,
  status = NULL
)

Arguments

deploymentId

The unique ID of a deployment. Pass this ID to a Lambda function that validates a deployment lifecycle event.

lifecycleEventHookExecutionId

The execution ID of a deployment's lifecycle hook. A deployment lifecycle hook is specified in the hooks section of the AppSpec file.

status

The result of a Lambda function that validates a deployment lifecycle event. The values listed in Valid Values are valid for lifecycle statuses in general; however, only Succeeded and Failed can be passed successfully in your API call.


Registers with CodeDeploy a revision for the specified application

Description

Registers with CodeDeploy a revision for the specified application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_register_application_revision/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_register_application_revision(
  applicationName,
  description = NULL,
  revision
)

Arguments

applicationName

[required] The name of an CodeDeploy application associated with the user or Amazon Web Services account.

description

A comment about the revision.

revision

[required] Information about the application revision to register, including type and location.


Registers an on-premises instance

Description

Registers an on-premises instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_register_on_premises_instance/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_register_on_premises_instance(
  instanceName,
  iamSessionArn = NULL,
  iamUserArn = NULL
)

Arguments

instanceName

[required] The name of the on-premises instance to register.

iamSessionArn

The ARN of the IAM session to associate with the on-premises instance.

iamUserArn

The ARN of the user to associate with the on-premises instance.


Removes one or more tags from one or more on-premises instances

Description

Removes one or more tags from one or more on-premises instances.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_remove_tags_from_on_premises_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_remove_tags_from_on_premises_instances(tags, instanceNames)

Arguments

tags

[required] The tag key-value pairs to remove from the on-premises instances.

instanceNames

[required] The names of the on-premises instances from which to remove tags.


In a blue/green deployment, overrides any specified wait time and starts terminating instances immediately after the traffic routing is complete

Description

In a blue/green deployment, overrides any specified wait time and starts terminating instances immediately after the traffic routing is complete.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_skip_wait_time_for_instance_termination/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_skip_wait_time_for_instance_termination(deploymentId = NULL)

Arguments

deploymentId

The unique ID of a blue/green deployment for which you want to skip the instance termination wait time.


Attempts to stop an ongoing deployment

Description

Attempts to stop an ongoing deployment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_stop_deployment/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_stop_deployment(deploymentId, autoRollbackEnabled = NULL)

Arguments

deploymentId

[required] The unique ID of a deployment.

autoRollbackEnabled

Indicates, when a deployment is stopped, whether instances that have been updated should be rolled back to the previous version of the application revision.


Associates the list of tags in the input Tags parameter with the resource identified by the ResourceArn input parameter

Description

Associates the list of tags in the input Tags parameter with the resource identified by the ResourceArn input parameter.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_tag_resource(ResourceArn, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The ARN of a resource, such as a CodeDeploy application or deployment group.

Tags

[required] A list of tags that tag_resource associates with a resource. The resource is identified by the ResourceArn input parameter.


Disassociates a resource from a list of tags

Description

Disassociates a resource from a list of tags. The resource is identified by the ResourceArn input parameter. The tags are identified by the list of keys in the TagKeys input parameter.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_untag_resource(ResourceArn, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that specifies from which resource to disassociate the tags with the keys in the TagKeys input parameter.

TagKeys

[required] A list of keys of Tag objects. The Tag objects identified by the keys are disassociated from the resource specified by the ResourceArn input parameter.


Changes the name of an application

Description

Changes the name of an application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_update_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_update_application(
  applicationName = NULL,
  newApplicationName = NULL
)

Arguments

applicationName

The current name of the application you want to change.

newApplicationName

The new name to give the application.


Changes information about a deployment group

Description

Changes information about a deployment group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_update_deployment_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

codedeploy_update_deployment_group(
  applicationName,
  currentDeploymentGroupName,
  newDeploymentGroupName = NULL,
  deploymentConfigName = NULL,
  ec2TagFilters = NULL,
  onPremisesInstanceTagFilters = NULL,
  autoScalingGroups = NULL,
  serviceRoleArn = NULL,
  triggerConfigurations = NULL,
  alarmConfiguration = NULL,
  autoRollbackConfiguration = NULL,
  outdatedInstancesStrategy = NULL,
  deploymentStyle = NULL,
  blueGreenDeploymentConfiguration = NULL,
  loadBalancerInfo = NULL,
  ec2TagSet = NULL,
  ecsServices = NULL,
  onPremisesTagSet = NULL,
  terminationHookEnabled = NULL
)

Arguments

applicationName

[required] The application name that corresponds to the deployment group to update.

currentDeploymentGroupName

[required] The current name of the deployment group.

newDeploymentGroupName

The new name of the deployment group, if you want to change it.

deploymentConfigName

The replacement deployment configuration name to use, if you want to change it.

ec2TagFilters

The replacement set of Amazon EC2 tags on which to filter, if you want to change them. To keep the existing tags, enter their names. To remove tags, do not enter any tag names.

onPremisesInstanceTagFilters

The replacement set of on-premises instance tags on which to filter, if you want to change them. To keep the existing tags, enter their names. To remove tags, do not enter any tag names.

autoScalingGroups

The replacement list of Auto Scaling groups to be included in the deployment group, if you want to change them.

serviceRoleArn

A replacement ARN for the service role, if you want to change it.

triggerConfigurations

Information about triggers to change when the deployment group is updated. For examples, see Edit a Trigger in a CodeDeploy Deployment Group in the CodeDeploy User Guide.

alarmConfiguration

Information to add or change about Amazon CloudWatch alarms when the deployment group is updated.

autoRollbackConfiguration

Information for an automatic rollback configuration that is added or changed when a deployment group is updated.

outdatedInstancesStrategy

Indicates what happens when new Amazon EC2 instances are launched mid-deployment and do not receive the deployed application revision.

If this option is set to UPDATE or is unspecified, CodeDeploy initiates one or more 'auto-update outdated instances' deployments to apply the deployed application revision to the new Amazon EC2 instances.

If this option is set to IGNORE, CodeDeploy does not initiate a deployment to update the new Amazon EC2 instances. This may result in instances having different revisions.

deploymentStyle

Information about the type of deployment, either in-place or blue/green, you want to run and whether to route deployment traffic behind a load balancer.

blueGreenDeploymentConfiguration

Information about blue/green deployment options for a deployment group.

loadBalancerInfo

Information about the load balancer used in a deployment.

ec2TagSet

Information about groups of tags applied to on-premises instances. The deployment group includes only Amazon EC2 instances identified by all the tag groups.

ecsServices

The target Amazon ECS services in the deployment group. This applies only to deployment groups that use the Amazon ECS compute platform. A target Amazon ECS service is specified as an Amazon ECS cluster and service name pair using the format ⁠<clustername>:<servicename>⁠.

onPremisesTagSet

Information about an on-premises instance tag set. The deployment group includes only on-premises instances identified by all the tag groups.

terminationHookEnabled

This parameter only applies if you are using CodeDeploy with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling. For more information, see Integrating CodeDeploy with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling in the CodeDeploy User Guide.

Set terminationHookEnabled to true to have CodeDeploy install a termination hook into your Auto Scaling group when you update a deployment group. When this hook is installed, CodeDeploy will perform termination deployments.

For information about termination deployments, see Enabling termination deployments during Auto Scaling scale-in events in the CodeDeploy User Guide.

For more information about Auto Scaling scale-in events, see the Scale in topic in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide.


Amazon CodeGuru Profiler

Description

This section provides documentation for the Amazon CodeGuru Profiler API operations.

Amazon CodeGuru Profiler collects runtime performance data from your live applications, and provides recommendations that can help you fine-tune your application performance. Using machine learning algorithms, CodeGuru Profiler can help you find your most expensive lines of code and suggest ways you can improve efficiency and remove CPU bottlenecks.

Amazon CodeGuru Profiler provides different visualizations of profiling data to help you identify what code is running on the CPU, see how much time is consumed, and suggest ways to reduce CPU utilization.

Amazon CodeGuru Profiler currently supports applications written in all Java virtual machine (JVM) languages and Python. While CodeGuru Profiler supports both visualizations and recommendations for applications written in Java, it can also generate visualizations and a subset of recommendations for applications written in other JVM languages and Python.

For more information, see What is Amazon CodeGuru Profiler in the Amazon CodeGuru Profiler User Guide.

Usage

codeguruprofiler(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- codeguruprofiler(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

add_notification_channels Add up to 2 anomaly notifications channels for a profiling group
batch_get_frame_metric_data Returns the time series of values for a requested list of frame metrics from a time period
configure_agent Used by profiler agents to report their current state and to receive remote configuration updates
create_profiling_group Creates a profiling group
delete_profiling_group Deletes a profiling group
describe_profiling_group Returns a ProfilingGroupDescription object that contains information about the requested profiling group
get_findings_report_account_summary Returns a list of FindingsReportSummary objects that contain analysis results for all profiling groups in your AWS account
get_notification_configuration Get the current configuration for anomaly notifications for a profiling group
get_policy Returns the JSON-formatted resource-based policy on a profiling group
get_profile Gets the aggregated profile of a profiling group for a specified time range
get_recommendations Returns a list of Recommendation objects that contain recommendations for a profiling group for a given time period
list_findings_reports List the available reports for a given profiling group and time range
list_profile_times Lists the start times of the available aggregated profiles of a profiling group for an aggregation period within the specified time range
list_profiling_groups Returns a list of profiling groups
list_tags_for_resource Returns a list of the tags that are assigned to a specified resource
post_agent_profile Submits profiling data to an aggregated profile of a profiling group
put_permission Adds permissions to a profiling group's resource-based policy that are provided using an action group
remove_notification_channel Remove one anomaly notifications channel for a profiling group
remove_permission Removes permissions from a profiling group's resource-based policy that are provided using an action group
submit_feedback Sends feedback to CodeGuru Profiler about whether the anomaly detected by the analysis is useful or not
tag_resource Use to assign one or more tags to a resource
untag_resource Use to remove one or more tags from a resource
update_profiling_group Updates a profiling group

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- codeguruprofiler()
svc$add_notification_channels(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Add up to 2 anomaly notifications channels for a profiling group

Description

Add up to 2 anomaly notifications channels for a profiling group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_add_notification_channels/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeguruprofiler_add_notification_channels(channels, profilingGroupName)

Arguments

channels

[required] One or 2 channels to report to when anomalies are detected.

profilingGroupName

[required] The name of the profiling group that we are setting up notifications for.


Returns the time series of values for a requested list of frame metrics from a time period

Description

Returns the time series of values for a requested list of frame metrics from a time period.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_batch_get_frame_metric_data/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeguruprofiler_batch_get_frame_metric_data(
  endTime = NULL,
  frameMetrics = NULL,
  period = NULL,
  profilingGroupName,
  startTime = NULL,
  targetResolution = NULL
)

Arguments

endTime

The end time of the time period for the returned time series values. This is specified using the ISO 8601 format. For example, 2020-06-01T13:15:02.001Z represents 1 millisecond past June 1, 2020 1:15:02 PM UTC.

frameMetrics

The details of the metrics that are used to request a time series of values. The metric includes the name of the frame, the aggregation type to calculate the metric value for the frame, and the thread states to use to get the count for the metric value of the frame.

period

The duration of the frame metrics used to return the time series values. Specify using the ISO 8601 format. The maximum period duration is one day (PT24H or P1D).

profilingGroupName

[required] The name of the profiling group associated with the the frame metrics used to return the time series values.

startTime

The start time of the time period for the frame metrics used to return the time series values. This is specified using the ISO 8601 format. For example, 2020-06-01T13:15:02.001Z represents 1 millisecond past June 1, 2020 1:15:02 PM UTC.

targetResolution

The requested resolution of time steps for the returned time series of values. If the requested target resolution is not available due to data not being retained we provide a best effort result by falling back to the most granular available resolution after the target resolution. There are 3 valid values.

  • P1D — 1 day

  • PT1H — 1 hour

  • PT5M — 5 minutes


Used by profiler agents to report their current state and to receive remote configuration updates

Description

Used by profiler agents to report their current state and to receive remote configuration updates. For example, configure_agent can be used to tell an agent whether to profile or not and for how long to return profiling data.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_configure_agent/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeguruprofiler_configure_agent(
  fleetInstanceId = NULL,
  metadata = NULL,
  profilingGroupName
)

Arguments

fleetInstanceId

A universally unique identifier (UUID) for a profiling instance. For example, if the profiling instance is an Amazon EC2 instance, it is the instance ID. If it is an AWS Fargate container, it is the container's task ID.

metadata

Metadata captured about the compute platform the agent is running on. It includes information about sampling and reporting. The valid fields are:

  • COMPUTE_PLATFORM - The compute platform on which the agent is running

  • AGENT_ID - The ID for an agent instance.

  • AWS_REQUEST_ID - The AWS request ID of a Lambda invocation.

  • EXECUTION_ENVIRONMENT - The execution environment a Lambda function is running on.

  • LAMBDA_FUNCTION_ARN - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is used to invoke a Lambda function.

  • LAMBDA_MEMORY_LIMIT_IN_MB - The memory allocated to a Lambda function.

  • LAMBDA_REMAINING_TIME_IN_MILLISECONDS - The time in milliseconds before execution of a Lambda function times out.

  • LAMBDA_TIME_GAP_BETWEEN_INVOKES_IN_MILLISECONDS - The time in milliseconds between two invocations of a Lambda function.

  • LAMBDA_PREVIOUS_EXECUTION_TIME_IN_MILLISECONDS - The time in milliseconds for the previous Lambda invocation.

profilingGroupName

[required] The name of the profiling group for which the configured agent is collecting profiling data.


Creates a profiling group

Description

Creates a profiling group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_create_profiling_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeguruprofiler_create_profiling_group(
  agentOrchestrationConfig = NULL,
  clientToken,
  computePlatform = NULL,
  profilingGroupName,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

agentOrchestrationConfig

Specifies whether profiling is enabled or disabled for the created profiling group.

clientToken

[required] Amazon CodeGuru Profiler uses this universally unique identifier (UUID) to prevent the accidental creation of duplicate profiling groups if there are failures and retries.

computePlatform

The compute platform of the profiling group. Use AWSLambda if your application runs on AWS Lambda. Use Default if your application runs on a compute platform that is not AWS Lambda, such an Amazon EC2 instance, an on-premises server, or a different platform. If not specified, Default is used.

profilingGroupName

[required] The name of the profiling group to create.

tags

A list of tags to add to the created profiling group.


Deletes a profiling group

Description

Deletes a profiling group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_delete_profiling_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeguruprofiler_delete_profiling_group(profilingGroupName)

Arguments

profilingGroupName

[required] The name of the profiling group to delete.


Returns a ProfilingGroupDescription object that contains information about the requested profiling group

Description

Returns a ProfilingGroupDescription object that contains information about the requested profiling group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_describe_profiling_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeguruprofiler_describe_profiling_group(profilingGroupName)

Arguments

profilingGroupName

[required] The name of the profiling group to get information about.


Returns a list of FindingsReportSummary objects that contain analysis results for all profiling groups in your AWS account

Description

Returns a list of FindingsReportSummary objects that contain analysis results for all profiling groups in your AWS account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_get_findings_report_account_summary/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeguruprofiler_get_findings_report_account_summary(
  dailyReportsOnly = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

dailyReportsOnly

A Boolean value indicating whether to only return reports from daily profiles. If set to True, only analysis data from daily profiles is returned. If set to False, analysis data is returned from smaller time windows (for example, one hour).

maxResults

The maximum number of results returned by get_findings_report_account_summary in paginated output. When this parameter is used, get_findings_report_account_summary only returns maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another get_findings_report_account_summary request with the returned nextToken value.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated get_findings_report_account_summary request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.


Get the current configuration for anomaly notifications for a profiling group

Description

Get the current configuration for anomaly notifications for a profiling group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_get_notification_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeguruprofiler_get_notification_configuration(profilingGroupName)

Arguments

profilingGroupName

[required] The name of the profiling group we want to get the notification configuration for.


Returns the JSON-formatted resource-based policy on a profiling group

Description

Returns the JSON-formatted resource-based policy on a profiling group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_get_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeguruprofiler_get_policy(profilingGroupName)

Arguments

profilingGroupName

[required] The name of the profiling group.


Gets the aggregated profile of a profiling group for a specified time range

Description

Gets the aggregated profile of a profiling group for a specified time range. Amazon CodeGuru Profiler collects posted agent profiles for a profiling group into aggregated profiles.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_get_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeguruprofiler_get_profile(
  accept = NULL,
  endTime = NULL,
  maxDepth = NULL,
  period = NULL,
  profilingGroupName,
  startTime = NULL
)

Arguments

accept

The format of the returned profiling data. The format maps to the Accept and Content-Type headers of the HTTP request. You can specify one of the following: or the default .

 <ul> <li> <p> <code>application/json</code> — standard JSON format </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>application/x-amzn-ion</code> — the Amazon Ion data format. For more information, see <a href="http://amzn.github.io/ion-docs/">Amazon Ion</a>. </p> </li> </ul>
endTime

The end time of the requested profile. Specify using the ISO 8601 format. For example, 2020-06-01T13:15:02.001Z represents 1 millisecond past June 1, 2020 1:15:02 PM UTC.

If you specify endTime, then you must also specify period or startTime, but not both.

maxDepth

The maximum depth of the stacks in the code that is represented in the aggregated profile. For example, if CodeGuru Profiler finds a method A, which calls method B, which calls method C, which calls method D, then the depth is 4. If the maxDepth is set to 2, then the aggregated profile contains representations of methods A and B.

period

Used with startTime or endTime to specify the time range for the returned aggregated profile. Specify using the ISO 8601 format. For example, P1DT1H1M1S.

 <p> To get the latest aggregated profile, specify only <code>period</code>. </p>
profilingGroupName

[required] The name of the profiling group to get.

startTime

The start time of the profile to get. Specify using the ISO 8601 format. For example, 2020-06-01T13:15:02.001Z represents 1 millisecond past June 1, 2020 1:15:02 PM UTC.

 <p> If you specify <code>startTime</code>, then you must also specify <code>period</code> or <code>endTime</code>, but not both. </p>

Returns a list of Recommendation objects that contain recommendations for a profiling group for a given time period

Description

Returns a list of Recommendation objects that contain recommendations for a profiling group for a given time period. A list of Anomaly objects that contains details about anomalies detected in the profiling group for the same time period is also returned.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_get_recommendations/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeguruprofiler_get_recommendations(
  endTime,
  locale = NULL,
  profilingGroupName,
  startTime
)

Arguments

endTime

[required] The start time of the profile to get analysis data about. You must specify startTime and endTime. This is specified using the ISO 8601 format. For example, 2020-06-01T13:15:02.001Z represents 1 millisecond past June 1, 2020 1:15:02 PM UTC.

locale

The language used to provide analysis. Specify using a string that is one of the following ⁠BCP 47⁠ language codes.

  • de-DE - German, Germany

  • en-GB - English, United Kingdom

  • en-US - English, United States

  • es-ES - Spanish, Spain

  • fr-FR - French, France

  • it-IT - Italian, Italy

  • ja-JP - Japanese, Japan

  • ko-KR - Korean, Republic of Korea

  • pt-BR - Portugese, Brazil

  • zh-CN - Chinese, China

  • zh-TW - Chinese, Taiwan

profilingGroupName

[required] The name of the profiling group to get analysis data about.

startTime

[required] The end time of the profile to get analysis data about. You must specify startTime and endTime. This is specified using the ISO 8601 format. For example, 2020-06-01T13:15:02.001Z represents 1 millisecond past June 1, 2020 1:15:02 PM UTC.


List the available reports for a given profiling group and time range

Description

List the available reports for a given profiling group and time range.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_list_findings_reports/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeguruprofiler_list_findings_reports(
  dailyReportsOnly = NULL,
  endTime,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  profilingGroupName,
  startTime
)

Arguments

dailyReportsOnly

A Boolean value indicating whether to only return reports from daily profiles. If set to True, only analysis data from daily profiles is returned. If set to False, analysis data is returned from smaller time windows (for example, one hour).

endTime

[required] The end time of the profile to get analysis data about. You must specify startTime and endTime. This is specified using the ISO 8601 format. For example, 2020-06-01T13:15:02.001Z represents 1 millisecond past June 1, 2020 1:15:02 PM UTC.

maxResults

The maximum number of report results returned by list_findings_reports in paginated output. When this parameter is used, list_findings_reports only returns maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another list_findings_reports request with the returned nextToken value.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated ListFindingsReportsRequest request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.

profilingGroupName

[required] The name of the profiling group from which to search for analysis data.

startTime

[required] The start time of the profile to get analysis data about. You must specify startTime and endTime. This is specified using the ISO 8601 format. For example, 2020-06-01T13:15:02.001Z represents 1 millisecond past June 1, 2020 1:15:02 PM UTC.


Lists the start times of the available aggregated profiles of a profiling group for an aggregation period within the specified time range

Description

Lists the start times of the available aggregated profiles of a profiling group for an aggregation period within the specified time range.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_list_profile_times/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeguruprofiler_list_profile_times(
  endTime,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  orderBy = NULL,
  period,
  profilingGroupName,
  startTime
)

Arguments

endTime

[required] The end time of the time range from which to list the profiles.

maxResults

The maximum number of profile time results returned by list_profile_times in paginated output. When this parameter is used, list_profile_times only returns maxResults results in a single page with a nextToken response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another list_profile_times request with the returned nextToken value.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated list_profile_times request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.

orderBy

The order (ascending or descending by start time of the profile) to use when listing profiles. Defaults to TIMESTAMP_DESCENDING.

period

[required] The aggregation period. This specifies the period during which an aggregation profile collects posted agent profiles for a profiling group. There are 3 valid values.

  • P1D — 1 day

  • PT1H — 1 hour

  • PT5M — 5 minutes

profilingGroupName

[required] The name of the profiling group.

startTime

[required] The start time of the time range from which to list the profiles.


Returns a list of profiling groups

Description

Returns a list of profiling groups. The profiling groups are returned as ProfilingGroupDescription objects.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_list_profiling_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeguruprofiler_list_profiling_groups(
  includeDescription = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

includeDescription

A Boolean value indicating whether to include a description. If true, then a list of ProfilingGroupDescription objects that contain detailed information about profiling groups is returned. If false, then a list of profiling group names is returned.

maxResults

The maximum number of profiling groups results returned by list_profiling_groups in paginated output. When this parameter is used, list_profiling_groups only returns maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another list_profiling_groups request with the returned nextToken value.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated list_profiling_groups request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.


Returns a list of the tags that are assigned to a specified resource

Description

Returns a list of the tags that are assigned to a specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeguruprofiler_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that contains the tags to return.


Submits profiling data to an aggregated profile of a profiling group

Description

Submits profiling data to an aggregated profile of a profiling group. To get an aggregated profile that is created with this profiling data, use get_profile .

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_post_agent_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeguruprofiler_post_agent_profile(
  agentProfile,
  contentType,
  profileToken = NULL,
  profilingGroupName
)

Arguments

agentProfile

[required] The submitted profiling data.

contentType

[required] The format of the submitted profiling data. The format maps to the Accept and Content-Type headers of the HTTP request. You can specify one of the following: or the default .

 <ul> <li> <p> <code>application/json</code> — standard JSON format </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>application/x-amzn-ion</code> — the Amazon Ion data format. For more information, see <a href="http://amzn.github.io/ion-docs/">Amazon Ion</a>. </p> </li> </ul>
profileToken

Amazon CodeGuru Profiler uses this universally unique identifier (UUID) to prevent the accidental submission of duplicate profiling data if there are failures and retries.

profilingGroupName

[required] The name of the profiling group with the aggregated profile that receives the submitted profiling data.


Adds permissions to a profiling group's resource-based policy that are provided using an action group

Description

Adds permissions to a profiling group's resource-based policy that are provided using an action group. If a profiling group doesn't have a resource-based policy, one is created for it using the permissions in the action group and the roles and users in the principals parameter.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_put_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeguruprofiler_put_permission(
  actionGroup,
  principals,
  profilingGroupName,
  revisionId = NULL
)

Arguments

actionGroup

[required] Specifies an action group that contains permissions to add to a profiling group resource. One action group is supported, agentPermissions, which grants permission to perform actions required by the profiling agent, configure_agent and post_agent_profile permissions.

principals

[required] A list ARNs for the roles and users you want to grant access to the profiling group. Wildcards are not are supported in the ARNs.

profilingGroupName

[required] The name of the profiling group to grant access to.

revisionId

A universally unique identifier (UUID) for the revision of the policy you are adding to the profiling group. Do not specify this when you add permissions to a profiling group for the first time. If a policy already exists on the profiling group, you must specify the revisionId.


Remove one anomaly notifications channel for a profiling group

Description

Remove one anomaly notifications channel for a profiling group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_remove_notification_channel/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeguruprofiler_remove_notification_channel(channelId, profilingGroupName)

Arguments

channelId

[required] The id of the channel that we want to stop receiving notifications.

profilingGroupName

[required] The name of the profiling group we want to change notification configuration for.


Removes permissions from a profiling group's resource-based policy that are provided using an action group

Description

Removes permissions from a profiling group's resource-based policy that are provided using an action group. The one supported action group that can be removed is agentPermission which grants configure_agent and PostAgent permissions. For more information, see Resource-based policies in CodeGuru Profiler in the Amazon CodeGuru Profiler User Guide, configure_agent , and post_agent_profile .

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_remove_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeguruprofiler_remove_permission(actionGroup, profilingGroupName, revisionId)

Arguments

actionGroup

[required] Specifies an action group that contains the permissions to remove from a profiling group's resource-based policy. One action group is supported, agentPermissions, which grants configure_agent and post_agent_profile permissions.

profilingGroupName

[required] The name of the profiling group.

revisionId

[required] A universally unique identifier (UUID) for the revision of the resource-based policy from which you want to remove permissions.


Sends feedback to CodeGuru Profiler about whether the anomaly detected by the analysis is useful or not

Description

Sends feedback to CodeGuru Profiler about whether the anomaly detected by the analysis is useful or not.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_submit_feedback/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeguruprofiler_submit_feedback(
  anomalyInstanceId,
  comment = NULL,
  profilingGroupName,
  type
)

Arguments

anomalyInstanceId

[required] The universally unique identifier (UUID) of the AnomalyInstance object that is included in the analysis data.

comment

Optional feedback about this anomaly.

profilingGroupName

[required] The name of the profiling group that is associated with the analysis data.

type

[required] The feedback tpye. Thee are two valid values, Positive and Negative.


Use to assign one or more tags to a resource

Description

Use to assign one or more tags to a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeguruprofiler_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that the tags are added to.

tags

[required] The list of tags that are added to the specified resource.


Use to remove one or more tags from a resource

Description

Use to remove one or more tags from a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeguruprofiler_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that contains the tags to remove.

tagKeys

[required] A list of tag keys. Existing tags of resources with keys in this list are removed from the specified resource.


Updates a profiling group

Description

Updates a profiling group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_update_profiling_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

codeguruprofiler_update_profiling_group(
  agentOrchestrationConfig,
  profilingGroupName
)

Arguments

agentOrchestrationConfig

[required] Specifies whether profiling is enabled or disabled for a profiling group.

profilingGroupName

[required] The name of the profiling group to update.


Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer

Description

This section provides documentation for the Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer API operations. CodeGuru Reviewer is a service that uses program analysis and machine learning to detect potential defects that are difficult for developers to find and recommends fixes in your Java and Python code.

By proactively detecting and providing recommendations for addressing code defects and implementing best practices, CodeGuru Reviewer improves the overall quality and maintainability of your code base during the code review stage. For more information about CodeGuru Reviewer, see the Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer User Guide.

To improve the security of your CodeGuru Reviewer API calls, you can establish a private connection between your VPC and CodeGuru Reviewer by creating an interface VPC endpoint. For more information, see CodeGuru Reviewer and interface VPC endpoints (Amazon Web Services PrivateLink) in the Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer User Guide.

Usage

codegurureviewer(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- codegurureviewer(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

associate_repository Use to associate an Amazon Web Services CodeCommit repository or a repository managed by Amazon Web Services CodeStar Connections with Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer
create_code_review Use to create a code review with a CodeReviewType of RepositoryAnalysis
describe_code_review Returns the metadata associated with the code review along with its status
describe_recommendation_feedback Describes the customer feedback for a CodeGuru Reviewer recommendation
describe_repository_association Returns a RepositoryAssociation object that contains information about the requested repository association
disassociate_repository Removes the association between Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer and a repository
list_code_reviews Lists all the code reviews that the customer has created in the past 90 days
list_recommendation_feedback Returns a list of RecommendationFeedbackSummary objects that contain customer recommendation feedback for all CodeGuru Reviewer users
list_recommendations Returns the list of all recommendations for a completed code review
list_repository_associations Returns a list of RepositoryAssociationSummary objects that contain summary information about a repository association
list_tags_for_resource Returns the list of tags associated with an associated repository resource
put_recommendation_feedback Stores customer feedback for a CodeGuru Reviewer recommendation
tag_resource Adds one or more tags to an associated repository
untag_resource Removes a tag from an associated repository

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- codegurureviewer()
svc$associate_repository(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Use to associate an Amazon Web Services CodeCommit repository or a repository managed by Amazon Web Services CodeStar Connections with Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer

Description

Use to associate an Amazon Web Services CodeCommit repository or a repository managed by Amazon Web Services CodeStar Connections with Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer. When you associate a repository, CodeGuru Reviewer reviews source code changes in the repository's pull requests and provides automatic recommendations. You can view recommendations using the CodeGuru Reviewer console. For more information, see Recommendations in Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer in the Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurureviewer_associate_repository/ for full documentation.

Usage

codegurureviewer_associate_repository(
  Repository,
  ClientRequestToken = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  KMSKeyDetails = NULL
)

Arguments

Repository

[required] The repository to associate.

ClientRequestToken

Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer uses this value to prevent the accidental creation of duplicate repository associations if there are failures and retries.

Tags

An array of key-value pairs used to tag an associated repository. A tag is a custom attribute label with two parts:

  • A tag key (for example, CostCenter, Environment, Project, or Secret). Tag keys are case sensitive.

  • An optional field known as a tag value (for example, 111122223333, Production, or a team name). Omitting the tag value is the same as using an empty string. Like tag keys, tag values are case sensitive.

KMSKeyDetails

A KMSKeyDetails object that contains:

  • The encryption option for this repository association. It is either owned by Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (KMS) (AWS_OWNED_CMK) or customer managed (CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CMK).

  • The ID of the Amazon Web Services KMS key that is associated with this repository association.


Use to create a code review with a CodeReviewType of RepositoryAnalysis

Description

Use to create a code review with a CodeReviewType of RepositoryAnalysis. This type of code review analyzes all code under a specified branch in an associated repository. PullRequest code reviews are automatically triggered by a pull request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurureviewer_create_code_review/ for full documentation.

Usage

codegurureviewer_create_code_review(
  Name,
  RepositoryAssociationArn,
  Type,
  ClientRequestToken = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the code review. The name of each code review in your Amazon Web Services account must be unique.

RepositoryAssociationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the RepositoryAssociation object. You can retrieve this ARN by calling list_repository_associations.

A code review can only be created on an associated repository. This is the ARN of the associated repository.

Type

[required] The type of code review to create. This is specified using a CodeReviewType object. You can create a code review only of type RepositoryAnalysis.

ClientRequestToken

Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer uses this value to prevent the accidental creation of duplicate code reviews if there are failures and retries.


Returns the metadata associated with the code review along with its status

Description

Returns the metadata associated with the code review along with its status.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurureviewer_describe_code_review/ for full documentation.

Usage

codegurureviewer_describe_code_review(CodeReviewArn)

Arguments

CodeReviewArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CodeReview object.


Describes the customer feedback for a CodeGuru Reviewer recommendation

Description

Describes the customer feedback for a CodeGuru Reviewer recommendation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurureviewer_describe_recommendation_feedback/ for full documentation.

Usage

codegurureviewer_describe_recommendation_feedback(
  CodeReviewArn,
  RecommendationId,
  UserId = NULL
)

Arguments

CodeReviewArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CodeReview object.

RecommendationId

[required] The recommendation ID that can be used to track the provided recommendations and then to collect the feedback.

UserId

Optional parameter to describe the feedback for a given user. If this is not supplied, it defaults to the user making the request.

The UserId is an IAM principal that can be specified as an Amazon Web Services account ID or an Amazon Resource Name (ARN). For more information, see Specifying a Principal in the Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management User Guide.


Returns a RepositoryAssociation object that contains information about the requested repository association

Description

Returns a RepositoryAssociation object that contains information about the requested repository association.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurureviewer_describe_repository_association/ for full documentation.

Usage

codegurureviewer_describe_repository_association(AssociationArn)

Arguments

AssociationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the RepositoryAssociation object. You can retrieve this ARN by calling list_repository_associations.


Removes the association between Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer and a repository

Description

Removes the association between Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer and a repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurureviewer_disassociate_repository/ for full documentation.

Usage

codegurureviewer_disassociate_repository(AssociationArn)

Arguments

AssociationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the RepositoryAssociation object. You can retrieve this ARN by calling list_repository_associations.


Lists all the code reviews that the customer has created in the past 90 days

Description

Lists all the code reviews that the customer has created in the past 90 days.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurureviewer_list_code_reviews/ for full documentation.

Usage

codegurureviewer_list_code_reviews(
  ProviderTypes = NULL,
  States = NULL,
  RepositoryNames = NULL,
  Type,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ProviderTypes

List of provider types for filtering that needs to be applied before displaying the result. For example, ⁠providerTypes=[GitHub]⁠ lists code reviews from GitHub.

States

List of states for filtering that needs to be applied before displaying the result. For example, ⁠states=[Pending]⁠ lists code reviews in the Pending state.

The valid code review states are:

  • Completed: The code review is complete.

  • Pending: The code review started and has not completed or failed.

  • Failed: The code review failed.

  • Deleting: The code review is being deleted.

RepositoryNames

List of repository names for filtering that needs to be applied before displaying the result.

Type

[required] The type of code reviews to list in the response.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results that are returned per call. The default is 100.

NextToken

If nextToken is returned, there are more results available. The value of nextToken is a unique pagination token for each page. Make the call again using the returned token to retrieve the next page. Keep all other arguments unchanged.


Returns a list of RecommendationFeedbackSummary objects that contain customer recommendation feedback for all CodeGuru Reviewer users

Description

Returns a list of RecommendationFeedbackSummary objects that contain customer recommendation feedback for all CodeGuru Reviewer users.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurureviewer_list_recommendation_feedback/ for full documentation.

Usage

codegurureviewer_list_recommendation_feedback(
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  CodeReviewArn,
  UserIds = NULL,
  RecommendationIds = NULL
)

Arguments

NextToken

If nextToken is returned, there are more results available. The value of nextToken is a unique pagination token for each page. Make the call again using the returned token to retrieve the next page. Keep all other arguments unchanged.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results that are returned per call. The default is 100.

CodeReviewArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CodeReview object.

UserIds

An Amazon Web Services user's account ID or Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Use this ID to query the recommendation feedback for a code review from that user.

The UserId is an IAM principal that can be specified as an Amazon Web Services account ID or an Amazon Resource Name (ARN). For more information, see Specifying a Principal in the Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management User Guide.

RecommendationIds

Used to query the recommendation feedback for a given recommendation.


Returns the list of all recommendations for a completed code review

Description

Returns the list of all recommendations for a completed code review.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurureviewer_list_recommendations/ for full documentation.

Usage

codegurureviewer_list_recommendations(
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  CodeReviewArn
)

Arguments

NextToken

Pagination token.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results that are returned per call. The default is 100.

CodeReviewArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CodeReview object.


Returns a list of RepositoryAssociationSummary objects that contain summary information about a repository association

Description

Returns a list of RepositoryAssociationSummary objects that contain summary information about a repository association. You can filter the returned list by ProviderType, Name, State, and Owner.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurureviewer_list_repository_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

codegurureviewer_list_repository_associations(
  ProviderTypes = NULL,
  States = NULL,
  Names = NULL,
  Owners = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ProviderTypes

List of provider types to use as a filter.

States

List of repository association states to use as a filter.

The valid repository association states are:

  • Associated: The repository association is complete.

  • Associating: CodeGuru Reviewer is:

    • Setting up pull request notifications. This is required for pull requests to trigger a CodeGuru Reviewer review.

      If your repository ProviderType is GitHub, ⁠GitHub Enterprise Server⁠, or Bitbucket, CodeGuru Reviewer creates webhooks in your repository to trigger CodeGuru Reviewer reviews. If you delete these webhooks, reviews of code in your repository cannot be triggered.

    • Setting up source code access. This is required for CodeGuru Reviewer to securely clone code in your repository.

  • Failed: The repository failed to associate or disassociate.

  • Disassociating: CodeGuru Reviewer is removing the repository's pull request notifications and source code access.

  • Disassociated: CodeGuru Reviewer successfully disassociated the repository. You can create a new association with this repository if you want to review source code in it later. You can control access to code reviews created in anassociated repository with tags after it has been disassociated. For more information, see Using tags to control access to associated repositories in the Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer User Guide.

Names

List of repository names to use as a filter.

Owners

List of owners to use as a filter. For Amazon Web Services CodeCommit, it is the name of the CodeCommit account that was used to associate the repository. For other repository source providers, such as Bitbucket and GitHub Enterprise Server, this is name of the account that was used to associate the repository.

MaxResults

The maximum number of repository association results returned by list_repository_associations in paginated output. When this parameter is used, list_repository_associations only returns maxResults results in a single page with a nextToken response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another list_repository_associations request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If this parameter is not used, list_repository_associations returns up to 100 results and a nextToken value if applicable.

NextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated list_repository_associations request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value.

Treat this token as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.


Returns the list of tags associated with an associated repository resource

Description

Returns the list of tags associated with an associated repository resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurureviewer_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codegurureviewer_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the RepositoryAssociation object. You can retrieve this ARN by calling list_repository_associations.


Stores customer feedback for a CodeGuru Reviewer recommendation

Description

Stores customer feedback for a CodeGuru Reviewer recommendation. When this API is called again with different reactions the previous feedback is overwritten.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurureviewer_put_recommendation_feedback/ for full documentation.

Usage

codegurureviewer_put_recommendation_feedback(
  CodeReviewArn,
  RecommendationId,
  Reactions
)

Arguments

CodeReviewArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CodeReview object.

RecommendationId

[required] The recommendation ID that can be used to track the provided recommendations and then to collect the feedback.

Reactions

[required] List for storing reactions. Reactions are utf-8 text code for emojis. If you send an empty list it clears all your feedback.


Adds one or more tags to an associated repository

Description

Adds one or more tags to an associated repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurureviewer_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codegurureviewer_tag_resource(resourceArn, Tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the RepositoryAssociation object. You can retrieve this ARN by calling list_repository_associations.

Tags

[required] An array of key-value pairs used to tag an associated repository. A tag is a custom attribute label with two parts:

  • A tag key (for example, CostCenter, Environment, Project, or Secret). Tag keys are case sensitive.

  • An optional field known as a tag value (for example, 111122223333, Production, or a team name). Omitting the tag value is the same as using an empty string. Like tag keys, tag values are case sensitive.


Removes a tag from an associated repository

Description

Removes a tag from an associated repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurureviewer_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codegurureviewer_untag_resource(resourceArn, TagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the RepositoryAssociation object. You can retrieve this ARN by calling list_repository_associations.

TagKeys

[required] A list of the keys for each tag you want to remove from an associated repository.


Amazon CodeGuru Security

Description

Amazon CodeGuru Security is in preview release and is subject to change.

This section provides documentation for the Amazon CodeGuru Security API operations. CodeGuru Security is a service that uses program analysis and machine learning to detect security policy violations and vulnerabilities, and recommends ways to address these security risks.

By proactively detecting and providing recommendations for addressing security risks, CodeGuru Security improves the overall security of your application code. For more information about CodeGuru Security, see the Amazon CodeGuru Security User Guide.

Usage

codegurusecurity(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- codegurusecurity(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

batch_get_findings Returns a list of requested findings from standard scans
create_scan Use to create a scan using code uploaded to an Amazon S3 bucket
create_upload_url Generates a pre-signed URL, request headers used to upload a code resource, and code artifact identifier for the uploaded resource
get_account_configuration Use to get the encryption configuration for an account
get_findings Returns a list of all findings generated by a particular scan
get_metrics_summary Returns a summary of metrics for an account from a specified date, including number of open findings, the categories with most findings, the scans with most open findings, and scans with most open critical findings
get_scan Returns details about a scan, including whether or not a scan has completed
list_findings_metrics Returns metrics about all findings in an account within a specified time range
list_scans Returns a list of all scans in an account
list_tags_for_resource Returns a list of all tags associated with a scan
tag_resource Use to add one or more tags to an existing scan
untag_resource Use to remove one or more tags from an existing scan
update_account_configuration Use to update the encryption configuration for an account

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- codegurusecurity()
svc$batch_get_findings(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Returns a list of requested findings from standard scans

Description

Returns a list of requested findings from standard scans.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurusecurity_batch_get_findings/ for full documentation.

Usage

codegurusecurity_batch_get_findings(findingIdentifiers)

Arguments

findingIdentifiers

[required] A list of finding identifiers. Each identifier consists of a scanName and a findingId. You retrieve the findingId when you call get_findings.


Use to create a scan using code uploaded to an Amazon S3 bucket

Description

Use to create a scan using code uploaded to an Amazon S3 bucket.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurusecurity_create_scan/ for full documentation.

Usage

codegurusecurity_create_scan(
  analysisType = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL,
  resourceId,
  scanName,
  scanType = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

analysisType

The type of analysis you want CodeGuru Security to perform in the scan, either Security or All. The Security type only generates findings related to security. The All type generates both security findings and quality findings. Defaults to Security type if missing.

clientToken

The idempotency token for the request. Amazon CodeGuru Security uses this value to prevent the accidental creation of duplicate scans if there are failures and retries.

resourceId

[required] The identifier for the resource object to be scanned.

scanName

[required] The unique name that CodeGuru Security uses to track revisions across multiple scans of the same resource. Only allowed for a STANDARD scan type.

scanType

The type of scan, either Standard or Express. Defaults to Standard type if missing.

Express scans run on limited resources and use a limited set of detectors to analyze your code in near-real time. Standard scans have standard resource limits and use the full set of detectors to analyze your code.

tags

An array of key-value pairs used to tag a scan. A tag is a custom attribute label with two parts:

  • A tag key. For example, CostCenter, Environment, or Secret. Tag keys are case sensitive.

  • An optional tag value field. For example, 111122223333, Production, or a team name. Omitting the tag value is the same as using an empty string. Tag values are case sensitive.


Generates a pre-signed URL, request headers used to upload a code resource, and code artifact identifier for the uploaded resource

Description

Generates a pre-signed URL, request headers used to upload a code resource, and code artifact identifier for the uploaded resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurusecurity_create_upload_url/ for full documentation.

Usage

codegurusecurity_create_upload_url(scanName)

Arguments

scanName

[required] The name of the scan that will use the uploaded resource. CodeGuru Security uses the unique scan name to track revisions across multiple scans of the same resource. Use this scanName when you call create_scan on the code resource you upload to this URL.


Use to get the encryption configuration for an account

Description

Use to get the encryption configuration for an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurusecurity_get_account_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

codegurusecurity_get_account_configuration()

Returns a list of all findings generated by a particular scan

Description

Returns a list of all findings generated by a particular scan.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurusecurity_get_findings/ for full documentation.

Usage

codegurusecurity_get_findings(
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  scanName,
  status = NULL
)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response. Use this parameter when paginating results. If additional results exist beyond the number you specify, the nextToken element is returned in the response. Use nextToken in a subsequent request to retrieve additional results. If not specified, returns 1000 results.

nextToken

A token to use for paginating results that are returned in the response. Set the value of this parameter to null for the first request. For subsequent calls, use the nextToken value returned from the previous request to continue listing results after the first page.

scanName

[required] The name of the scan you want to retrieve findings from.

status

The status of the findings you want to get. Pass either Open, Closed, or All.


Returns a summary of metrics for an account from a specified date, including number of open findings, the categories with most findings, the scans with most open findings, and scans with most open critical findings

Description

Returns a summary of metrics for an account from a specified date, including number of open findings, the categories with most findings, the scans with most open findings, and scans with most open critical findings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurusecurity_get_metrics_summary/ for full documentation.

Usage

codegurusecurity_get_metrics_summary(date)

Arguments

date

[required] The date you want to retrieve summary metrics from, rounded to the nearest day. The date must be within the past two years.


Returns details about a scan, including whether or not a scan has completed

Description

Returns details about a scan, including whether or not a scan has completed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurusecurity_get_scan/ for full documentation.

Usage

codegurusecurity_get_scan(runId = NULL, scanName)

Arguments

runId

UUID that identifies the individual scan run you want to view details about. You retrieve this when you call the create_scan operation. Defaults to the latest scan run if missing.

scanName

[required] The name of the scan you want to view details about.


Returns metrics about all findings in an account within a specified time range

Description

Returns metrics about all findings in an account within a specified time range.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurusecurity_list_findings_metrics/ for full documentation.

Usage

codegurusecurity_list_findings_metrics(
  endDate,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  startDate
)

Arguments

endDate

[required] The end date of the interval which you want to retrieve metrics from. Round to the nearest day.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response. Use this parameter when paginating results. If additional results exist beyond the number you specify, the nextToken element is returned in the response. Use nextToken in a subsequent request to retrieve additional results. If not specified, returns 1000 results.

nextToken

A token to use for paginating results that are returned in the response. Set the value of this parameter to null for the first request. For subsequent calls, use the nextToken value returned from the previous request to continue listing results after the first page.

startDate

[required] The start date of the interval which you want to retrieve metrics from. Rounds to the nearest day.


Returns a list of all scans in an account

Description

Returns a list of all scans in an account. Does not return EXPRESS scans.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurusecurity_list_scans/ for full documentation.

Usage

codegurusecurity_list_scans(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response. Use this parameter when paginating results. If additional results exist beyond the number you specify, the nextToken element is returned in the response. Use nextToken in a subsequent request to retrieve additional results. If not specified, returns 100 results.

nextToken

A token to use for paginating results that are returned in the response. Set the value of this parameter to null for the first request. For subsequent calls, use the nextToken value returned from the previous request to continue listing results after the first page.


Returns a list of all tags associated with a scan

Description

Returns a list of all tags associated with a scan.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurusecurity_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codegurusecurity_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the ScanName object. You can retrieve this ARN by calling create_scan, list_scans, or get_scan.


Use to add one or more tags to an existing scan

Description

Use to add one or more tags to an existing scan.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurusecurity_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codegurusecurity_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the ScanName object. You can retrieve this ARN by calling create_scan, list_scans, or get_scan.

tags

[required] An array of key-value pairs used to tag an existing scan. A tag is a custom attribute label with two parts:

  • A tag key. For example, CostCenter, Environment, or Secret. Tag keys are case sensitive.

  • An optional tag value field. For example, 111122223333, Production, or a team name. Omitting the tag value is the same as using an empty string. Tag values are case sensitive.


Use to remove one or more tags from an existing scan

Description

Use to remove one or more tags from an existing scan.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurusecurity_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codegurusecurity_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the ScanName object. You can retrieve this ARN by calling create_scan, list_scans, or get_scan.

tagKeys

[required] A list of keys for each tag you want to remove from a scan.


Use to update the encryption configuration for an account

Description

Use to update the encryption configuration for an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurusecurity_update_account_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

codegurusecurity_update_account_configuration(encryptionConfig)

Arguments

encryptionConfig

[required] The customer-managed KMS key ARN you want to use for encryption. If not specified, CodeGuru Security will use an AWS-managed key for encryption. If you previously specified a customer-managed KMS key and want CodeGuru Security to use an AWS-managed key for encryption instead, pass nothing.


AWS CodePipeline

Description

CodePipeline

Overview

This is the CodePipeline API Reference. This guide provides descriptions of the actions and data types for CodePipeline. Some functionality for your pipeline can only be configured through the API. For more information, see the CodePipeline User Guide.

You can use the CodePipeline API to work with pipelines, stages, actions, and transitions.

Pipelines are models of automated release processes. Each pipeline is uniquely named, and consists of stages, actions, and transitions.

You can work with pipelines by calling:

Pipelines include stages. Each stage contains one or more actions that must complete before the next stage begins. A stage results in success or failure. If a stage fails, the pipeline stops at that stage and remains stopped until either a new version of an artifact appears in the source location, or a user takes action to rerun the most recent artifact through the pipeline. You can call get_pipeline_state, which displays the status of a pipeline, including the status of stages in the pipeline, or get_pipeline, which returns the entire structure of the pipeline, including the stages of that pipeline. For more information about the structure of stages and actions, see CodePipeline Pipeline Structure Reference.

Pipeline stages include actions that are categorized into categories such as source or build actions performed in a stage of a pipeline. For example, you can use a source action to import artifacts into a pipeline from a source such as Amazon S3. Like stages, you do not work with actions directly in most cases, but you do define and interact with actions when working with pipeline operations such as create_pipeline and get_pipeline_state. Valid action categories are:

Pipelines also include transitions, which allow the transition of artifacts from one stage to the next in a pipeline after the actions in one stage complete.

You can work with transitions by calling:

Using the API to integrate with CodePipeline

For third-party integrators or developers who want to create their own integrations with CodePipeline, the expected sequence varies from the standard API user. To integrate with CodePipeline, developers need to work with the following items:

Jobs, which are instances of an action. For example, a job for a source action might import a revision of an artifact from a source.

You can work with jobs by calling:

Third party jobs, which are instances of an action created by a partner action and integrated into CodePipeline. Partner actions are created by members of the Amazon Web Services Partner Network.

You can work with third party jobs by calling:

Usage

codepipeline(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- codepipeline(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

acknowledge_job Returns information about a specified job and whether that job has been received by the job worker
acknowledge_third_party_job Confirms a job worker has received the specified job
create_custom_action_type Creates a new custom action that can be used in all pipelines associated with the Amazon Web Services account
create_pipeline Creates a pipeline
delete_custom_action_type Marks a custom action as deleted
delete_pipeline Deletes the specified pipeline
delete_webhook Deletes a previously created webhook by name
deregister_webhook_with_third_party Removes the connection between the webhook that was created by CodePipeline and the external tool with events to be detected
disable_stage_transition Prevents artifacts in a pipeline from transitioning to the next stage in the pipeline
enable_stage_transition Enables artifacts in a pipeline to transition to a stage in a pipeline
get_action_type Returns information about an action type created for an external provider, where the action is to be used by customers of the external provider
get_job_details Returns information about a job
get_pipeline Returns the metadata, structure, stages, and actions of a pipeline
get_pipeline_execution Returns information about an execution of a pipeline, including details about artifacts, the pipeline execution ID, and the name, version, and status of the pipeline
get_pipeline_state Returns information about the state of a pipeline, including the stages and actions
get_third_party_job_details Requests the details of a job for a third party action
list_action_executions Lists the action executions that have occurred in a pipeline
list_action_types Gets a summary of all CodePipeline action types associated with your account
list_pipeline_executions Gets a summary of the most recent executions for a pipeline
list_pipelines Gets a summary of all of the pipelines associated with your account
list_rule_executions Lists the rule executions that have occurred in a pipeline configured for conditions with rules
list_rule_types Lists the rules for the condition
list_tags_for_resource Gets the set of key-value pairs (metadata) that are used to manage the resource
list_webhooks Gets a listing of all the webhooks in this Amazon Web Services Region for this account
override_stage_condition Used to override a stage condition
poll_for_jobs Returns information about any jobs for CodePipeline to act on
poll_for_third_party_jobs Determines whether there are any third party jobs for a job worker to act on
put_action_revision Provides information to CodePipeline about new revisions to a source
put_approval_result Provides the response to a manual approval request to CodePipeline
put_job_failure_result Represents the failure of a job as returned to the pipeline by a job worker
put_job_success_result Represents the success of a job as returned to the pipeline by a job worker
put_third_party_job_failure_result Represents the failure of a third party job as returned to the pipeline by a job worker
put_third_party_job_success_result Represents the success of a third party job as returned to the pipeline by a job worker
put_webhook Defines a webhook and returns a unique webhook URL generated by CodePipeline
register_webhook_with_third_party Configures a connection between the webhook that was created and the external tool with events to be detected
retry_stage_execution You can retry a stage that has failed without having to run a pipeline again from the beginning
rollback_stage Rolls back a stage execution
start_pipeline_execution Starts the specified pipeline
stop_pipeline_execution Stops the specified pipeline execution
tag_resource Adds to or modifies the tags of the given resource
untag_resource Removes tags from an Amazon Web Services resource
update_action_type Updates an action type that was created with any supported integration model, where the action type is to be used by customers of the action type provider
update_pipeline Updates a specified pipeline with edits or changes to its structure

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- codepipeline()
svc$acknowledge_job(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Returns information about a specified job and whether that job has been received by the job worker

Description

Returns information about a specified job and whether that job has been received by the job worker. Used for custom actions only.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_acknowledge_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_acknowledge_job(jobId, nonce)

Arguments

jobId

[required] The unique system-generated ID of the job for which you want to confirm receipt.

nonce

[required] A system-generated random number that CodePipeline uses to ensure that the job is being worked on by only one job worker. Get this number from the response of the poll_for_jobs request that returned this job.


Confirms a job worker has received the specified job

Description

Confirms a job worker has received the specified job. Used for partner actions only.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_acknowledge_third_party_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_acknowledge_third_party_job(jobId, nonce, clientToken)

Arguments

jobId

[required] The unique system-generated ID of the job.

nonce

[required] A system-generated random number that CodePipeline uses to ensure that the job is being worked on by only one job worker. Get this number from the response to a get_third_party_job_details request.

clientToken

[required] The clientToken portion of the clientId and clientToken pair used to verify that the calling entity is allowed access to the job and its details.


Creates a new custom action that can be used in all pipelines associated with the Amazon Web Services account

Description

Creates a new custom action that can be used in all pipelines associated with the Amazon Web Services account. Only used for custom actions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_create_custom_action_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_create_custom_action_type(
  category,
  provider,
  version,
  settings = NULL,
  configurationProperties = NULL,
  inputArtifactDetails,
  outputArtifactDetails,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

category

[required] The category of the custom action, such as a build action or a test action.

provider

[required] The provider of the service used in the custom action, such as CodeDeploy.

version

[required] The version identifier of the custom action.

settings

URLs that provide users information about this custom action.

configurationProperties

The configuration properties for the custom action.

You can refer to a name in the configuration properties of the custom action within the URL templates by following the format of {Config:name}, as long as the configuration property is both required and not secret. For more information, see Create a Custom Action for a Pipeline.

inputArtifactDetails

[required] The details of the input artifact for the action, such as its commit ID.

outputArtifactDetails

[required] The details of the output artifact of the action, such as its commit ID.

tags

The tags for the custom action.


Creates a pipeline

Description

Creates a pipeline.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_create_pipeline/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_create_pipeline(pipeline, tags = NULL)

Arguments

pipeline

[required] Represents the structure of actions and stages to be performed in the pipeline.

tags

The tags for the pipeline.


Marks a custom action as deleted

Description

Marks a custom action as deleted. poll_for_jobs for the custom action fails after the action is marked for deletion. Used for custom actions only.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_delete_custom_action_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_delete_custom_action_type(category, provider, version)

Arguments

category

[required] The category of the custom action that you want to delete, such as source or deploy.

provider

[required] The provider of the service used in the custom action, such as CodeDeploy.

version

[required] The version of the custom action to delete.


Deletes the specified pipeline

Description

Deletes the specified pipeline.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_delete_pipeline/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_delete_pipeline(name)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the pipeline to be deleted.


Deletes a previously created webhook by name

Description

Deletes a previously created webhook by name. Deleting the webhook stops CodePipeline from starting a pipeline every time an external event occurs. The API returns successfully when trying to delete a webhook that is already deleted. If a deleted webhook is re-created by calling PutWebhook with the same name, it will have a different URL.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_delete_webhook/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_delete_webhook(name)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the webhook you want to delete.


Removes the connection between the webhook that was created by CodePipeline and the external tool with events to be detected

Description

Removes the connection between the webhook that was created by CodePipeline and the external tool with events to be detected. Currently supported only for webhooks that target an action type of GitHub.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_deregister_webhook_with_third_party/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_deregister_webhook_with_third_party(webhookName = NULL)

Arguments

webhookName

The name of the webhook you want to deregister.


Prevents artifacts in a pipeline from transitioning to the next stage in the pipeline

Description

Prevents artifacts in a pipeline from transitioning to the next stage in the pipeline.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_disable_stage_transition/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_disable_stage_transition(
  pipelineName,
  stageName,
  transitionType,
  reason
)

Arguments

pipelineName

[required] The name of the pipeline in which you want to disable the flow of artifacts from one stage to another.

stageName

[required] The name of the stage where you want to disable the inbound or outbound transition of artifacts.

transitionType

[required] Specifies whether artifacts are prevented from transitioning into the stage and being processed by the actions in that stage (inbound), or prevented from transitioning from the stage after they have been processed by the actions in that stage (outbound).

reason

[required] The reason given to the user that a stage is disabled, such as waiting for manual approval or manual tests. This message is displayed in the pipeline console UI.


Enables artifacts in a pipeline to transition to a stage in a pipeline

Description

Enables artifacts in a pipeline to transition to a stage in a pipeline.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_enable_stage_transition/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_enable_stage_transition(pipelineName, stageName, transitionType)

Arguments

pipelineName

[required] The name of the pipeline in which you want to enable the flow of artifacts from one stage to another.

stageName

[required] The name of the stage where you want to enable the transition of artifacts, either into the stage (inbound) or from that stage to the next stage (outbound).

transitionType

[required] Specifies whether artifacts are allowed to enter the stage and be processed by the actions in that stage (inbound) or whether already processed artifacts are allowed to transition to the next stage (outbound).


Returns information about an action type created for an external provider, where the action is to be used by customers of the external provider

Description

Returns information about an action type created for an external provider, where the action is to be used by customers of the external provider. The action can be created with any supported integration model.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_get_action_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_get_action_type(category, owner, provider, version)

Arguments

category

[required] Defines what kind of action can be taken in the stage. The following are the valid values:

  • Source

  • Build

  • Test

  • Deploy

  • Approval

  • Invoke

  • Compute

owner

[required] The creator of an action type that was created with any supported integration model. There are two valid values: AWS and ThirdParty.

provider

[required] The provider of the action type being called. The provider name is specified when the action type is created.

version

[required] A string that describes the action type version.


Returns information about a job

Description

Returns information about a job. Used for custom actions only.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_get_job_details/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_get_job_details(jobId)

Arguments

jobId

[required] The unique system-generated ID for the job.


Returns the metadata, structure, stages, and actions of a pipeline

Description

Returns the metadata, structure, stages, and actions of a pipeline. Can be used to return the entire structure of a pipeline in JSON format, which can then be modified and used to update the pipeline structure with update_pipeline.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_get_pipeline/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_get_pipeline(name, version = NULL)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the pipeline for which you want to get information. Pipeline names must be unique in an Amazon Web Services account.

version

The version number of the pipeline. If you do not specify a version, defaults to the current version.


Returns information about an execution of a pipeline, including details about artifacts, the pipeline execution ID, and the name, version, and status of the pipeline

Description

Returns information about an execution of a pipeline, including details about artifacts, the pipeline execution ID, and the name, version, and status of the pipeline.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_get_pipeline_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_get_pipeline_execution(pipelineName, pipelineExecutionId)

Arguments

pipelineName

[required] The name of the pipeline about which you want to get execution details.

pipelineExecutionId

[required] The ID of the pipeline execution about which you want to get execution details.


Returns information about the state of a pipeline, including the stages and actions

Description

Returns information about the state of a pipeline, including the stages and actions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_get_pipeline_state/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_get_pipeline_state(name)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the pipeline about which you want to get information.


Requests the details of a job for a third party action

Description

Requests the details of a job for a third party action. Used for partner actions only.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_get_third_party_job_details/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_get_third_party_job_details(jobId, clientToken)

Arguments

jobId

[required] The unique system-generated ID used for identifying the job.

clientToken

[required] The clientToken portion of the clientId and clientToken pair used to verify that the calling entity is allowed access to the job and its details.


Lists the action executions that have occurred in a pipeline

Description

Lists the action executions that have occurred in a pipeline.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_list_action_executions/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_list_action_executions(
  pipelineName,
  filter = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

pipelineName

[required] The name of the pipeline for which you want to list action execution history.

filter

Input information used to filter action execution history.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value. Action execution history is retained for up to 12 months, based on action execution start times. Default value is 100.

nextToken

The token that was returned from the previous list_action_executions call, which can be used to return the next set of action executions in the list.


Gets a summary of all CodePipeline action types associated with your account

Description

Gets a summary of all CodePipeline action types associated with your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_list_action_types/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_list_action_types(
  actionOwnerFilter = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  regionFilter = NULL
)

Arguments

actionOwnerFilter

Filters the list of action types to those created by a specified entity.

nextToken

An identifier that was returned from the previous list action types call, which can be used to return the next set of action types in the list.

regionFilter

The Region to filter on for the list of action types.


Gets a summary of the most recent executions for a pipeline

Description

Gets a summary of the most recent executions for a pipeline.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_list_pipeline_executions/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_list_pipeline_executions(
  pipelineName,
  maxResults = NULL,
  filter = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

pipelineName

[required] The name of the pipeline for which you want to get execution summary information.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value. Pipeline history is limited to the most recent 12 months, based on pipeline execution start times. Default value is 100.

filter

The pipeline execution to filter on.

nextToken

The token that was returned from the previous list_pipeline_executions call, which can be used to return the next set of pipeline executions in the list.


Gets a summary of all of the pipelines associated with your account

Description

Gets a summary of all of the pipelines associated with your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_list_pipelines/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_list_pipelines(nextToken = NULL, maxResults = NULL)

Arguments

nextToken

An identifier that was returned from the previous list pipelines call. It can be used to return the next set of pipelines in the list.

maxResults

The maximum number of pipelines to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining pipelines, make another call with the returned nextToken value. The minimum value you can specify is 1. The maximum accepted value is 1000.


Lists the rule executions that have occurred in a pipeline configured for conditions with rules

Description

Lists the rule executions that have occurred in a pipeline configured for conditions with rules.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_list_rule_executions/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_list_rule_executions(
  pipelineName,
  filter = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

pipelineName

[required] The name of the pipeline for which you want to get execution summary information.

filter

Input information used to filter rule execution history.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value. Pipeline history is limited to the most recent 12 months, based on pipeline execution start times. Default value is 100.

nextToken

The token that was returned from the previous list_rule_executions call, which can be used to return the next set of rule executions in the list.


Lists the rules for the condition

Description

Lists the rules for the condition. For more information about conditions, see Stage conditions and How do stage conditions work?.For more information about rules, see the CodePipeline rule reference.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_list_rule_types/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_list_rule_types(ruleOwnerFilter = NULL, regionFilter = NULL)

Arguments

ruleOwnerFilter

The rule owner to filter on.

regionFilter

The rule Region to filter on.


Gets the set of key-value pairs (metadata) that are used to manage the resource

Description

Gets the set of key-value pairs (metadata) that are used to manage the resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_list_tags_for_resource(
  resourceArn,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to get tags for.

nextToken

The token that was returned from the previous API call, which would be used to return the next page of the list. The ListTagsforResource call lists all available tags in one call and does not use pagination.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call.


Gets a listing of all the webhooks in this Amazon Web Services Region for this account

Description

Gets a listing of all the webhooks in this Amazon Web Services Region for this account. The output lists all webhooks and includes the webhook URL and ARN and the configuration for each webhook.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_list_webhooks/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_list_webhooks(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

The token that was returned from the previous ListWebhooks call, which can be used to return the next set of webhooks in the list.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.


Used to override a stage condition

Description

Used to override a stage condition. For more information about conditions, see Stage conditions and How do stage conditions work?.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_override_stage_condition/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_override_stage_condition(
  pipelineName,
  stageName,
  pipelineExecutionId,
  conditionType
)

Arguments

pipelineName

[required] The name of the pipeline with the stage that will override the condition.

stageName

[required] The name of the stage for the override.

pipelineExecutionId

[required] The ID of the pipeline execution for the override.

conditionType

[required] The type of condition to override for the stage, such as entry conditions, failure conditions, or success conditions.


Returns information about any jobs for CodePipeline to act on

Description

Returns information about any jobs for CodePipeline to act on. poll_for_jobs is valid only for action types with "Custom" in the owner field. If the action type contains AWS or ThirdParty in the owner field, the poll_for_jobs action returns an error.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_poll_for_jobs/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_poll_for_jobs(
  actionTypeId,
  maxBatchSize = NULL,
  queryParam = NULL
)

Arguments

actionTypeId

[required] Represents information about an action type.

maxBatchSize

The maximum number of jobs to return in a poll for jobs call.

queryParam

A map of property names and values. For an action type with no queryable properties, this value must be null or an empty map. For an action type with a queryable property, you must supply that property as a key in the map. Only jobs whose action configuration matches the mapped value are returned.


Determines whether there are any third party jobs for a job worker to act on

Description

Determines whether there are any third party jobs for a job worker to act on. Used for partner actions only.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_poll_for_third_party_jobs/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_poll_for_third_party_jobs(actionTypeId, maxBatchSize = NULL)

Arguments

actionTypeId

[required] Represents information about an action type.

maxBatchSize

The maximum number of jobs to return in a poll for jobs call.


Provides information to CodePipeline about new revisions to a source

Description

Provides information to CodePipeline about new revisions to a source.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_put_action_revision/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_put_action_revision(
  pipelineName,
  stageName,
  actionName,
  actionRevision
)

Arguments

pipelineName

[required] The name of the pipeline that starts processing the revision to the source.

stageName

[required] The name of the stage that contains the action that acts on the revision.

actionName

[required] The name of the action that processes the revision.

actionRevision

[required] Represents information about the version (or revision) of an action.


Provides the response to a manual approval request to CodePipeline

Description

Provides the response to a manual approval request to CodePipeline. Valid responses include Approved and Rejected.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_put_approval_result/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_put_approval_result(
  pipelineName,
  stageName,
  actionName,
  result,
  token
)

Arguments

pipelineName

[required] The name of the pipeline that contains the action.

stageName

[required] The name of the stage that contains the action.

actionName

[required] The name of the action for which approval is requested.

result

[required] Represents information about the result of the approval request.

token

[required] The system-generated token used to identify a unique approval request. The token for each open approval request can be obtained using the get_pipeline_state action. It is used to validate that the approval request corresponding to this token is still valid.

For a pipeline where the execution mode is set to PARALLEL, the token required to approve/reject an approval request as detailed above is not available. Instead, use the externalExecutionId in the response output from the list_action_executions action as the token in the approval request.


Represents the failure of a job as returned to the pipeline by a job worker

Description

Represents the failure of a job as returned to the pipeline by a job worker. Used for custom actions only.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_put_job_failure_result/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_put_job_failure_result(jobId, failureDetails)

Arguments

jobId

[required] The unique system-generated ID of the job that failed. This is the same ID returned from poll_for_jobs.

failureDetails

[required] The details about the failure of a job.


Represents the success of a job as returned to the pipeline by a job worker

Description

Represents the success of a job as returned to the pipeline by a job worker. Used for custom actions only.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_put_job_success_result/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_put_job_success_result(
  jobId,
  currentRevision = NULL,
  continuationToken = NULL,
  executionDetails = NULL,
  outputVariables = NULL
)

Arguments

jobId

[required] The unique system-generated ID of the job that succeeded. This is the same ID returned from poll_for_jobs.

currentRevision

The ID of the current revision of the artifact successfully worked on by the job.

continuationToken

A token generated by a job worker, such as a CodeDeploy deployment ID, that a successful job provides to identify a custom action in progress. Future jobs use this token to identify the running instance of the action. It can be reused to return more information about the progress of the custom action. When the action is complete, no continuation token should be supplied.

executionDetails

The execution details of the successful job, such as the actions taken by the job worker.

outputVariables

Key-value pairs produced as output by a job worker that can be made available to a downstream action configuration. outputVariables can be included only when there is no continuation token on the request.


Represents the failure of a third party job as returned to the pipeline by a job worker

Description

Represents the failure of a third party job as returned to the pipeline by a job worker. Used for partner actions only.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_put_third_party_job_failure_result/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_put_third_party_job_failure_result(
  jobId,
  clientToken,
  failureDetails
)

Arguments

jobId

[required] The ID of the job that failed. This is the same ID returned from poll_for_third_party_jobs.

clientToken

[required] The clientToken portion of the clientId and clientToken pair used to verify that the calling entity is allowed access to the job and its details.

failureDetails

[required] Represents information about failure details.


Represents the success of a third party job as returned to the pipeline by a job worker

Description

Represents the success of a third party job as returned to the pipeline by a job worker. Used for partner actions only.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_put_third_party_job_success_result/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_put_third_party_job_success_result(
  jobId,
  clientToken,
  currentRevision = NULL,
  continuationToken = NULL,
  executionDetails = NULL
)

Arguments

jobId

[required] The ID of the job that successfully completed. This is the same ID returned from poll_for_third_party_jobs.

clientToken

[required] The clientToken portion of the clientId and clientToken pair used to verify that the calling entity is allowed access to the job and its details.

currentRevision

Represents information about a current revision.

continuationToken

A token generated by a job worker, such as a CodeDeploy deployment ID, that a successful job provides to identify a partner action in progress. Future jobs use this token to identify the running instance of the action. It can be reused to return more information about the progress of the partner action. When the action is complete, no continuation token should be supplied.

executionDetails

The details of the actions taken and results produced on an artifact as it passes through stages in the pipeline.


Defines a webhook and returns a unique webhook URL generated by CodePipeline

Description

Defines a webhook and returns a unique webhook URL generated by CodePipeline. This URL can be supplied to third party source hosting providers to call every time there's a code change. When CodePipeline receives a POST request on this URL, the pipeline defined in the webhook is started as long as the POST request satisfied the authentication and filtering requirements supplied when defining the webhook. RegisterWebhookWithThirdParty and DeregisterWebhookWithThirdParty APIs can be used to automatically configure supported third parties to call the generated webhook URL.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_put_webhook/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_put_webhook(webhook, tags = NULL)

Arguments

webhook

[required] The detail provided in an input file to create the webhook, such as the webhook name, the pipeline name, and the action name. Give the webhook a unique name that helps you identify it. You might name the webhook after the pipeline and action it targets so that you can easily recognize what it's used for later.

tags

The tags for the webhook.


Configures a connection between the webhook that was created and the external tool with events to be detected

Description

Configures a connection between the webhook that was created and the external tool with events to be detected.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_register_webhook_with_third_party/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_register_webhook_with_third_party(webhookName = NULL)

Arguments

webhookName

The name of an existing webhook created with PutWebhook to register with a supported third party.


You can retry a stage that has failed without having to run a pipeline again from the beginning

Description

You can retry a stage that has failed without having to run a pipeline again from the beginning. You do this by either retrying the failed actions in a stage or by retrying all actions in the stage starting from the first action in the stage. When you retry the failed actions in a stage, all actions that are still in progress continue working, and failed actions are triggered again. When you retry a failed stage from the first action in the stage, the stage cannot have any actions in progress. Before a stage can be retried, it must either have all actions failed or some actions failed and some succeeded.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_retry_stage_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_retry_stage_execution(
  pipelineName,
  stageName,
  pipelineExecutionId,
  retryMode
)

Arguments

pipelineName

[required] The name of the pipeline that contains the failed stage.

stageName

[required] The name of the failed stage to be retried.

pipelineExecutionId

[required] The ID of the pipeline execution in the failed stage to be retried. Use the get_pipeline_state action to retrieve the current pipelineExecutionId of the failed stage

retryMode

[required] The scope of the retry attempt.


Rolls back a stage execution

Description

Rolls back a stage execution.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_rollback_stage/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_rollback_stage(pipelineName, stageName, targetPipelineExecutionId)

Arguments

pipelineName

[required] The name of the pipeline for which the stage will be rolled back.

stageName

[required] The name of the stage in the pipeline to be rolled back.

targetPipelineExecutionId

[required] The pipeline execution ID for the stage to be rolled back to.


Starts the specified pipeline

Description

Starts the specified pipeline. Specifically, it begins processing the latest commit to the source location specified as part of the pipeline.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_start_pipeline_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_start_pipeline_execution(
  name,
  variables = NULL,
  clientRequestToken = NULL,
  sourceRevisions = NULL
)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the pipeline to start.

variables

A list that overrides pipeline variables for a pipeline execution that's being started. Variable names must match ⁠[A-Za-z0-9@\-_]+⁠, and the values can be anything except an empty string.

clientRequestToken

The system-generated unique ID used to identify a unique execution request.

sourceRevisions

A list that allows you to specify, or override, the source revision for a pipeline execution that's being started. A source revision is the version with all the changes to your application code, or source artifact, for the pipeline execution.


Stops the specified pipeline execution

Description

Stops the specified pipeline execution. You choose to either stop the pipeline execution by completing in-progress actions without starting subsequent actions, or by abandoning in-progress actions. While completing or abandoning in-progress actions, the pipeline execution is in a Stopping state. After all in-progress actions are completed or abandoned, the pipeline execution is in a Stopped state.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_stop_pipeline_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_stop_pipeline_execution(
  pipelineName,
  pipelineExecutionId,
  abandon = NULL,
  reason = NULL
)

Arguments

pipelineName

[required] The name of the pipeline to stop.

pipelineExecutionId

[required] The ID of the pipeline execution to be stopped in the current stage. Use the get_pipeline_state action to retrieve the current pipelineExecutionId.

abandon

Use this option to stop the pipeline execution by abandoning, rather than finishing, in-progress actions.

This option can lead to failed or out-of-sequence tasks.

reason

Use this option to enter comments, such as the reason the pipeline was stopped.


Adds to or modifies the tags of the given resource

Description

Adds to or modifies the tags of the given resource. Tags are metadata that can be used to manage a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource you want to add tags to.

tags

[required] The tags you want to modify or add to the resource.


Removes tags from an Amazon Web Services resource

Description

Removes tags from an Amazon Web Services resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to remove tags from.

tagKeys

[required] The list of keys for the tags to be removed from the resource.


Updates an action type that was created with any supported integration model, where the action type is to be used by customers of the action type provider

Description

Updates an action type that was created with any supported integration model, where the action type is to be used by customers of the action type provider. Use a JSON file with the action definition and update_action_type to provide the full structure.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_update_action_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_update_action_type(actionType)

Arguments

actionType

[required] The action type definition for the action type to be updated.


Updates a specified pipeline with edits or changes to its structure

Description

Updates a specified pipeline with edits or changes to its structure. Use a JSON file with the pipeline structure and update_pipeline to provide the full structure of the pipeline. Updating the pipeline increases the version number of the pipeline by 1.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_update_pipeline/ for full documentation.

Usage

codepipeline_update_pipeline(pipeline)

Arguments

pipeline

[required] The name of the pipeline to be updated.


AWS CodeStar connections

Description

AWS CodeStar Connections

This Amazon Web Services CodeStar Connections API Reference provides descriptions and usage examples of the operations and data types for the Amazon Web Services CodeStar Connections API. You can use the connections API to work with connections and installations.

Connections are configurations that you use to connect Amazon Web Services resources to external code repositories. Each connection is a resource that can be given to services such as CodePipeline to connect to a third-party repository such as Bitbucket. For example, you can add the connection in CodePipeline so that it triggers your pipeline when a code change is made to your third-party code repository. Each connection is named and associated with a unique ARN that is used to reference the connection.

When you create a connection, the console initiates a third-party connection handshake. Installations are the apps that are used to conduct this handshake. For example, the installation for the Bitbucket provider type is the Bitbucket app. When you create a connection, you can choose an existing installation or create one.

When you want to create a connection to an installed provider type such as GitHub Enterprise Server, you create a host for your connections.

You can work with connections by calling:

You can work with hosts by calling:

You can work with tags in Amazon Web Services CodeStar Connections by calling the following:

For information about how to use Amazon Web Services CodeStar Connections, see the Developer Tools User Guide.

Usage

codestarconnections(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- codestarconnections(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_connection Creates a connection that can then be given to other Amazon Web Services services like CodePipeline so that it can access third-party code repositories
create_host Creates a resource that represents the infrastructure where a third-party provider is installed
create_repository_link Creates a link to a specified external Git repository
create_sync_configuration Creates a sync configuration which allows Amazon Web Services to sync content from a Git repository to update a specified Amazon Web Services resource
delete_connection The connection to be deleted
delete_host The host to be deleted
delete_repository_link Deletes the association between your connection and a specified external Git repository
delete_sync_configuration Deletes the sync configuration for a specified repository and connection
get_connection Returns the connection ARN and details such as status, owner, and provider type
get_host Returns the host ARN and details such as status, provider type, endpoint, and, if applicable, the VPC configuration
get_repository_link Returns details about a repository link
get_repository_sync_status Returns details about the sync status for a repository
get_resource_sync_status Returns the status of the sync with the Git repository for a specific Amazon Web Services resource
get_sync_blocker_summary Returns a list of the most recent sync blockers
get_sync_configuration Returns details about a sync configuration, including the sync type and resource name
list_connections Lists the connections associated with your account
list_hosts Lists the hosts associated with your account
list_repository_links Lists the repository links created for connections in your account
list_repository_sync_definitions Lists the repository sync definitions for repository links in your account
list_sync_configurations Returns a list of sync configurations for a specified repository
list_tags_for_resource Gets the set of key-value pairs (metadata) that are used to manage the resource
tag_resource Adds to or modifies the tags of the given resource
untag_resource Removes tags from an Amazon Web Services resource
update_host Updates a specified host with the provided configurations
update_repository_link Updates the association between your connection and a specified external Git repository
update_sync_blocker Allows you to update the status of a sync blocker, resolving the blocker and allowing syncing to continue
update_sync_configuration Updates the sync configuration for your connection and a specified external Git repository

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- codestarconnections()
svc$create_connection(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Creates a connection that can then be given to other Amazon Web Services services like CodePipeline so that it can access third-party code repositories

Description

Creates a connection that can then be given to other Amazon Web Services services like CodePipeline so that it can access third-party code repositories. The connection is in pending status until the third-party connection handshake is completed from the console.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_create_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarconnections_create_connection(
  ProviderType = NULL,
  ConnectionName,
  Tags = NULL,
  HostArn = NULL
)

Arguments

ProviderType

The name of the external provider where your third-party code repository is configured.

ConnectionName

[required] The name of the connection to be created.

Tags

The key-value pair to use when tagging the resource.

HostArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the host associated with the connection to be created.


Creates a resource that represents the infrastructure where a third-party provider is installed

Description

Creates a resource that represents the infrastructure where a third-party provider is installed. The host is used when you create connections to an installed third-party provider type, such as GitHub Enterprise Server. You create one host for all connections to that provider.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_create_host/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarconnections_create_host(
  Name,
  ProviderType,
  ProviderEndpoint,
  VpcConfiguration = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the host to be created.

ProviderType

[required] The name of the installed provider to be associated with your connection. The host resource represents the infrastructure where your provider type is installed. The valid provider type is GitHub Enterprise Server.

ProviderEndpoint

[required] The endpoint of the infrastructure to be represented by the host after it is created.

VpcConfiguration

The VPC configuration to be provisioned for the host. A VPC must be configured and the infrastructure to be represented by the host must already be connected to the VPC.

Tags

Tags for the host to be created.


Description

Creates a link to a specified external Git repository. A repository link allows Git sync to monitor and sync changes to files in a specified Git repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_create_repository_link/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarconnections_create_repository_link(
  ConnectionArn,
  OwnerId,
  RepositoryName,
  EncryptionKeyArn = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

ConnectionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the connection to be associated with the repository link.

OwnerId

[required] The owner ID for the repository associated with a specific sync configuration, such as the owner ID in GitHub.

RepositoryName

[required] The name of the repository to be associated with the repository link.

EncryptionKeyArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) encryption key for the repository to be associated with the repository link.

Tags

The tags for the repository to be associated with the repository link.


Creates a sync configuration which allows Amazon Web Services to sync content from a Git repository to update a specified Amazon Web Services resource

Description

Creates a sync configuration which allows Amazon Web Services to sync content from a Git repository to update a specified Amazon Web Services resource. Parameters for the sync configuration are determined by the sync type.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_create_sync_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarconnections_create_sync_configuration(
  Branch,
  ConfigFile,
  RepositoryLinkId,
  ResourceName,
  RoleArn,
  SyncType,
  PublishDeploymentStatus = NULL,
  TriggerResourceUpdateOn = NULL
)

Arguments

Branch

[required] The branch in the repository from which changes will be synced.

ConfigFile

[required] The file name of the configuration file that manages syncing between the connection and the repository. This configuration file is stored in the repository.

RepositoryLinkId

[required] The ID of the repository link created for the connection. A repository link allows Git sync to monitor and sync changes to files in a specified Git repository.

ResourceName

[required] The name of the Amazon Web Services resource (for example, a CloudFormation stack in the case of CFN_STACK_SYNC) that will be synchronized from the linked repository.

RoleArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM role that grants permission for Amazon Web Services to use Git sync to update a given Amazon Web Services resource on your behalf.

SyncType

[required] The type of sync configuration.

PublishDeploymentStatus

Whether to enable or disable publishing of deployment status to source providers.

TriggerResourceUpdateOn

When to trigger Git sync to begin the stack update.


The connection to be deleted

Description

The connection to be deleted.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_delete_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarconnections_delete_connection(ConnectionArn)

Arguments

ConnectionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the connection to be deleted.

The ARN is never reused if the connection is deleted.


The host to be deleted

Description

The host to be deleted. Before you delete a host, all connections associated to the host must be deleted.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_delete_host/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarconnections_delete_host(HostArn)

Arguments

HostArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the host to be deleted.


Description

Deletes the association between your connection and a specified external Git repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_delete_repository_link/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarconnections_delete_repository_link(RepositoryLinkId)

Arguments

RepositoryLinkId

[required] The ID of the repository link to be deleted.


Deletes the sync configuration for a specified repository and connection

Description

Deletes the sync configuration for a specified repository and connection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_delete_sync_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarconnections_delete_sync_configuration(SyncType, ResourceName)

Arguments

SyncType

[required] The type of sync configuration to be deleted.

ResourceName

[required] The name of the Amazon Web Services resource associated with the sync configuration to be deleted.


Returns the connection ARN and details such as status, owner, and provider type

Description

Returns the connection ARN and details such as status, owner, and provider type.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_get_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarconnections_get_connection(ConnectionArn)

Arguments

ConnectionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a connection.


Returns the host ARN and details such as status, provider type, endpoint, and, if applicable, the VPC configuration

Description

Returns the host ARN and details such as status, provider type, endpoint, and, if applicable, the VPC configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_get_host/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarconnections_get_host(HostArn)

Arguments

HostArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the requested host.


Description

Returns details about a repository link. A repository link allows Git sync to monitor and sync changes from files in a specified Git repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_get_repository_link/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarconnections_get_repository_link(RepositoryLinkId)

Arguments

RepositoryLinkId

[required] The ID of the repository link to get.


Returns details about the sync status for a repository

Description

Returns details about the sync status for a repository. A repository sync uses Git sync to push and pull changes from your remote repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_get_repository_sync_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarconnections_get_repository_sync_status(
  Branch,
  RepositoryLinkId,
  SyncType
)

Arguments

Branch

[required] The branch of the repository link for the requested repository sync status.

RepositoryLinkId

[required] The repository link ID for the requested repository sync status.

SyncType

[required] The sync type of the requested sync status.


Returns the status of the sync with the Git repository for a specific Amazon Web Services resource

Description

Returns the status of the sync with the Git repository for a specific Amazon Web Services resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_get_resource_sync_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarconnections_get_resource_sync_status(ResourceName, SyncType)

Arguments

ResourceName

[required] The name of the Amazon Web Services resource for the sync status with the Git repository.

SyncType

[required] The sync type for the sync status with the Git repository.


Returns a list of the most recent sync blockers

Description

Returns a list of the most recent sync blockers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_get_sync_blocker_summary/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarconnections_get_sync_blocker_summary(SyncType, ResourceName)

Arguments

SyncType

[required] The sync type for the sync blocker summary.

ResourceName

[required] The name of the Amazon Web Services resource currently blocked from automatically being synced from a Git repository.


Returns details about a sync configuration, including the sync type and resource name

Description

Returns details about a sync configuration, including the sync type and resource name. A sync configuration allows the configuration to sync (push and pull) changes from the remote repository for a specified branch in a Git repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_get_sync_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarconnections_get_sync_configuration(SyncType, ResourceName)

Arguments

SyncType

[required] The sync type for the sync configuration for which you want to retrieve information.

ResourceName

[required] The name of the Amazon Web Services resource for the sync configuration for which you want to retrieve information.


Lists the connections associated with your account

Description

Lists the connections associated with your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_list_connections/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarconnections_list_connections(
  ProviderTypeFilter = NULL,
  HostArnFilter = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ProviderTypeFilter

Filters the list of connections to those associated with a specified provider, such as Bitbucket.

HostArnFilter

Filters the list of connections to those associated with a specified host.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token that was returned from the previous list_connections call, which can be used to return the next set of connections in the list.


Lists the hosts associated with your account

Description

Lists the hosts associated with your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_list_hosts/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarconnections_list_hosts(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token that was returned from the previous list_hosts call, which can be used to return the next set of hosts in the list.


Description

Lists the repository links created for connections in your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_list_repository_links/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarconnections_list_repository_links(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.

NextToken

An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results.


Lists the repository sync definitions for repository links in your account

Description

Lists the repository sync definitions for repository links in your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_list_repository_sync_definitions/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarconnections_list_repository_sync_definitions(
  RepositoryLinkId,
  SyncType
)

Arguments

RepositoryLinkId

[required] The ID of the repository link for the sync definition for which you want to retrieve information.

SyncType

[required] The sync type of the repository link for the the sync definition for which you want to retrieve information.


Returns a list of sync configurations for a specified repository

Description

Returns a list of sync configurations for a specified repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_list_sync_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarconnections_list_sync_configurations(
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  RepositoryLinkId,
  SyncType
)

Arguments

MaxResults

A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.

NextToken

An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the results of the operation.

RepositoryLinkId

[required] The ID of the repository link for the requested list of sync configurations.

SyncType

[required] The sync type for the requested list of sync configurations.


Gets the set of key-value pairs (metadata) that are used to manage the resource

Description

Gets the set of key-value pairs (metadata) that are used to manage the resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarconnections_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource for which you want to get information about tags, if any.


Adds to or modifies the tags of the given resource

Description

Adds to or modifies the tags of the given resource. Tags are metadata that can be used to manage a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarconnections_tag_resource(ResourceArn, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to which you want to add or update tags.

Tags

[required] The tags you want to modify or add to the resource.


Removes tags from an Amazon Web Services resource

Description

Removes tags from an Amazon Web Services resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarconnections_untag_resource(ResourceArn, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to remove tags from.

TagKeys

[required] The list of keys for the tags to be removed from the resource.


Updates a specified host with the provided configurations

Description

Updates a specified host with the provided configurations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_update_host/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarconnections_update_host(
  HostArn,
  ProviderEndpoint = NULL,
  VpcConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

HostArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the host to be updated.

ProviderEndpoint

The URL or endpoint of the host to be updated.

VpcConfiguration

The VPC configuration of the host to be updated. A VPC must be configured and the infrastructure to be represented by the host must already be connected to the VPC.


Description

Updates the association between your connection and a specified external Git repository. A repository link allows Git sync to monitor and sync changes to files in a specified Git repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_update_repository_link/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarconnections_update_repository_link(
  ConnectionArn = NULL,
  EncryptionKeyArn = NULL,
  RepositoryLinkId
)

Arguments

ConnectionArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the connection for the repository link to be updated. The updated connection ARN must have the same providerType (such as GitHub) as the original connection ARN for the repo link.

EncryptionKeyArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the encryption key for the repository link to be updated.

RepositoryLinkId

[required] The ID of the repository link to be updated.


Allows you to update the status of a sync blocker, resolving the blocker and allowing syncing to continue

Description

Allows you to update the status of a sync blocker, resolving the blocker and allowing syncing to continue.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_update_sync_blocker/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarconnections_update_sync_blocker(
  Id,
  SyncType,
  ResourceName,
  ResolvedReason
)

Arguments

Id

[required] The ID of the sync blocker to be updated.

SyncType

[required] The sync type of the sync blocker to be updated.

ResourceName

[required] The name of the resource for the sync blocker to be updated.

ResolvedReason

[required] The reason for resolving the sync blocker.


Updates the sync configuration for your connection and a specified external Git repository

Description

Updates the sync configuration for your connection and a specified external Git repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_update_sync_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarconnections_update_sync_configuration(
  Branch = NULL,
  ConfigFile = NULL,
  RepositoryLinkId = NULL,
  ResourceName,
  RoleArn = NULL,
  SyncType,
  PublishDeploymentStatus = NULL,
  TriggerResourceUpdateOn = NULL
)

Arguments

Branch

The branch for the sync configuration to be updated.

ConfigFile

The configuration file for the sync configuration to be updated.

RepositoryLinkId

The ID of the repository link for the sync configuration to be updated.

ResourceName

[required] The name of the Amazon Web Services resource for the sync configuration to be updated.

RoleArn

The ARN of the IAM role for the sync configuration to be updated.

SyncType

[required] The sync type for the sync configuration to be updated.

PublishDeploymentStatus

Whether to enable or disable publishing of deployment status to source providers.

TriggerResourceUpdateOn

When to trigger Git sync to begin the stack update.


AWS CodeStar Notifications

Description

This AWS CodeStar Notifications API Reference provides descriptions and usage examples of the operations and data types for the AWS CodeStar Notifications API. You can use the AWS CodeStar Notifications API to work with the following objects:

Notification rules, by calling the following:

Targets, by calling the following:

Events, by calling the following:

Tags, by calling the following:

For information about how to use AWS CodeStar Notifications, see the Amazon Web Services Developer Tools Console User Guide.

Usage

codestarnotifications(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- codestarnotifications(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_notification_rule Creates a notification rule for a resource
delete_notification_rule Deletes a notification rule for a resource
delete_target Deletes a specified target for notifications
describe_notification_rule Returns information about a specified notification rule
list_event_types Returns information about the event types available for configuring notifications
list_notification_rules Returns a list of the notification rules for an Amazon Web Services account
list_tags_for_resource Returns a list of the tags associated with a notification rule
list_targets Returns a list of the notification rule targets for an Amazon Web Services account
subscribe Creates an association between a notification rule and an Chatbot topic or Chatbot client so that the associated target can receive notifications when the events described in the rule are triggered
tag_resource Associates a set of provided tags with a notification rule
unsubscribe Removes an association between a notification rule and an Chatbot topic so that subscribers to that topic stop receiving notifications when the events described in the rule are triggered
untag_resource Removes the association between one or more provided tags and a notification rule
update_notification_rule Updates a notification rule for a resource

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- codestarnotifications()
svc$create_notification_rule(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Creates a notification rule for a resource

Description

Creates a notification rule for a resource. The rule specifies the events you want notifications about and the targets (such as Chatbot topics or Chatbot clients configured for Slack) where you want to receive them.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarnotifications_create_notification_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarnotifications_create_notification_rule(
  Name,
  EventTypeIds,
  Resource,
  Targets,
  DetailType,
  ClientRequestToken = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  Status = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name for the notification rule. Notification rule names must be unique in your Amazon Web Services account.

EventTypeIds

[required] A list of event types associated with this notification rule. For a list of allowed events, see EventTypeSummary.

Resource

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to associate with the notification rule. Supported resources include pipelines in CodePipeline, repositories in CodeCommit, and build projects in CodeBuild.

Targets

[required] A list of Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of Amazon Simple Notification Service topics and Chatbot clients to associate with the notification rule.

DetailType

[required] The level of detail to include in the notifications for this resource. BASIC will include only the contents of the event as it would appear in Amazon CloudWatch. FULL will include any supplemental information provided by AWS CodeStar Notifications and/or the service for the resource for which the notification is created.

ClientRequestToken

A unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request, ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request with the same parameters is received and a token is included, the request returns information about the initial request that used that token.

The Amazon Web Services SDKs prepopulate client request tokens. If you are using an Amazon Web Services SDK, an idempotency token is created for you.

Tags

A list of tags to apply to this notification rule. Key names cannot start with "aws".

Status

The status of the notification rule. The default value is ENABLED. If the status is set to DISABLED, notifications aren't sent for the notification rule.


Deletes a notification rule for a resource

Description

Deletes a notification rule for a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarnotifications_delete_notification_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarnotifications_delete_notification_rule(Arn)

Arguments

Arn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the notification rule you want to delete.


Deletes a specified target for notifications

Description

Deletes a specified target for notifications.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarnotifications_delete_target/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarnotifications_delete_target(TargetAddress, ForceUnsubscribeAll = NULL)

Arguments

TargetAddress

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Chatbot topic or Chatbot client to delete.

ForceUnsubscribeAll

A Boolean value that can be used to delete all associations with this Chatbot topic. The default value is FALSE. If set to TRUE, all associations between that target and every notification rule in your Amazon Web Services account are deleted.


Returns information about a specified notification rule

Description

Returns information about a specified notification rule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarnotifications_describe_notification_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarnotifications_describe_notification_rule(Arn)

Arguments

Arn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the notification rule.


Returns information about the event types available for configuring notifications

Description

Returns information about the event types available for configuring notifications.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarnotifications_list_event_types/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarnotifications_list_event_types(
  Filters = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

Filters

The filters to use to return information by service or resource type.

NextToken

An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results.

MaxResults

A non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. The default number is 50. The maximum number of results that can be returned is 100.


Returns a list of the notification rules for an Amazon Web Services account

Description

Returns a list of the notification rules for an Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarnotifications_list_notification_rules/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarnotifications_list_notification_rules(
  Filters = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

Filters

The filters to use to return information by service or resource type. For valid values, see ListNotificationRulesFilter.

A filter with the same name can appear more than once when used with OR statements. Filters with different names should be applied with AND statements.

NextToken

An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results.

MaxResults

A non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. The maximum number of results that can be returned is 100.


Returns a list of the tags associated with a notification rule

Description

Returns a list of the tags associated with a notification rule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarnotifications_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarnotifications_list_tags_for_resource(Arn)

Arguments

Arn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the notification rule.


Returns a list of the notification rule targets for an Amazon Web Services account

Description

Returns a list of the notification rule targets for an Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarnotifications_list_targets/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarnotifications_list_targets(
  Filters = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

Filters

The filters to use to return information by service or resource type. Valid filters include target type, target address, and target status.

A filter with the same name can appear more than once when used with OR statements. Filters with different names should be applied with AND statements.

NextToken

An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results.

MaxResults

A non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. The maximum number of results that can be returned is 100.


Creates an association between a notification rule and an Chatbot topic or Chatbot client so that the associated target can receive notifications when the events described in the rule are triggered

Description

Creates an association between a notification rule and an Chatbot topic or Chatbot client so that the associated target can receive notifications when the events described in the rule are triggered.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarnotifications_subscribe/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarnotifications_subscribe(Arn, Target, ClientRequestToken = NULL)

Arguments

Arn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the notification rule for which you want to create the association.

Target

[required]

ClientRequestToken

An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results.


Associates a set of provided tags with a notification rule

Description

Associates a set of provided tags with a notification rule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarnotifications_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarnotifications_tag_resource(Arn, Tags)

Arguments

Arn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the notification rule to tag.

Tags

[required] The list of tags to associate with the resource. Tag key names cannot start with "aws".


Removes an association between a notification rule and an Chatbot topic so that subscribers to that topic stop receiving notifications when the events described in the rule are triggered

Description

Removes an association between a notification rule and an Chatbot topic so that subscribers to that topic stop receiving notifications when the events described in the rule are triggered.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarnotifications_unsubscribe/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarnotifications_unsubscribe(Arn, TargetAddress)

Arguments

Arn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the notification rule.

TargetAddress

[required] The ARN of the Chatbot topic to unsubscribe from the notification rule.


Removes the association between one or more provided tags and a notification rule

Description

Removes the association between one or more provided tags and a notification rule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarnotifications_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarnotifications_untag_resource(Arn, TagKeys)

Arguments

Arn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the notification rule from which to remove the tags.

TagKeys

[required] The key names of the tags to remove.


Updates a notification rule for a resource

Description

Updates a notification rule for a resource. You can change the events that trigger the notification rule, the status of the rule, and the targets that receive the notifications.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarnotifications_update_notification_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

codestarnotifications_update_notification_rule(
  Arn,
  Name = NULL,
  Status = NULL,
  EventTypeIds = NULL,
  Targets = NULL,
  DetailType = NULL
)

Arguments

Arn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the notification rule.

Name

The name of the notification rule.

Status

The status of the notification rule. Valid statuses include enabled (sending notifications) or disabled (not sending notifications).

EventTypeIds

A list of event types associated with this notification rule. For a complete list of event types and IDs, see Notification concepts in the Developer Tools Console User Guide.

Targets

The address and type of the targets to receive notifications from this notification rule.

DetailType

The level of detail to include in the notifications for this resource. BASIC will include only the contents of the event as it would appear in Amazon CloudWatch. FULL will include any supplemental information provided by AWS CodeStar Notifications and/or the service for the resource for which the notification is created.


Amazon DevOps Guru

Description

Amazon DevOps Guru is a fully managed service that helps you identify anomalous behavior in business critical operational applications. You specify the Amazon Web Services resources that you want DevOps Guru to cover, then the Amazon CloudWatch metrics and Amazon Web Services CloudTrail events related to those resources are analyzed. When anomalous behavior is detected, DevOps Guru creates an insight that includes recommendations, related events, and related metrics that can help you improve your operational applications. For more information, see What is Amazon DevOps Guru.

You can specify 1 or 2 Amazon Simple Notification Service topics so you are notified every time a new insight is created. You can also enable DevOps Guru to generate an OpsItem in Amazon Web Services Systems Manager for each insight to help you manage and track your work addressing insights.

To learn about the DevOps Guru workflow, see How DevOps Guru works. To learn about DevOps Guru concepts, see Concepts in DevOps Guru.

Usage

devopsguru(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- devopsguru(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

add_notification_channel Adds a notification channel to DevOps Guru
delete_insight Deletes the insight along with the associated anomalies, events and recommendations
describe_account_health Returns the number of open reactive insights, the number of open proactive insights, and the number of metrics analyzed in your Amazon Web Services account
describe_account_overview For the time range passed in, returns the number of open reactive insight that were created, the number of open proactive insights that were created, and the Mean Time to Recover (MTTR) for all closed reactive insights
describe_anomaly Returns details about an anomaly that you specify using its ID
describe_event_sources_config Returns the integration status of services that are integrated with DevOps Guru as Consumer via EventBridge
describe_feedback Returns the most recent feedback submitted in the current Amazon Web Services account and Region
describe_insight Returns details about an insight that you specify using its ID
describe_organization_health Returns active insights, predictive insights, and resource hours analyzed in last hour
describe_organization_overview Returns an overview of your organization's history based on the specified time range
describe_organization_resource_collection_health Provides an overview of your system's health
describe_resource_collection_health Returns the number of open proactive insights, open reactive insights, and the Mean Time to Recover (MTTR) for all closed insights in resource collections in your account
describe_service_integration Returns the integration status of services that are integrated with DevOps Guru
get_cost_estimation Returns an estimate of the monthly cost for DevOps Guru to analyze your Amazon Web Services resources
get_resource_collection Returns lists Amazon Web Services resources that are of the specified resource collection type
list_anomalies_for_insight Returns a list of the anomalies that belong to an insight that you specify using its ID
list_anomalous_log_groups Returns the list of log groups that contain log anomalies
list_events Returns a list of the events emitted by the resources that are evaluated by DevOps Guru
list_insights Returns a list of insights in your Amazon Web Services account
list_monitored_resources Returns the list of all log groups that are being monitored and tagged by DevOps Guru
list_notification_channels Returns a list of notification channels configured for DevOps Guru
list_organization_insights Returns a list of insights associated with the account or OU Id
list_recommendations Returns a list of a specified insight's recommendations
put_feedback Collects customer feedback about the specified insight
remove_notification_channel Removes a notification channel from DevOps Guru
search_insights Returns a list of insights in your Amazon Web Services account
search_organization_insights Returns a list of insights in your organization
start_cost_estimation Starts the creation of an estimate of the monthly cost to analyze your Amazon Web Services resources
update_event_sources_config Enables or disables integration with a service that can be integrated with DevOps Guru
update_resource_collection Updates the collection of resources that DevOps Guru analyzes
update_service_integration Enables or disables integration with a service that can be integrated with DevOps Guru

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- devopsguru()
svc$add_notification_channel(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Adds a notification channel to DevOps Guru

Description

Adds a notification channel to DevOps Guru. A notification channel is used to notify you about important DevOps Guru events, such as when an insight is generated.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_add_notification_channel/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_add_notification_channel(Config)

Arguments

Config

[required] A NotificationChannelConfig object that specifies what type of notification channel to add. The one supported notification channel is Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS).


Deletes the insight along with the associated anomalies, events and recommendations

Description

Deletes the insight along with the associated anomalies, events and recommendations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_delete_insight/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_delete_insight(Id)

Arguments

Id

[required] The ID of the insight.


Returns the number of open reactive insights, the number of open proactive insights, and the number of metrics analyzed in your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Returns the number of open reactive insights, the number of open proactive insights, and the number of metrics analyzed in your Amazon Web Services account. Use these numbers to gauge the health of operations in your Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_describe_account_health/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_describe_account_health()

For the time range passed in, returns the number of open reactive insight that were created, the number of open proactive insights that were created, and the Mean Time to Recover (MTTR) for all closed reactive insights

Description

For the time range passed in, returns the number of open reactive insight that were created, the number of open proactive insights that were created, and the Mean Time to Recover (MTTR) for all closed reactive insights.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_describe_account_overview/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_describe_account_overview(FromTime, ToTime = NULL)

Arguments

FromTime

[required] The start of the time range passed in. The start time granularity is at the day level. The floor of the start time is used. Returned information occurred after this day.

ToTime

The end of the time range passed in. The start time granularity is at the day level. The floor of the start time is used. Returned information occurred before this day. If this is not specified, then the current day is used.


Returns details about an anomaly that you specify using its ID

Description

Returns details about an anomaly that you specify using its ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_describe_anomaly/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_describe_anomaly(Id, AccountId = NULL)

Arguments

Id

[required] The ID of the anomaly.

AccountId

The ID of the member account.


Returns the integration status of services that are integrated with DevOps Guru as Consumer via EventBridge

Description

Returns the integration status of services that are integrated with DevOps Guru as Consumer via EventBridge. The one service that can be integrated with DevOps Guru is Amazon CodeGuru Profiler, which can produce proactive recommendations which can be stored and viewed in DevOps Guru.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_describe_event_sources_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_describe_event_sources_config()

Returns the most recent feedback submitted in the current Amazon Web Services account and Region

Description

Returns the most recent feedback submitted in the current Amazon Web Services account and Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_describe_feedback/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_describe_feedback(InsightId = NULL)

Arguments

InsightId

The ID of the insight for which the feedback was provided.


Returns details about an insight that you specify using its ID

Description

Returns details about an insight that you specify using its ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_describe_insight/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_describe_insight(Id, AccountId = NULL)

Arguments

Id

[required] The ID of the insight.

AccountId

The ID of the member account in the organization.


Returns active insights, predictive insights, and resource hours analyzed in last hour

Description

Returns active insights, predictive insights, and resource hours analyzed in last hour.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_describe_organization_health/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_describe_organization_health(
  AccountIds = NULL,
  OrganizationalUnitIds = NULL
)

Arguments

AccountIds

The ID of the Amazon Web Services account.

OrganizationalUnitIds

The ID of the organizational unit.


Returns an overview of your organization's history based on the specified time range

Description

Returns an overview of your organization's history based on the specified time range. The overview includes the total reactive and proactive insights.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_describe_organization_overview/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_describe_organization_overview(
  FromTime,
  ToTime = NULL,
  AccountIds = NULL,
  OrganizationalUnitIds = NULL
)

Arguments

FromTime

[required] The start of the time range passed in. The start time granularity is at the day level. The floor of the start time is used. Returned information occurred after this day.

ToTime

The end of the time range passed in. The start time granularity is at the day level. The floor of the start time is used. Returned information occurred before this day. If this is not specified, then the current day is used.

AccountIds

The ID of the Amazon Web Services account.

OrganizationalUnitIds

The ID of the organizational unit.


Provides an overview of your system's health

Description

Provides an overview of your system's health. If additional member accounts are part of your organization, you can filter those accounts using the AccountIds field.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_describe_organization_resource_collection_health/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_describe_organization_resource_collection_health(
  OrganizationResourceCollectionType,
  AccountIds = NULL,
  OrganizationalUnitIds = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationResourceCollectionType

[required] An Amazon Web Services resource collection type. This type specifies how analyzed Amazon Web Services resources are defined. The two types of Amazon Web Services resource collections supported are Amazon Web Services CloudFormation stacks and Amazon Web Services resources that contain the same Amazon Web Services tag. DevOps Guru can be configured to analyze the Amazon Web Services resources that are defined in the stacks or that are tagged using the same tag key. You can specify up to 500 Amazon Web Services CloudFormation stacks.

AccountIds

The ID of the Amazon Web Services account.

OrganizationalUnitIds

The ID of the organizational unit.

NextToken

The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.


Returns the number of open proactive insights, open reactive insights, and the Mean Time to Recover (MTTR) for all closed insights in resource collections in your account

Description

Returns the number of open proactive insights, open reactive insights, and the Mean Time to Recover (MTTR) for all closed insights in resource collections in your account. You specify the type of Amazon Web Services resources collection. The two types of Amazon Web Services resource collections supported are Amazon Web Services CloudFormation stacks and Amazon Web Services resources that contain the same Amazon Web Services tag. DevOps Guru can be configured to analyze the Amazon Web Services resources that are defined in the stacks or that are tagged using the same tag key. You can specify up to 500 Amazon Web Services CloudFormation stacks.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_describe_resource_collection_health/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_describe_resource_collection_health(
  ResourceCollectionType,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ResourceCollectionType

[required] An Amazon Web Services resource collection type. This type specifies how analyzed Amazon Web Services resources are defined. The two types of Amazon Web Services resource collections supported are Amazon Web Services CloudFormation stacks and Amazon Web Services resources that contain the same Amazon Web Services tag. DevOps Guru can be configured to analyze the Amazon Web Services resources that are defined in the stacks or that are tagged using the same tag key. You can specify up to 500 Amazon Web Services CloudFormation stacks.

NextToken

The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page.


Returns the integration status of services that are integrated with DevOps Guru

Description

Returns the integration status of services that are integrated with DevOps Guru. The one service that can be integrated with DevOps Guru is Amazon Web Services Systems Manager, which can be used to create an OpsItem for each generated insight.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_describe_service_integration/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_describe_service_integration()

Returns an estimate of the monthly cost for DevOps Guru to analyze your Amazon Web Services resources

Description

Returns an estimate of the monthly cost for DevOps Guru to analyze your Amazon Web Services resources. For more information, see Estimate your Amazon DevOps Guru costs and Amazon DevOps Guru pricing.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_get_cost_estimation/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_get_cost_estimation(NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page.


Returns lists Amazon Web Services resources that are of the specified resource collection type

Description

Returns lists Amazon Web Services resources that are of the specified resource collection type. The two types of Amazon Web Services resource collections supported are Amazon Web Services CloudFormation stacks and Amazon Web Services resources that contain the same Amazon Web Services tag. DevOps Guru can be configured to analyze the Amazon Web Services resources that are defined in the stacks or that are tagged using the same tag key. You can specify up to 500 Amazon Web Services CloudFormation stacks.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_get_resource_collection/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_get_resource_collection(ResourceCollectionType, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

ResourceCollectionType

[required] The type of Amazon Web Services resource collections to return. The one valid value is CLOUD_FORMATION for Amazon Web Services CloudFormation stacks.

NextToken

The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page.


Returns a list of the anomalies that belong to an insight that you specify using its ID

Description

Returns a list of the anomalies that belong to an insight that you specify using its ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_list_anomalies_for_insight/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_list_anomalies_for_insight(
  InsightId,
  StartTimeRange = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  AccountId = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

InsightId

[required] The ID of the insight. The returned anomalies belong to this insight.

StartTimeRange

A time range used to specify when the requested anomalies started. All returned anomalies started during this time range.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page.

AccountId

The ID of the Amazon Web Services account.

Filters

Specifies one or more service names that are used to list anomalies.


Returns the list of log groups that contain log anomalies

Description

Returns the list of log groups that contain log anomalies.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_list_anomalous_log_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_list_anomalous_log_groups(
  InsightId,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

InsightId

[required] The ID of the insight containing the log groups.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page.


Returns a list of the events emitted by the resources that are evaluated by DevOps Guru

Description

Returns a list of the events emitted by the resources that are evaluated by DevOps Guru. You can use filters to specify which events are returned.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_list_events/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_list_events(
  Filters,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  AccountId = NULL
)

Arguments

Filters

[required] A ListEventsFilters object used to specify which events to return.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page.

AccountId

The ID of the Amazon Web Services account.


Returns a list of insights in your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Returns a list of insights in your Amazon Web Services account. You can specify which insights are returned by their start time and status (ONGOING, CLOSED, or ANY).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_list_insights/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_list_insights(StatusFilter, MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

StatusFilter

[required] A filter used to filter the returned insights by their status. You can specify one status filter.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page.


Returns the list of all log groups that are being monitored and tagged by DevOps Guru

Description

Returns the list of all log groups that are being monitored and tagged by DevOps Guru.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_list_monitored_resources/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_list_monitored_resources(
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

Filters

Filters to determine which monitored resources you want to retrieve. You can filter by resource type or resource permission status.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page.


Returns a list of notification channels configured for DevOps Guru

Description

Returns a list of notification channels configured for DevOps Guru. Each notification channel is used to notify you when DevOps Guru generates an insight that contains information about how to improve your operations. The one supported notification channel is Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_list_notification_channels/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_list_notification_channels(NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page.


Returns a list of insights associated with the account or OU Id

Description

Returns a list of insights associated with the account or OU Id.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_list_organization_insights/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_list_organization_insights(
  StatusFilter,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  AccountIds = NULL,
  OrganizationalUnitIds = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

StatusFilter

[required]

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

AccountIds

The ID of the Amazon Web Services account.

OrganizationalUnitIds

The ID of the organizational unit.

NextToken

The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page.


Returns a list of a specified insight's recommendations

Description

Returns a list of a specified insight's recommendations. Each recommendation includes a list of related metrics and a list of related events.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_list_recommendations/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_list_recommendations(
  InsightId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Locale = NULL,
  AccountId = NULL
)

Arguments

InsightId

[required] The ID of the requested insight.

NextToken

The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page.

Locale

A locale that specifies the language to use for recommendations.

AccountId

The ID of the Amazon Web Services account.


Collects customer feedback about the specified insight

Description

Collects customer feedback about the specified insight.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_put_feedback/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_put_feedback(InsightFeedback = NULL)

Arguments

InsightFeedback

The feedback from customers is about the recommendations in this insight.


Removes a notification channel from DevOps Guru

Description

Removes a notification channel from DevOps Guru. A notification channel is used to notify you when DevOps Guru generates an insight that contains information about how to improve your operations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_remove_notification_channel/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_remove_notification_channel(Id)

Arguments

Id

[required] The ID of the notification channel to be removed.


Returns a list of insights in your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Returns a list of insights in your Amazon Web Services account. You can specify which insights are returned by their start time, one or more statuses (ONGOING or CLOSED), one or more severities (LOW, MEDIUM, and HIGH), and type (REACTIVE or PROACTIVE).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_search_insights/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_search_insights(
  StartTimeRange,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Type
)

Arguments

StartTimeRange

[required] The start of the time range passed in. Returned insights occurred after this time.

Filters

A SearchInsightsFilters object that is used to set the severity and status filters on your insight search.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page.

Type

[required] The type of insights you are searching for (REACTIVE or PROACTIVE).


Returns a list of insights in your organization

Description

Returns a list of insights in your organization. You can specify which insights are returned by their start time, one or more statuses (ONGOING, CLOSED, and CLOSED), one or more severities (LOW, MEDIUM, and HIGH), and type (REACTIVE or PROACTIVE).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_search_organization_insights/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_search_organization_insights(
  AccountIds,
  StartTimeRange,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Type
)

Arguments

AccountIds

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account.

StartTimeRange

[required]

Filters

A SearchOrganizationInsightsFilters object that is used to set the severity and status filters on your insight search.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page.

Type

[required] The type of insights you are searching for (REACTIVE or PROACTIVE).


Starts the creation of an estimate of the monthly cost to analyze your Amazon Web Services resources

Description

Starts the creation of an estimate of the monthly cost to analyze your Amazon Web Services resources.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_start_cost_estimation/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_start_cost_estimation(ResourceCollection, ClientToken = NULL)

Arguments

ResourceCollection

[required] The collection of Amazon Web Services resources used to create a monthly DevOps Guru cost estimate.

ClientToken

The idempotency token used to identify each cost estimate request.


Enables or disables integration with a service that can be integrated with DevOps Guru

Description

Enables or disables integration with a service that can be integrated with DevOps Guru. The one service that can be integrated with DevOps Guru is Amazon CodeGuru Profiler, which can produce proactive recommendations which can be stored and viewed in DevOps Guru.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_update_event_sources_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_update_event_sources_config(EventSources = NULL)

Arguments

EventSources

Configuration information about the integration of DevOps Guru as the Consumer via EventBridge with another AWS Service.


Updates the collection of resources that DevOps Guru analyzes

Description

Updates the collection of resources that DevOps Guru analyzes. The two types of Amazon Web Services resource collections supported are Amazon Web Services CloudFormation stacks and Amazon Web Services resources that contain the same Amazon Web Services tag. DevOps Guru can be configured to analyze the Amazon Web Services resources that are defined in the stacks or that are tagged using the same tag key. You can specify up to 500 Amazon Web Services CloudFormation stacks. This method also creates the IAM role required for you to use DevOps Guru.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_update_resource_collection/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_update_resource_collection(Action, ResourceCollection)

Arguments

Action

[required] Specifies if the resource collection in the request is added or deleted to the resource collection.

ResourceCollection

[required]


Enables or disables integration with a service that can be integrated with DevOps Guru

Description

Enables or disables integration with a service that can be integrated with DevOps Guru. The one service that can be integrated with DevOps Guru is Amazon Web Services Systems Manager, which can be used to create an OpsItem for each generated insight.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_update_service_integration/ for full documentation.

Usage

devopsguru_update_service_integration(ServiceIntegration)

Arguments

ServiceIntegration

[required] An IntegratedServiceConfig object used to specify the integrated service you want to update, and whether you want to update it to enabled or disabled.


Elastic Disaster Recovery Service

Description

AWS Elastic Disaster Recovery Service.

Usage

drs(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- drs(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

associate_source_network_stack Associate a Source Network to an existing CloudFormation Stack and modify launch templates to use this network
create_extended_source_server Create an extended source server in the target Account based on the source server in staging account
create_launch_configuration_template Creates a new Launch Configuration Template
create_replication_configuration_template Creates a new ReplicationConfigurationTemplate
create_source_network Create a new Source Network resource for a provided VPC ID
delete_job Deletes a single Job by ID
delete_launch_action Deletes a resource launch action
delete_launch_configuration_template Deletes a single Launch Configuration Template by ID
delete_recovery_instance Deletes a single Recovery Instance by ID
delete_replication_configuration_template Deletes a single Replication Configuration Template by ID
delete_source_network Delete Source Network resource
delete_source_server Deletes a single Source Server by ID
describe_job_log_items Retrieves a detailed Job log with pagination
describe_jobs Returns a list of Jobs
describe_launch_configuration_templates Lists all Launch Configuration Templates, filtered by Launch Configuration Template IDs
describe_recovery_instances Lists all Recovery Instances or multiple Recovery Instances by ID
describe_recovery_snapshots Lists all Recovery Snapshots for a single Source Server
describe_replication_configuration_templates Lists all ReplicationConfigurationTemplates, filtered by Source Server IDs
describe_source_networks Lists all Source Networks or multiple Source Networks filtered by ID
describe_source_servers Lists all Source Servers or multiple Source Servers filtered by ID
disconnect_recovery_instance Disconnect a Recovery Instance from Elastic Disaster Recovery
disconnect_source_server Disconnects a specific Source Server from Elastic Disaster Recovery
export_source_network_cfn_template Export the Source Network CloudFormation template to an S3 bucket
get_failback_replication_configuration Lists all Failback ReplicationConfigurations, filtered by Recovery Instance ID
get_launch_configuration Gets a LaunchConfiguration, filtered by Source Server IDs
get_replication_configuration Gets a ReplicationConfiguration, filtered by Source Server ID
initialize_service Initialize Elastic Disaster Recovery
list_extensible_source_servers Returns a list of source servers on a staging account that are extensible, which means that: a
list_launch_actions Lists resource launch actions
list_staging_accounts Returns an array of staging accounts for existing extended source servers
list_tags_for_resource List all tags for your Elastic Disaster Recovery resources
put_launch_action Puts a resource launch action
retry_data_replication WARNING: RetryDataReplication is deprecated
reverse_replication Start replication to origin / target region - applies only to protected instances that originated in EC2
start_failback_launch Initiates a Job for launching the machine that is being failed back to from the specified Recovery Instance
start_recovery Launches Recovery Instances for the specified Source Servers
start_replication Starts replication for a stopped Source Server
start_source_network_recovery Deploy VPC for the specified Source Network and modify launch templates to use this network
start_source_network_replication Starts replication for a Source Network
stop_failback Stops the failback process for a specified Recovery Instance
stop_replication Stops replication for a Source Server
stop_source_network_replication Stops replication for a Source Network
tag_resource Adds or overwrites only the specified tags for the specified Elastic Disaster Recovery resource or resources
terminate_recovery_instances Initiates a Job for terminating the EC2 resources associated with the specified Recovery Instances, and then will delete the Recovery Instances from the Elastic Disaster Recovery service
untag_resource Deletes the specified set of tags from the specified set of Elastic Disaster Recovery resources
update_failback_replication_configuration Allows you to update the failback replication configuration of a Recovery Instance by ID
update_launch_configuration Updates a LaunchConfiguration by Source Server ID
update_launch_configuration_template Updates an existing Launch Configuration Template by ID
update_replication_configuration Allows you to update a ReplicationConfiguration by Source Server ID
update_replication_configuration_template Updates a ReplicationConfigurationTemplate by ID

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- drs()
svc$associate_source_network_stack(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Associate a Source Network to an existing CloudFormation Stack and modify launch templates to use this network

Description

Associate a Source Network to an existing CloudFormation Stack and modify launch templates to use this network. Can be used for reverting to previously deployed CloudFormation stacks.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_associate_source_network_stack/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_associate_source_network_stack(cfnStackName, sourceNetworkID)

Arguments

cfnStackName

[required] CloudFormation template to associate with a Source Network.

sourceNetworkID

[required] The Source Network ID to associate with CloudFormation template.


Create an extended source server in the target Account based on the source server in staging account

Description

Create an extended source server in the target Account based on the source server in staging account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_create_extended_source_server/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_create_extended_source_server(sourceServerArn, tags = NULL)

Arguments

sourceServerArn

[required] This defines the ARN of the source server in staging Account based on which you want to create an extended source server.

tags

A list of tags associated with the extended source server.


Creates a new Launch Configuration Template

Description

Creates a new Launch Configuration Template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_create_launch_configuration_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_create_launch_configuration_template(
  copyPrivateIp = NULL,
  copyTags = NULL,
  exportBucketArn = NULL,
  launchDisposition = NULL,
  launchIntoSourceInstance = NULL,
  licensing = NULL,
  postLaunchEnabled = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  targetInstanceTypeRightSizingMethod = NULL
)

Arguments

copyPrivateIp

Copy private IP.

copyTags

Copy tags.

exportBucketArn

S3 bucket ARN to export Source Network templates.

launchDisposition

Launch disposition.

launchIntoSourceInstance

DRS will set the 'launch into instance ID' of any source server when performing a drill, recovery or failback to the previous region or availability zone, using the instance ID of the source instance.

licensing

Licensing.

postLaunchEnabled

Whether we want to activate post-launch actions.

tags

Request to associate tags during creation of a Launch Configuration Template.

targetInstanceTypeRightSizingMethod

Target instance type right-sizing method.


Creates a new ReplicationConfigurationTemplate

Description

Creates a new ReplicationConfigurationTemplate.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_create_replication_configuration_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_create_replication_configuration_template(
  associateDefaultSecurityGroup,
  autoReplicateNewDisks = NULL,
  bandwidthThrottling,
  createPublicIP,
  dataPlaneRouting,
  defaultLargeStagingDiskType,
  ebsEncryption,
  ebsEncryptionKeyArn = NULL,
  pitPolicy,
  replicationServerInstanceType,
  replicationServersSecurityGroupsIDs,
  stagingAreaSubnetId,
  stagingAreaTags,
  tags = NULL,
  useDedicatedReplicationServer
)

Arguments

associateDefaultSecurityGroup

[required] Whether to associate the default Elastic Disaster Recovery Security group with the Replication Configuration Template.

autoReplicateNewDisks

Whether to allow the AWS replication agent to automatically replicate newly added disks.

bandwidthThrottling

[required] Configure bandwidth throttling for the outbound data transfer rate of the Source Server in Mbps.

createPublicIP

[required] Whether to create a Public IP for the Recovery Instance by default.

dataPlaneRouting

[required] The data plane routing mechanism that will be used for replication.

defaultLargeStagingDiskType

[required] The Staging Disk EBS volume type to be used during replication.

ebsEncryption

[required] The type of EBS encryption to be used during replication.

ebsEncryptionKeyArn

The ARN of the EBS encryption key to be used during replication.

pitPolicy

[required] The Point in time (PIT) policy to manage snapshots taken during replication.

replicationServerInstanceType

[required] The instance type to be used for the replication server.

replicationServersSecurityGroupsIDs

[required] The security group IDs that will be used by the replication server.

stagingAreaSubnetId

[required] The subnet to be used by the replication staging area.

stagingAreaTags

[required] A set of tags to be associated with all resources created in the replication staging area: EC2 replication server, EBS volumes, EBS snapshots, etc.

tags

A set of tags to be associated with the Replication Configuration Template resource.

useDedicatedReplicationServer

[required] Whether to use a dedicated Replication Server in the replication staging area.


Create a new Source Network resource for a provided VPC ID

Description

Create a new Source Network resource for a provided VPC ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_create_source_network/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_create_source_network(originAccountID, originRegion, tags = NULL, vpcID)

Arguments

originAccountID

[required] Account containing the VPC to protect.

originRegion

[required] Region containing the VPC to protect.

tags

A set of tags to be associated with the Source Network resource.

vpcID

[required] Which VPC ID to protect.


Deletes a single Job by ID

Description

Deletes a single Job by ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_delete_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_delete_job(jobID)

Arguments

jobID

[required] The ID of the Job to be deleted.


Deletes a resource launch action

Description

Deletes a resource launch action.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_delete_launch_action/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_delete_launch_action(actionId, resourceId)

Arguments

actionId

[required]

resourceId

[required]


Deletes a single Launch Configuration Template by ID

Description

Deletes a single Launch Configuration Template by ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_delete_launch_configuration_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_delete_launch_configuration_template(launchConfigurationTemplateID)

Arguments

launchConfigurationTemplateID

[required] The ID of the Launch Configuration Template to be deleted.


Deletes a single Recovery Instance by ID

Description

Deletes a single Recovery Instance by ID. This deletes the Recovery Instance resource from Elastic Disaster Recovery. The Recovery Instance must be disconnected first in order to delete it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_delete_recovery_instance/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_delete_recovery_instance(recoveryInstanceID)

Arguments

recoveryInstanceID

[required] The ID of the Recovery Instance to be deleted.


Deletes a single Replication Configuration Template by ID

Description

Deletes a single Replication Configuration Template by ID

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_delete_replication_configuration_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_delete_replication_configuration_template(
  replicationConfigurationTemplateID
)

Arguments

replicationConfigurationTemplateID

[required] The ID of the Replication Configuration Template to be deleted.


Delete Source Network resource

Description

Delete Source Network resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_delete_source_network/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_delete_source_network(sourceNetworkID)

Arguments

sourceNetworkID

[required] ID of the Source Network to delete.


Deletes a single Source Server by ID

Description

Deletes a single Source Server by ID. The Source Server must be disconnected first.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_delete_source_server/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_delete_source_server(sourceServerID)

Arguments

sourceServerID

[required] The ID of the Source Server to be deleted.


Retrieves a detailed Job log with pagination

Description

Retrieves a detailed Job log with pagination.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_describe_job_log_items/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_describe_job_log_items(jobID, maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

jobID

[required] The ID of the Job for which Job log items will be retrieved.

maxResults

Maximum number of Job log items to retrieve.

nextToken

The token of the next Job log items to retrieve.


Returns a list of Jobs

Description

Returns a list of Jobs. Use the JobsID and fromDate and toDate filters to limit which jobs are returned. The response is sorted by creationDataTime - latest date first. Jobs are created by the StartRecovery, TerminateRecoveryInstances and StartFailbackLaunch APIs. Jobs are also created by DiagnosticLaunch and TerminateDiagnosticInstances, which are APIs available only to Support and only used in response to relevant support tickets.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_describe_jobs/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_describe_jobs(filters = NULL, maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

filters

A set of filters by which to return Jobs.

maxResults

Maximum number of Jobs to retrieve.

nextToken

The token of the next Job to retrieve.


Lists all Launch Configuration Templates, filtered by Launch Configuration Template IDs

Description

Lists all Launch Configuration Templates, filtered by Launch Configuration Template IDs

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_describe_launch_configuration_templates/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_describe_launch_configuration_templates(
  launchConfigurationTemplateIDs = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

launchConfigurationTemplateIDs

Request to filter Launch Configuration Templates list by Launch Configuration Template ID.

maxResults

Maximum results to be returned in DescribeLaunchConfigurationTemplates.

nextToken

The token of the next Launch Configuration Template to retrieve.


Lists all Recovery Instances or multiple Recovery Instances by ID

Description

Lists all Recovery Instances or multiple Recovery Instances by ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_describe_recovery_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_describe_recovery_instances(
  filters = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

filters

A set of filters by which to return Recovery Instances.

maxResults

Maximum number of Recovery Instances to retrieve.

nextToken

The token of the next Recovery Instance to retrieve.


Lists all Recovery Snapshots for a single Source Server

Description

Lists all Recovery Snapshots for a single Source Server.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_describe_recovery_snapshots/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_describe_recovery_snapshots(
  filters = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  order = NULL,
  sourceServerID
)

Arguments

filters

A set of filters by which to return Recovery Snapshots.

maxResults

Maximum number of Recovery Snapshots to retrieve.

nextToken

The token of the next Recovery Snapshot to retrieve.

order

The sorted ordering by which to return Recovery Snapshots.

sourceServerID

[required] Filter Recovery Snapshots by Source Server ID.


Lists all ReplicationConfigurationTemplates, filtered by Source Server IDs

Description

Lists all ReplicationConfigurationTemplates, filtered by Source Server IDs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_describe_replication_configuration_templates/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_describe_replication_configuration_templates(
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  replicationConfigurationTemplateIDs = NULL
)

Arguments

maxResults

Maximum number of Replication Configuration Templates to retrieve.

nextToken

The token of the next Replication Configuration Template to retrieve.

replicationConfigurationTemplateIDs

The IDs of the Replication Configuration Templates to retrieve. An empty list means all Replication Configuration Templates.


Lists all Source Networks or multiple Source Networks filtered by ID

Description

Lists all Source Networks or multiple Source Networks filtered by ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_describe_source_networks/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_describe_source_networks(
  filters = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

filters

A set of filters by which to return Source Networks.

maxResults

Maximum number of Source Networks to retrieve.

nextToken

The token of the next Source Networks to retrieve.


Lists all Source Servers or multiple Source Servers filtered by ID

Description

Lists all Source Servers or multiple Source Servers filtered by ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_describe_source_servers/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_describe_source_servers(
  filters = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

filters

A set of filters by which to return Source Servers.

maxResults

Maximum number of Source Servers to retrieve.

nextToken

The token of the next Source Server to retrieve.


Disconnect a Recovery Instance from Elastic Disaster Recovery

Description

Disconnect a Recovery Instance from Elastic Disaster Recovery. Data replication is stopped immediately. All AWS resources created by Elastic Disaster Recovery for enabling the replication of the Recovery Instance will be terminated / deleted within 90 minutes. If the agent on the Recovery Instance has not been prevented from communicating with the Elastic Disaster Recovery service, then it will receive a command to uninstall itself (within approximately 10 minutes). The following properties of the Recovery Instance will be changed immediately: dataReplicationInfo.dataReplicationState will be set to DISCONNECTED; The totalStorageBytes property for each of dataReplicationInfo.replicatedDisks will be set to zero; dataReplicationInfo.lagDuration and dataReplicationInfo.lagDuration will be nullified.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_disconnect_recovery_instance/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_disconnect_recovery_instance(recoveryInstanceID)

Arguments

recoveryInstanceID

[required] The ID of the Recovery Instance to disconnect.


Disconnects a specific Source Server from Elastic Disaster Recovery

Description

Disconnects a specific Source Server from Elastic Disaster Recovery. Data replication is stopped immediately. All AWS resources created by Elastic Disaster Recovery for enabling the replication of the Source Server will be terminated / deleted within 90 minutes. You cannot disconnect a Source Server if it has a Recovery Instance. If the agent on the Source Server has not been prevented from communicating with the Elastic Disaster Recovery service, then it will receive a command to uninstall itself (within approximately 10 minutes). The following properties of the SourceServer will be changed immediately: dataReplicationInfo.dataReplicationState will be set to DISCONNECTED; The totalStorageBytes property for each of dataReplicationInfo.replicatedDisks will be set to zero; dataReplicationInfo.lagDuration and dataReplicationInfo.lagDuration will be nullified.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_disconnect_source_server/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_disconnect_source_server(sourceServerID)

Arguments

sourceServerID

[required] The ID of the Source Server to disconnect.


Export the Source Network CloudFormation template to an S3 bucket

Description

Export the Source Network CloudFormation template to an S3 bucket.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_export_source_network_cfn_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_export_source_network_cfn_template(sourceNetworkID)

Arguments

sourceNetworkID

[required] The Source Network ID to export its CloudFormation template to an S3 bucket.


Lists all Failback ReplicationConfigurations, filtered by Recovery Instance ID

Description

Lists all Failback ReplicationConfigurations, filtered by Recovery Instance ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_get_failback_replication_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_get_failback_replication_configuration(recoveryInstanceID)

Arguments

recoveryInstanceID

[required] The ID of the Recovery Instance whose failback replication configuration should be returned.


Gets a LaunchConfiguration, filtered by Source Server IDs

Description

Gets a LaunchConfiguration, filtered by Source Server IDs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_get_launch_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_get_launch_configuration(sourceServerID)

Arguments

sourceServerID

[required] The ID of the Source Server that we want to retrieve a Launch Configuration for.


Gets a ReplicationConfiguration, filtered by Source Server ID

Description

Gets a ReplicationConfiguration, filtered by Source Server ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_get_replication_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_get_replication_configuration(sourceServerID)

Arguments

sourceServerID

[required] The ID of the Source Serve for this Replication Configuration.r


Initialize Elastic Disaster Recovery

Description

Initialize Elastic Disaster Recovery.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_initialize_service/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_initialize_service()

Returns a list of source servers on a staging account that are extensible, which means that: a

Description

Returns a list of source servers on a staging account that are extensible, which means that: a. The source server is not already extended into this Account. b. The source server on the Account we’re reading from is not an extension of another source server.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_list_extensible_source_servers/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_list_extensible_source_servers(
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  stagingAccountID
)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of extensible source servers to retrieve.

nextToken

The token of the next extensible source server to retrieve.

stagingAccountID

[required] The Id of the staging Account to retrieve extensible source servers from.


Lists resource launch actions

Description

Lists resource launch actions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_list_launch_actions/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_list_launch_actions(
  filters = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  resourceId
)

Arguments

filters

Filters to apply when listing resource launch actions.

maxResults

Maximum amount of items to return when listing resource launch actions.

nextToken

Next token to use when listing resource launch actions.

resourceId

[required]


Returns an array of staging accounts for existing extended source servers

Description

Returns an array of staging accounts for existing extended source servers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_list_staging_accounts/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_list_staging_accounts(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of staging Accounts to retrieve.

nextToken

The token of the next staging Account to retrieve.


List all tags for your Elastic Disaster Recovery resources

Description

List all tags for your Elastic Disaster Recovery resources.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource whose tags should be returned.


Puts a resource launch action

Description

Puts a resource launch action.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_put_launch_action/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_put_launch_action(
  actionCode,
  actionId,
  actionVersion,
  active,
  category,
  description,
  name,
  optional,
  order,
  parameters = NULL,
  resourceId
)

Arguments

actionCode

[required] Launch action code.

actionId

[required]

actionVersion

[required]

active

[required] Whether the launch action is active.

category

[required]

description

[required]

name

[required]

optional

[required] Whether the launch will not be marked as failed if this action fails.

order

[required]

parameters
resourceId

[required]


WARNING: RetryDataReplication is deprecated

Description

WARNING: RetryDataReplication is deprecated. Causes the data replication initiation sequence to begin immediately upon next Handshake for the specified Source Server ID, regardless of when the previous initiation started. This command will work only if the Source Server is stalled or is in a DISCONNECTED or STOPPED state.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_retry_data_replication/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_retry_data_replication(sourceServerID)

Arguments

sourceServerID

[required] The ID of the Source Server whose data replication should be retried.


Start replication to origin / target region - applies only to protected instances that originated in EC2

Description

Start replication to origin / target region - applies only to protected instances that originated in EC2. For recovery instances on target region - starts replication back to origin region. For failback instances on origin region - starts replication to target region to re-protect them.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_reverse_replication/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_reverse_replication(recoveryInstanceID)

Arguments

recoveryInstanceID

[required] The ID of the Recovery Instance that we want to reverse the replication for.


Initiates a Job for launching the machine that is being failed back to from the specified Recovery Instance

Description

Initiates a Job for launching the machine that is being failed back to from the specified Recovery Instance. This will run conversion on the failback client and will reboot your machine, thus completing the failback process.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_start_failback_launch/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_start_failback_launch(recoveryInstanceIDs, tags = NULL)

Arguments

recoveryInstanceIDs

[required] The IDs of the Recovery Instance whose failback launch we want to request.

tags

The tags to be associated with the failback launch Job.


Launches Recovery Instances for the specified Source Servers

Description

Launches Recovery Instances for the specified Source Servers. For each Source Server you may choose a point in time snapshot to launch from, or use an on demand snapshot.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_start_recovery/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_start_recovery(isDrill = NULL, sourceServers, tags = NULL)

Arguments

isDrill

Whether this Source Server Recovery operation is a drill or not.

sourceServers

[required] The Source Servers that we want to start a Recovery Job for.

tags

The tags to be associated with the Recovery Job.


Starts replication for a stopped Source Server

Description

Starts replication for a stopped Source Server. This action would make the Source Server protected again and restart billing for it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_start_replication/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_start_replication(sourceServerID)

Arguments

sourceServerID

[required] The ID of the Source Server to start replication for.


Deploy VPC for the specified Source Network and modify launch templates to use this network

Description

Deploy VPC for the specified Source Network and modify launch templates to use this network. The VPC will be deployed using a dedicated CloudFormation stack.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_start_source_network_recovery/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_start_source_network_recovery(
  deployAsNew = NULL,
  sourceNetworks,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

deployAsNew

Don't update existing CloudFormation Stack, recover the network using a new stack.

sourceNetworks

[required] The Source Networks that we want to start a Recovery Job for.

tags

The tags to be associated with the Source Network recovery Job.


Starts replication for a Source Network

Description

Starts replication for a Source Network. This action would make the Source Network protected.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_start_source_network_replication/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_start_source_network_replication(sourceNetworkID)

Arguments

sourceNetworkID

[required] ID of the Source Network to replicate.


Stops the failback process for a specified Recovery Instance

Description

Stops the failback process for a specified Recovery Instance. This changes the Failback State of the Recovery Instance back to FAILBACK_NOT_STARTED.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_stop_failback/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_stop_failback(recoveryInstanceID)

Arguments

recoveryInstanceID

[required] The ID of the Recovery Instance we want to stop failback for.


Stops replication for a Source Server

Description

Stops replication for a Source Server. This action would make the Source Server unprotected, delete its existing snapshots and stop billing for it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_stop_replication/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_stop_replication(sourceServerID)

Arguments

sourceServerID

[required] The ID of the Source Server to stop replication for.


Stops replication for a Source Network

Description

Stops replication for a Source Network. This action would make the Source Network unprotected.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_stop_source_network_replication/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_stop_source_network_replication(sourceNetworkID)

Arguments

sourceNetworkID

[required] ID of the Source Network to stop replication.


Adds or overwrites only the specified tags for the specified Elastic Disaster Recovery resource or resources

Description

Adds or overwrites only the specified tags for the specified Elastic Disaster Recovery resource or resources. When you specify an existing tag key, the value is overwritten with the new value. Each resource can have a maximum of 50 tags. Each tag consists of a key and optional value.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] ARN of the resource for which tags are to be added or updated.

tags

[required] Array of tags to be added or updated.


Initiates a Job for terminating the EC2 resources associated with the specified Recovery Instances, and then will delete the Recovery Instances from the Elastic Disaster Recovery service

Description

Initiates a Job for terminating the EC2 resources associated with the specified Recovery Instances, and then will delete the Recovery Instances from the Elastic Disaster Recovery service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_terminate_recovery_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_terminate_recovery_instances(recoveryInstanceIDs)

Arguments

recoveryInstanceIDs

[required] The IDs of the Recovery Instances that should be terminated.


Deletes the specified set of tags from the specified set of Elastic Disaster Recovery resources

Description

Deletes the specified set of tags from the specified set of Elastic Disaster Recovery resources.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] ARN of the resource for which tags are to be removed.

tagKeys

[required] Array of tags to be removed.


Allows you to update the failback replication configuration of a Recovery Instance by ID

Description

Allows you to update the failback replication configuration of a Recovery Instance by ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_update_failback_replication_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_update_failback_replication_configuration(
  bandwidthThrottling = NULL,
  name = NULL,
  recoveryInstanceID,
  usePrivateIP = NULL
)

Arguments

bandwidthThrottling

Configure bandwidth throttling for the outbound data transfer rate of the Recovery Instance in Mbps.

name

The name of the Failback Replication Configuration.

recoveryInstanceID

[required] The ID of the Recovery Instance.

usePrivateIP

Whether to use Private IP for the failback replication of the Recovery Instance.


Updates a LaunchConfiguration by Source Server ID

Description

Updates a LaunchConfiguration by Source Server ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_update_launch_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_update_launch_configuration(
  copyPrivateIp = NULL,
  copyTags = NULL,
  launchDisposition = NULL,
  launchIntoInstanceProperties = NULL,
  licensing = NULL,
  name = NULL,
  postLaunchEnabled = NULL,
  sourceServerID,
  targetInstanceTypeRightSizingMethod = NULL
)

Arguments

copyPrivateIp

Whether we should copy the Private IP of the Source Server to the Recovery Instance.

copyTags

Whether we want to copy the tags of the Source Server to the EC2 machine of the Recovery Instance.

launchDisposition

The state of the Recovery Instance in EC2 after the recovery operation.

launchIntoInstanceProperties

Launch into existing instance properties.

licensing

The licensing configuration to be used for this launch configuration.

name

The name of the launch configuration.

postLaunchEnabled

Whether we want to enable post-launch actions for the Source Server.

sourceServerID

[required] The ID of the Source Server that we want to retrieve a Launch Configuration for.

targetInstanceTypeRightSizingMethod

Whether Elastic Disaster Recovery should try to automatically choose the instance type that best matches the OS, CPU, and RAM of your Source Server.


Updates an existing Launch Configuration Template by ID

Description

Updates an existing Launch Configuration Template by ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_update_launch_configuration_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_update_launch_configuration_template(
  copyPrivateIp = NULL,
  copyTags = NULL,
  exportBucketArn = NULL,
  launchConfigurationTemplateID,
  launchDisposition = NULL,
  launchIntoSourceInstance = NULL,
  licensing = NULL,
  postLaunchEnabled = NULL,
  targetInstanceTypeRightSizingMethod = NULL
)

Arguments

copyPrivateIp

Copy private IP.

copyTags

Copy tags.

exportBucketArn

S3 bucket ARN to export Source Network templates.

launchConfigurationTemplateID

[required] Launch Configuration Template ID.

launchDisposition

Launch disposition.

launchIntoSourceInstance

DRS will set the 'launch into instance ID' of any source server when performing a drill, recovery or failback to the previous region or availability zone, using the instance ID of the source instance.

licensing

Licensing.

postLaunchEnabled

Whether we want to activate post-launch actions.

targetInstanceTypeRightSizingMethod

Target instance type right-sizing method.


Allows you to update a ReplicationConfiguration by Source Server ID

Description

Allows you to update a ReplicationConfiguration by Source Server ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_update_replication_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_update_replication_configuration(
  associateDefaultSecurityGroup = NULL,
  autoReplicateNewDisks = NULL,
  bandwidthThrottling = NULL,
  createPublicIP = NULL,
  dataPlaneRouting = NULL,
  defaultLargeStagingDiskType = NULL,
  ebsEncryption = NULL,
  ebsEncryptionKeyArn = NULL,
  name = NULL,
  pitPolicy = NULL,
  replicatedDisks = NULL,
  replicationServerInstanceType = NULL,
  replicationServersSecurityGroupsIDs = NULL,
  sourceServerID,
  stagingAreaSubnetId = NULL,
  stagingAreaTags = NULL,
  useDedicatedReplicationServer = NULL
)

Arguments

associateDefaultSecurityGroup

Whether to associate the default Elastic Disaster Recovery Security group with the Replication Configuration.

autoReplicateNewDisks

Whether to allow the AWS replication agent to automatically replicate newly added disks.

bandwidthThrottling

Configure bandwidth throttling for the outbound data transfer rate of the Source Server in Mbps.

createPublicIP

Whether to create a Public IP for the Recovery Instance by default.

dataPlaneRouting

The data plane routing mechanism that will be used for replication.

defaultLargeStagingDiskType

The Staging Disk EBS volume type to be used during replication.

ebsEncryption

The type of EBS encryption to be used during replication.

ebsEncryptionKeyArn

The ARN of the EBS encryption key to be used during replication.

name

The name of the Replication Configuration.

pitPolicy

The Point in time (PIT) policy to manage snapshots taken during replication.

replicatedDisks

The configuration of the disks of the Source Server to be replicated.

replicationServerInstanceType

The instance type to be used for the replication server.

replicationServersSecurityGroupsIDs

The security group IDs that will be used by the replication server.

sourceServerID

[required] The ID of the Source Server for this Replication Configuration.

stagingAreaSubnetId

The subnet to be used by the replication staging area.

stagingAreaTags

A set of tags to be associated with all resources created in the replication staging area: EC2 replication server, EBS volumes, EBS snapshots, etc.

useDedicatedReplicationServer

Whether to use a dedicated Replication Server in the replication staging area.


Updates a ReplicationConfigurationTemplate by ID

Description

Updates a ReplicationConfigurationTemplate by ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_update_replication_configuration_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

drs_update_replication_configuration_template(
  arn = NULL,
  associateDefaultSecurityGroup = NULL,
  autoReplicateNewDisks = NULL,
  bandwidthThrottling = NULL,
  createPublicIP = NULL,
  dataPlaneRouting = NULL,
  defaultLargeStagingDiskType = NULL,
  ebsEncryption = NULL,
  ebsEncryptionKeyArn = NULL,
  pitPolicy = NULL,
  replicationConfigurationTemplateID,
  replicationServerInstanceType = NULL,
  replicationServersSecurityGroupsIDs = NULL,
  stagingAreaSubnetId = NULL,
  stagingAreaTags = NULL,
  useDedicatedReplicationServer = NULL
)

Arguments

arn

The Replication Configuration Template ARN.

associateDefaultSecurityGroup

Whether to associate the default Elastic Disaster Recovery Security group with the Replication Configuration Template.

autoReplicateNewDisks

Whether to allow the AWS replication agent to automatically replicate newly added disks.

bandwidthThrottling

Configure bandwidth throttling for the outbound data transfer rate of the Source Server in Mbps.

createPublicIP

Whether to create a Public IP for the Recovery Instance by default.

dataPlaneRouting

The data plane routing mechanism that will be used for replication.

defaultLargeStagingDiskType

The Staging Disk EBS volume type to be used during replication.

ebsEncryption

The type of EBS encryption to be used during replication.

ebsEncryptionKeyArn

The ARN of the EBS encryption key to be used during replication.

pitPolicy

The Point in time (PIT) policy to manage snapshots taken during replication.

replicationConfigurationTemplateID

[required] The Replication Configuration Template ID.

replicationServerInstanceType

The instance type to be used for the replication server.

replicationServersSecurityGroupsIDs

The security group IDs that will be used by the replication server.

stagingAreaSubnetId

The subnet to be used by the replication staging area.

stagingAreaTags

A set of tags to be associated with all resources created in the replication staging area: EC2 replication server, EBS volumes, EBS snapshots, etc.

useDedicatedReplicationServer

Whether to use a dedicated Replication Server in the replication staging area.


AWS Fault Injection Simulator

Description

Amazon Web Services Fault Injection Service is a managed service that enables you to perform fault injection experiments on your Amazon Web Services workloads. For more information, see the Fault Injection Service User Guide.

Usage

fis(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- fis(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_experiment_template Creates an experiment template
create_target_account_configuration Creates a target account configuration for the experiment template
delete_experiment_template Deletes the specified experiment template
delete_target_account_configuration Deletes the specified target account configuration of the experiment template
get_action Gets information about the specified FIS action
get_experiment Gets information about the specified experiment
get_experiment_target_account_configuration Gets information about the specified target account configuration of the experiment
get_experiment_template Gets information about the specified experiment template
get_safety_lever Gets information about the specified safety lever
get_target_account_configuration Gets information about the specified target account configuration of the experiment template
get_target_resource_type Gets information about the specified resource type
list_actions Lists the available FIS actions
list_experiment_resolved_targets Lists the resolved targets information of the specified experiment
list_experiments Lists your experiments
list_experiment_target_account_configurations Lists the target account configurations of the specified experiment
list_experiment_templates Lists your experiment templates
list_tags_for_resource Lists the tags for the specified resource
list_target_account_configurations Lists the target account configurations of the specified experiment template
list_target_resource_types Lists the target resource types
start_experiment Starts running an experiment from the specified experiment template
stop_experiment Stops the specified experiment
tag_resource Applies the specified tags to the specified resource
untag_resource Removes the specified tags from the specified resource
update_experiment_template Updates the specified experiment template
update_safety_lever_state Updates the specified safety lever state
update_target_account_configuration Updates the target account configuration for the specified experiment template

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- fis()
svc$create_experiment_template(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Creates an experiment template

Description

Creates an experiment template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_create_experiment_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

fis_create_experiment_template(
  clientToken,
  description,
  stopConditions,
  targets = NULL,
  actions,
  roleArn,
  tags = NULL,
  logConfiguration = NULL,
  experimentOptions = NULL,
  experimentReportConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.

description

[required] A description for the experiment template.

stopConditions

[required] The stop conditions.

targets

The targets for the experiment.

actions

[required] The actions for the experiment.

roleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role that grants the FIS service permission to perform service actions on your behalf.

tags

The tags to apply to the experiment template.

logConfiguration

The configuration for experiment logging.

experimentOptions

The experiment options for the experiment template.

experimentReportConfiguration

The experiment report configuration for the experiment template.


Creates a target account configuration for the experiment template

Description

Creates a target account configuration for the experiment template. A target account configuration is required when accountTargeting of experimentOptions is set to multi-account. For more information, see experiment options in the Fault Injection Service User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_create_target_account_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

fis_create_target_account_configuration(
  clientToken = NULL,
  experimentTemplateId,
  accountId,
  roleArn,
  description = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.

experimentTemplateId

[required] The experiment template ID.

accountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID of the target account.

roleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role for the target account.

description

The description of the target account.


Deletes the specified experiment template

Description

Deletes the specified experiment template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_delete_experiment_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

fis_delete_experiment_template(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The ID of the experiment template.


Deletes the specified target account configuration of the experiment template

Description

Deletes the specified target account configuration of the experiment template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_delete_target_account_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

fis_delete_target_account_configuration(experimentTemplateId, accountId)

Arguments

experimentTemplateId

[required] The ID of the experiment template.

accountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID of the target account.


Gets information about the specified FIS action

Description

Gets information about the specified FIS action.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_get_action/ for full documentation.

Usage

fis_get_action(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The ID of the action.


Gets information about the specified experiment

Description

Gets information about the specified experiment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_get_experiment/ for full documentation.

Usage

fis_get_experiment(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The ID of the experiment.


Gets information about the specified target account configuration of the experiment

Description

Gets information about the specified target account configuration of the experiment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_get_experiment_target_account_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

fis_get_experiment_target_account_configuration(experimentId, accountId)

Arguments

experimentId

[required] The ID of the experiment.

accountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID of the target account.


Gets information about the specified experiment template

Description

Gets information about the specified experiment template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_get_experiment_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

fis_get_experiment_template(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The ID of the experiment template.


Gets information about the specified safety lever

Description

Gets information about the specified safety lever.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_get_safety_lever/ for full documentation.

Usage

fis_get_safety_lever(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The ID of the safety lever.


Gets information about the specified target account configuration of the experiment template

Description

Gets information about the specified target account configuration of the experiment template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_get_target_account_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

fis_get_target_account_configuration(experimentTemplateId, accountId)

Arguments

experimentTemplateId

[required] The ID of the experiment template.

accountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID of the target account.


Gets information about the specified resource type

Description

Gets information about the specified resource type.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_get_target_resource_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

fis_get_target_resource_type(resourceType)

Arguments

resourceType

[required] The resource type.


Lists the available FIS actions

Description

Lists the available FIS actions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_list_actions/ for full documentation.

Usage

fis_list_actions(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

nextToken

The token for the next page of results.


Lists the resolved targets information of the specified experiment

Description

Lists the resolved targets information of the specified experiment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_list_experiment_resolved_targets/ for full documentation.

Usage

fis_list_experiment_resolved_targets(
  experimentId,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  targetName = NULL
)

Arguments

experimentId

[required] The ID of the experiment.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

nextToken

The token for the next page of results.

targetName

The name of the target.


Lists the target account configurations of the specified experiment

Description

Lists the target account configurations of the specified experiment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_list_experiment_target_account_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

fis_list_experiment_target_account_configurations(
  experimentId,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

experimentId

[required] The ID of the experiment.

nextToken

The token for the next page of results.


Lists your experiment templates

Description

Lists your experiment templates.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_list_experiment_templates/ for full documentation.

Usage

fis_list_experiment_templates(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

nextToken

The token for the next page of results.


Lists your experiments

Description

Lists your experiments.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_list_experiments/ for full documentation.

Usage

fis_list_experiments(
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  experimentTemplateId = NULL
)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

nextToken

The token for the next page of results.

experimentTemplateId

The ID of the experiment template.


Lists the tags for the specified resource

Description

Lists the tags for the specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

fis_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource.


Lists the target account configurations of the specified experiment template

Description

Lists the target account configurations of the specified experiment template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_list_target_account_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

fis_list_target_account_configurations(
  experimentTemplateId,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

experimentTemplateId

[required] The ID of the experiment template.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

nextToken

The token for the next page of results.


Lists the target resource types

Description

Lists the target resource types.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_list_target_resource_types/ for full documentation.

Usage

fis_list_target_resource_types(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

nextToken

The token for the next page of results.


Starts running an experiment from the specified experiment template

Description

Starts running an experiment from the specified experiment template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_start_experiment/ for full documentation.

Usage

fis_start_experiment(
  clientToken,
  experimentTemplateId,
  experimentOptions = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.

experimentTemplateId

[required] The ID of the experiment template.

experimentOptions

The experiment options for running the experiment.

tags

The tags to apply to the experiment.


Stops the specified experiment

Description

Stops the specified experiment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_stop_experiment/ for full documentation.

Usage

fis_stop_experiment(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The ID of the experiment.


Applies the specified tags to the specified resource

Description

Applies the specified tags to the specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

fis_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource.

tags

[required] The tags for the resource.


Removes the specified tags from the specified resource

Description

Removes the specified tags from the specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

fis_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys = NULL)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource.

tagKeys

The tag keys to remove.


Updates the specified experiment template

Description

Updates the specified experiment template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_update_experiment_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

fis_update_experiment_template(
  id,
  description = NULL,
  stopConditions = NULL,
  targets = NULL,
  actions = NULL,
  roleArn = NULL,
  logConfiguration = NULL,
  experimentOptions = NULL,
  experimentReportConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

id

[required] The ID of the experiment template.

description

A description for the template.

stopConditions

The stop conditions for the experiment.

targets

The targets for the experiment.

actions

The actions for the experiment.

roleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role that grants the FIS service permission to perform service actions on your behalf.

logConfiguration

The configuration for experiment logging.

experimentOptions

The experiment options for the experiment template.

experimentReportConfiguration

The experiment report configuration for the experiment template.


Updates the specified safety lever state

Description

Updates the specified safety lever state.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_update_safety_lever_state/ for full documentation.

Usage

fis_update_safety_lever_state(id, state)

Arguments

id

[required] The ID of the safety lever.

state

[required] The state of the safety lever.


Updates the target account configuration for the specified experiment template

Description

Updates the target account configuration for the specified experiment template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_update_target_account_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

fis_update_target_account_configuration(
  experimentTemplateId,
  accountId,
  roleArn = NULL,
  description = NULL
)

Arguments

experimentTemplateId

[required] The ID of the experiment template.

accountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID of the target account.

roleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role for the target account.

description

The description of the target account.


Objects exported from other packages

Description

These objects are imported from other packages. Follow the links below to see their documentation.

paws.common

config, credentials, creds, list_paginators, paginate, paginate_lapply, paginate_sapply, paws_stream_parser


AWS Well-Architected Tool

Description

Well-Architected Tool

This is the Well-Architected Tool API Reference. The WA Tool API provides programmatic access to the Well-Architected Tool in the Amazon Web Services Management Console. For information about the Well-Architected Tool, see the Well-Architected Tool User Guide.

Usage

wellarchitected(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- wellarchitected(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

associate_lenses Associate a lens to a workload
associate_profiles Associate a profile with a workload
create_lens_share Create a lens share
create_lens_version Create a new lens version
create_milestone Create a milestone for an existing workload
create_profile Create a profile
create_profile_share Create a profile share
create_review_template Create a review template
create_template_share Create a review template share
create_workload Create a new workload
create_workload_share Create a workload share
delete_lens Delete an existing lens
delete_lens_share Delete a lens share
delete_profile Delete a profile
delete_profile_share Delete a profile share
delete_review_template Delete a review template
delete_template_share Delete a review template share
delete_workload Delete an existing workload
delete_workload_share Delete a workload share
disassociate_lenses Disassociate a lens from a workload
disassociate_profiles Disassociate a profile from a workload
export_lens Export an existing lens
get_answer Get the answer to a specific question in a workload review
get_consolidated_report Get a consolidated report of your workloads
get_global_settings Global settings for all workloads
get_lens Get an existing lens
get_lens_review Get lens review
get_lens_review_report Get lens review report
get_lens_version_difference Get lens version differences
get_milestone Get a milestone for an existing workload
get_profile Get profile information
get_profile_template Get profile template
get_review_template Get review template
get_review_template_answer Get review template answer
get_review_template_lens_review Get a lens review associated with a review template
get_workload Get an existing workload
import_lens Import a new custom lens or update an existing custom lens
list_answers List of answers for a particular workload and lens
list_check_details List of Trusted Advisor check details by account related to the workload
list_check_summaries List of Trusted Advisor checks summarized for all accounts related to the workload
list_lenses List the available lenses
list_lens_review_improvements List the improvements of a particular lens review
list_lens_reviews List lens reviews for a particular workload
list_lens_shares List the lens shares associated with the lens
list_milestones List all milestones for an existing workload
list_notifications List lens notifications
list_profile_notifications List profile notifications
list_profiles List profiles
list_profile_shares List profile shares
list_review_template_answers List the answers of a review template
list_review_templates List review templates
list_share_invitations List the share invitations
list_tags_for_resource List the tags for a resource
list_template_shares List review template shares
list_workloads Paginated list of workloads
list_workload_shares List the workload shares associated with the workload
tag_resource Adds one or more tags to the specified resource
untag_resource Deletes specified tags from a resource
update_answer Update the answer to a specific question in a workload review
update_global_settings Update whether the Amazon Web Services account is opted into organization sharing and discovery integration features
update_integration Update integration features
update_lens_review Update lens review for a particular workload
update_profile Update a profile
update_review_template Update a review template
update_review_template_answer Update a review template answer
update_review_template_lens_review Update a lens review associated with a review template
update_share_invitation Update a workload or custom lens share invitation
update_workload Update an existing workload
update_workload_share Update a workload share
upgrade_lens_review Upgrade lens review for a particular workload
upgrade_profile_version Upgrade a profile
upgrade_review_template_lens_review Upgrade the lens review of a review template

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- wellarchitected()
svc$associate_lenses(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Associate a lens to a workload

Description

Associate a lens to a workload.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_associate_lenses/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_associate_lenses(WorkloadId, LensAliases)

Arguments

WorkloadId

[required]

LensAliases

[required]


Associate a profile with a workload

Description

Associate a profile with a workload.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_associate_profiles/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_associate_profiles(WorkloadId, ProfileArns)

Arguments

WorkloadId

[required]

ProfileArns

[required] The list of profile ARNs to associate with the workload.


Create a lens share

Description

Create a lens share.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_create_lens_share/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_create_lens_share(LensAlias, SharedWith, ClientRequestToken)

Arguments

LensAlias

[required]

SharedWith

[required]

ClientRequestToken

[required]


Create a new lens version

Description

Create a new lens version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_create_lens_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_create_lens_version(
  LensAlias,
  LensVersion,
  IsMajorVersion = NULL,
  ClientRequestToken
)

Arguments

LensAlias

[required]

LensVersion

[required] The version of the lens being created.

IsMajorVersion

Set to true if this new major lens version.

ClientRequestToken

[required]


Create a milestone for an existing workload

Description

Create a milestone for an existing workload.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_create_milestone/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_create_milestone(WorkloadId, MilestoneName, ClientRequestToken)

Arguments

WorkloadId

[required]

MilestoneName

[required]

ClientRequestToken

[required]


Create a profile

Description

Create a profile.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_create_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_create_profile(
  ProfileName,
  ProfileDescription,
  ProfileQuestions,
  ClientRequestToken,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

ProfileName

[required] Name of the profile.

ProfileDescription

[required] The profile description.

ProfileQuestions

[required] The profile questions.

ClientRequestToken

[required]

Tags

The tags assigned to the profile.


Create a profile share

Description

Create a profile share.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_create_profile_share/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_create_profile_share(
  ProfileArn,
  SharedWith,
  ClientRequestToken
)

Arguments

ProfileArn

[required] The profile ARN.

SharedWith

[required]

ClientRequestToken

[required]


Create a review template

Description

Create a review template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_create_review_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_create_review_template(
  TemplateName,
  Description,
  Lenses,
  Notes = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  ClientRequestToken
)

Arguments

TemplateName

[required] Name of the review template.

Description

[required] The review template description.

Lenses

[required] Lenses applied to the review template.

Notes
Tags

The tags assigned to the review template.

ClientRequestToken

[required]


Create a review template share

Description

Create a review template share.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_create_template_share/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_create_template_share(
  TemplateArn,
  SharedWith,
  ClientRequestToken
)

Arguments

TemplateArn

[required] The review template ARN.

SharedWith

[required]

ClientRequestToken

[required]


Create a new workload

Description

Create a new workload.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_create_workload/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_create_workload(
  WorkloadName,
  Description,
  Environment,
  AccountIds = NULL,
  AwsRegions = NULL,
  NonAwsRegions = NULL,
  PillarPriorities = NULL,
  ArchitecturalDesign = NULL,
  ReviewOwner = NULL,
  IndustryType = NULL,
  Industry = NULL,
  Lenses,
  Notes = NULL,
  ClientRequestToken,
  Tags = NULL,
  DiscoveryConfig = NULL,
  Applications = NULL,
  ProfileArns = NULL,
  ReviewTemplateArns = NULL,
  JiraConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

WorkloadName

[required]

Description

[required]

Environment

[required]

AccountIds
AwsRegions
NonAwsRegions
PillarPriorities
ArchitecturalDesign
ReviewOwner
IndustryType
Industry
Lenses

[required]

Notes
ClientRequestToken

[required]

Tags

The tags to be associated with the workload.

DiscoveryConfig

Well-Architected discovery configuration settings associated to the workload.

Applications

List of AppRegistry application ARNs associated to the workload.

ProfileArns

The list of profile ARNs associated with the workload.

ReviewTemplateArns

The list of review template ARNs to associate with the workload.

JiraConfiguration

Jira configuration settings when creating a workload.


Create a workload share

Description

Create a workload share.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_create_workload_share/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_create_workload_share(
  WorkloadId,
  SharedWith,
  PermissionType,
  ClientRequestToken
)

Arguments

WorkloadId

[required]

SharedWith

[required]

PermissionType

[required]

ClientRequestToken

[required]


Delete an existing lens

Description

Delete an existing lens.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_delete_lens/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_delete_lens(LensAlias, ClientRequestToken, LensStatus)

Arguments

LensAlias

[required]

ClientRequestToken

[required]

LensStatus

[required] The status of the lens to be deleted.


Delete a lens share

Description

Delete a lens share.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_delete_lens_share/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_delete_lens_share(ShareId, LensAlias, ClientRequestToken)

Arguments

ShareId

[required]

LensAlias

[required]

ClientRequestToken

[required]


Delete a profile

Description

Delete a profile.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_delete_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_delete_profile(ProfileArn, ClientRequestToken)

Arguments

ProfileArn

[required] The profile ARN.

ClientRequestToken

[required]


Delete a profile share

Description

Delete a profile share.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_delete_profile_share/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_delete_profile_share(ShareId, ProfileArn, ClientRequestToken)

Arguments

ShareId

[required]

ProfileArn

[required] The profile ARN.

ClientRequestToken

[required]


Delete a review template

Description

Delete a review template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_delete_review_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_delete_review_template(TemplateArn, ClientRequestToken)

Arguments

TemplateArn

[required] The review template ARN.

ClientRequestToken

[required]


Delete a review template share

Description

Delete a review template share.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_delete_template_share/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_delete_template_share(ShareId, TemplateArn, ClientRequestToken)

Arguments

ShareId

[required]

TemplateArn

[required] The review template ARN.

ClientRequestToken

[required]


Delete an existing workload

Description

Delete an existing workload.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_delete_workload/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_delete_workload(WorkloadId, ClientRequestToken)

Arguments

WorkloadId

[required]

ClientRequestToken

[required]


Delete a workload share

Description

Delete a workload share.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_delete_workload_share/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_delete_workload_share(ShareId, WorkloadId, ClientRequestToken)

Arguments

ShareId

[required]

WorkloadId

[required]

ClientRequestToken

[required]


Disassociate a lens from a workload

Description

Disassociate a lens from a workload.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_disassociate_lenses/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_disassociate_lenses(WorkloadId, LensAliases)

Arguments

WorkloadId

[required]

LensAliases

[required]


Disassociate a profile from a workload

Description

Disassociate a profile from a workload.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_disassociate_profiles/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_disassociate_profiles(WorkloadId, ProfileArns)

Arguments

WorkloadId

[required]

ProfileArns

[required] The list of profile ARNs to disassociate from the workload.


Export an existing lens

Description

Export an existing lens.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_export_lens/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_export_lens(LensAlias, LensVersion = NULL)

Arguments

LensAlias

[required]

LensVersion

The lens version to be exported.


Get the answer to a specific question in a workload review

Description

Get the answer to a specific question in a workload review.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_get_answer/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_get_answer(
  WorkloadId,
  LensAlias,
  QuestionId,
  MilestoneNumber = NULL
)

Arguments

WorkloadId

[required]

LensAlias

[required]

QuestionId

[required]

MilestoneNumber

Get a consolidated report of your workloads

Description

Get a consolidated report of your workloads.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_get_consolidated_report/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_get_consolidated_report(
  Format,
  IncludeSharedResources = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

Format

[required] The format of the consolidated report.

For PDF, Base64String is returned. For JSON, Metrics is returned.

IncludeSharedResources

Set to true to have shared resources included in the report.

NextToken
MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return for this request.


Global settings for all workloads

Description

Global settings for all workloads.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_get_global_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_get_global_settings()

Get an existing lens

Description

Get an existing lens.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_get_lens/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_get_lens(LensAlias, LensVersion = NULL)

Arguments

LensAlias

[required]

LensVersion

The lens version to be retrieved.


Get lens review

Description

Get lens review.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_get_lens_review/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_get_lens_review(WorkloadId, LensAlias, MilestoneNumber = NULL)

Arguments

WorkloadId

[required]

LensAlias

[required]

MilestoneNumber

Get lens review report

Description

Get lens review report.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_get_lens_review_report/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_get_lens_review_report(
  WorkloadId,
  LensAlias,
  MilestoneNumber = NULL
)

Arguments

WorkloadId

[required]

LensAlias

[required]

MilestoneNumber

Get lens version differences

Description

Get lens version differences.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_get_lens_version_difference/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_get_lens_version_difference(
  LensAlias,
  BaseLensVersion = NULL,
  TargetLensVersion = NULL
)

Arguments

LensAlias

[required]

BaseLensVersion

The base version of the lens.

TargetLensVersion

The lens version to target a difference for.


Get a milestone for an existing workload

Description

Get a milestone for an existing workload.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_get_milestone/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_get_milestone(WorkloadId, MilestoneNumber)

Arguments

WorkloadId

[required]

MilestoneNumber

[required]


Get profile information

Description

Get profile information.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_get_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_get_profile(ProfileArn, ProfileVersion = NULL)

Arguments

ProfileArn

[required] The profile ARN.

ProfileVersion

The profile version.


Get profile template

Description

Get profile template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_get_profile_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_get_profile_template()

Get review template

Description

Get review template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_get_review_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_get_review_template(TemplateArn)

Arguments

TemplateArn

[required] The review template ARN.


Get review template answer

Description

Get review template answer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_get_review_template_answer/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_get_review_template_answer(TemplateArn, LensAlias, QuestionId)

Arguments

TemplateArn

[required] The review template ARN.

LensAlias

[required]

QuestionId

[required]


Get a lens review associated with a review template

Description

Get a lens review associated with a review template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_get_review_template_lens_review/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_get_review_template_lens_review(TemplateArn, LensAlias)

Arguments

TemplateArn

[required] The review template ARN.

LensAlias

[required]


Get an existing workload

Description

Get an existing workload.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_get_workload/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_get_workload(WorkloadId)

Arguments

WorkloadId

[required]


Import a new custom lens or update an existing custom lens

Description

Import a new custom lens or update an existing custom lens.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_import_lens/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_import_lens(
  LensAlias = NULL,
  JSONString,
  ClientRequestToken,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

LensAlias
JSONString

[required] The JSON representation of a lens.

ClientRequestToken

[required]

Tags

Tags to associate to a lens.


List of answers for a particular workload and lens

Description

List of answers for a particular workload and lens.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_answers/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_list_answers(
  WorkloadId,
  LensAlias,
  PillarId = NULL,
  MilestoneNumber = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  QuestionPriority = NULL
)

Arguments

WorkloadId

[required]

LensAlias

[required]

PillarId
MilestoneNumber
NextToken
MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return for this request.

QuestionPriority

The priority of the question.


List of Trusted Advisor check details by account related to the workload

Description

List of Trusted Advisor check details by account related to the workload.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_check_details/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_list_check_details(
  WorkloadId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  LensArn,
  PillarId,
  QuestionId,
  ChoiceId
)

Arguments

WorkloadId

[required]

NextToken
MaxResults
LensArn

[required] Well-Architected Lens ARN.

PillarId

[required]

QuestionId

[required]

ChoiceId

[required]


List of Trusted Advisor checks summarized for all accounts related to the workload

Description

List of Trusted Advisor checks summarized for all accounts related to the workload.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_check_summaries/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_list_check_summaries(
  WorkloadId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  LensArn,
  PillarId,
  QuestionId,
  ChoiceId
)

Arguments

WorkloadId

[required]

NextToken
MaxResults
LensArn

[required] Well-Architected Lens ARN.

PillarId

[required]

QuestionId

[required]

ChoiceId

[required]


List the improvements of a particular lens review

Description

List the improvements of a particular lens review.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_lens_review_improvements/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_list_lens_review_improvements(
  WorkloadId,
  LensAlias,
  PillarId = NULL,
  MilestoneNumber = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  QuestionPriority = NULL
)

Arguments

WorkloadId

[required]

LensAlias

[required]

PillarId
MilestoneNumber
NextToken
MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return for this request.

QuestionPriority

The priority of the question.


List lens reviews for a particular workload

Description

List lens reviews for a particular workload.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_lens_reviews/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_list_lens_reviews(
  WorkloadId,
  MilestoneNumber = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

WorkloadId

[required]

MilestoneNumber
NextToken
MaxResults

List the lens shares associated with the lens

Description

List the lens shares associated with the lens.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_lens_shares/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_list_lens_shares(
  LensAlias,
  SharedWithPrefix = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Status = NULL
)

Arguments

LensAlias

[required]

SharedWithPrefix

The Amazon Web Services account ID, organization ID, or organizational unit (OU) ID with which the lens is shared.

NextToken
MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return for this request.

Status

List the available lenses

Description

List the available lenses.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_lenses/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_list_lenses(
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  LensType = NULL,
  LensStatus = NULL,
  LensName = NULL
)

Arguments

NextToken
MaxResults
LensType

The type of lenses to be returned.

LensStatus

The status of lenses to be returned.

LensName

List all milestones for an existing workload

Description

List all milestones for an existing workload.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_milestones/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_list_milestones(
  WorkloadId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

WorkloadId

[required]

NextToken
MaxResults

List lens notifications

Description

List lens notifications.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_notifications/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_list_notifications(
  WorkloadId = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  ResourceArn = NULL
)

Arguments

WorkloadId
NextToken
MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return for this request.

ResourceArn

The ARN for the related resource for the notification.

Only one of WorkloadID or ResourceARN should be specified.


List profile notifications

Description

List profile notifications.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_profile_notifications/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_list_profile_notifications(
  WorkloadId = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

WorkloadId
NextToken
MaxResults

List profile shares

Description

List profile shares.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_profile_shares/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_list_profile_shares(
  ProfileArn,
  SharedWithPrefix = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Status = NULL
)

Arguments

ProfileArn

[required] The profile ARN.

SharedWithPrefix

The Amazon Web Services account ID, organization ID, or organizational unit (OU) ID with which the profile is shared.

NextToken
MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return for this request.

Status

List profiles

Description

List profiles.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_profiles/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_list_profiles(
  ProfileNamePrefix = NULL,
  ProfileOwnerType = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

ProfileNamePrefix

An optional string added to the beginning of each profile name returned in the results.

ProfileOwnerType

Profile owner type.

NextToken
MaxResults

List the answers of a review template

Description

List the answers of a review template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_review_template_answers/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_list_review_template_answers(
  TemplateArn,
  LensAlias,
  PillarId = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

TemplateArn

[required] The ARN of the review template.

LensAlias

[required]

PillarId
NextToken
MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return for this request.


List review templates

Description

List review templates.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_review_templates/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_list_review_templates(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken
MaxResults

List the share invitations

Description

List the share invitations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_share_invitations/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_list_share_invitations(
  WorkloadNamePrefix = NULL,
  LensNamePrefix = NULL,
  ShareResourceType = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  ProfileNamePrefix = NULL,
  TemplateNamePrefix = NULL
)

Arguments

WorkloadNamePrefix
LensNamePrefix

An optional string added to the beginning of each lens name returned in the results.

ShareResourceType

The type of share invitations to be returned.

NextToken
MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return for this request.

ProfileNamePrefix

An optional string added to the beginning of each profile name returned in the results.

TemplateNamePrefix

An optional string added to the beginning of each review template name returned in the results.


List the tags for a resource

Description

List the tags for a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_list_tags_for_resource(WorkloadArn)

Arguments

WorkloadArn

[required]


List review template shares

Description

List review template shares.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_template_shares/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_list_template_shares(
  TemplateArn,
  SharedWithPrefix = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Status = NULL
)

Arguments

TemplateArn

[required] The review template ARN.

SharedWithPrefix

The Amazon Web Services account ID, organization ID, or organizational unit (OU) ID with which the profile is shared.

NextToken
MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return for this request.

Status

List the workload shares associated with the workload

Description

List the workload shares associated with the workload.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_workload_shares/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_list_workload_shares(
  WorkloadId,
  SharedWithPrefix = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Status = NULL
)

Arguments

WorkloadId

[required]

SharedWithPrefix

The Amazon Web Services account ID, organization ID, or organizational unit (OU) ID with which the workload is shared.

NextToken
MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return for this request.

Status

Paginated list of workloads

Description

Paginated list of workloads.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_workloads/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_list_workloads(
  WorkloadNamePrefix = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

WorkloadNamePrefix
NextToken
MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return for this request.


Adds one or more tags to the specified resource

Description

Adds one or more tags to the specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_tag_resource(WorkloadArn, Tags)

Arguments

WorkloadArn

[required]

Tags

[required] The tags for the resource.


Deletes specified tags from a resource

Description

Deletes specified tags from a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_untag_resource(WorkloadArn, TagKeys)

Arguments

WorkloadArn

[required]

TagKeys

[required] A list of tag keys. Existing tags of the resource whose keys are members of this list are removed from the resource.


Update the answer to a specific question in a workload review

Description

Update the answer to a specific question in a workload review.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_update_answer/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_update_answer(
  WorkloadId,
  LensAlias,
  QuestionId,
  SelectedChoices = NULL,
  ChoiceUpdates = NULL,
  Notes = NULL,
  IsApplicable = NULL,
  Reason = NULL
)

Arguments

WorkloadId

[required]

LensAlias

[required]

QuestionId

[required]

SelectedChoices
ChoiceUpdates

A list of choices to update on a question in your workload. The String key corresponds to the choice ID to be updated.

Notes
IsApplicable
Reason

The reason why a question is not applicable to your workload.


Update whether the Amazon Web Services account is opted into organization sharing and discovery integration features

Description

Update whether the Amazon Web Services account is opted into organization sharing and discovery integration features.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_update_global_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_update_global_settings(
  OrganizationSharingStatus = NULL,
  DiscoveryIntegrationStatus = NULL,
  JiraConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationSharingStatus

The status of organization sharing settings.

DiscoveryIntegrationStatus

The status of discovery support settings.

JiraConfiguration

The status of Jira integration settings.


Update integration features

Description

Update integration features.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_update_integration/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_update_integration(
  WorkloadId,
  ClientRequestToken,
  IntegratingService
)

Arguments

WorkloadId

[required]

ClientRequestToken

[required]

IntegratingService

[required] Which integrated service to update.


Update lens review for a particular workload

Description

Update lens review for a particular workload.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_update_lens_review/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_update_lens_review(
  WorkloadId,
  LensAlias,
  LensNotes = NULL,
  PillarNotes = NULL,
  JiraConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

WorkloadId

[required]

LensAlias

[required]

LensNotes
PillarNotes
JiraConfiguration

Configuration of the Jira integration.


Update a profile

Description

Update a profile.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_update_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_update_profile(
  ProfileArn,
  ProfileDescription = NULL,
  ProfileQuestions = NULL
)

Arguments

ProfileArn

[required] The profile ARN.

ProfileDescription

The profile description.

ProfileQuestions

Profile questions.


Update a review template

Description

Update a review template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_update_review_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_update_review_template(
  TemplateArn,
  TemplateName = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  Notes = NULL,
  LensesToAssociate = NULL,
  LensesToDisassociate = NULL
)

Arguments

TemplateArn

[required] The review template ARN.

TemplateName

The review template name.

Description

The review template description.

Notes
LensesToAssociate

A list of lens aliases or ARNs to apply to the review template.

LensesToDisassociate

A list of lens aliases or ARNs to unapply to the review template. The wellarchitected lens cannot be unapplied.


Update a review template answer

Description

Update a review template answer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_update_review_template_answer/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_update_review_template_answer(
  TemplateArn,
  LensAlias,
  QuestionId,
  SelectedChoices = NULL,
  ChoiceUpdates = NULL,
  Notes = NULL,
  IsApplicable = NULL,
  Reason = NULL
)

Arguments

TemplateArn

[required] The review template ARN.

LensAlias

[required]

QuestionId

[required]

SelectedChoices
ChoiceUpdates

A list of choices to be updated.

Notes
IsApplicable
Reason

The update reason.


Update a lens review associated with a review template

Description

Update a lens review associated with a review template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_update_review_template_lens_review/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_update_review_template_lens_review(
  TemplateArn,
  LensAlias,
  LensNotes = NULL,
  PillarNotes = NULL
)

Arguments

TemplateArn

[required] The review template ARN.

LensAlias

[required]

LensNotes
PillarNotes

Update a workload or custom lens share invitation

Description

Update a workload or custom lens share invitation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_update_share_invitation/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_update_share_invitation(
  ShareInvitationId,
  ShareInvitationAction
)

Arguments

ShareInvitationId

[required] The ID assigned to the share invitation.

ShareInvitationAction

[required]


Update an existing workload

Description

Update an existing workload.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_update_workload/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_update_workload(
  WorkloadId,
  WorkloadName = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  Environment = NULL,
  AccountIds = NULL,
  AwsRegions = NULL,
  NonAwsRegions = NULL,
  PillarPriorities = NULL,
  ArchitecturalDesign = NULL,
  ReviewOwner = NULL,
  IsReviewOwnerUpdateAcknowledged = NULL,
  IndustryType = NULL,
  Industry = NULL,
  Notes = NULL,
  ImprovementStatus = NULL,
  DiscoveryConfig = NULL,
  Applications = NULL,
  JiraConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

WorkloadId

[required]

WorkloadName
Description
Environment
AccountIds
AwsRegions
NonAwsRegions
PillarPriorities
ArchitecturalDesign
ReviewOwner
IsReviewOwnerUpdateAcknowledged

Flag indicating whether the workload owner has acknowledged that the Review owner field is required.

If a Review owner is not added to the workload within 60 days of acknowledgement, access to the workload is restricted until an owner is added.

IndustryType
Industry
Notes
ImprovementStatus
DiscoveryConfig

Well-Architected discovery configuration settings to associate to the workload.

Applications

List of AppRegistry application ARNs to associate to the workload.

JiraConfiguration

Configuration of the Jira integration.


Update a workload share

Description

Update a workload share.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_update_workload_share/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_update_workload_share(ShareId, WorkloadId, PermissionType)

Arguments

ShareId

[required]

WorkloadId

[required]

PermissionType

[required]


Upgrade lens review for a particular workload

Description

Upgrade lens review for a particular workload.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_upgrade_lens_review/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_upgrade_lens_review(
  WorkloadId,
  LensAlias,
  MilestoneName,
  ClientRequestToken = NULL
)

Arguments

WorkloadId

[required]

LensAlias

[required]

MilestoneName

[required]

ClientRequestToken

Upgrade a profile

Description

Upgrade a profile.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_upgrade_profile_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_upgrade_profile_version(
  WorkloadId,
  ProfileArn,
  MilestoneName = NULL,
  ClientRequestToken = NULL
)

Arguments

WorkloadId

[required]

ProfileArn

[required] The profile ARN.

MilestoneName
ClientRequestToken

Upgrade the lens review of a review template

Description

Upgrade the lens review of a review template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_upgrade_review_template_lens_review/ for full documentation.

Usage

wellarchitected_upgrade_review_template_lens_review(
  TemplateArn,
  LensAlias,
  ClientRequestToken = NULL
)

Arguments

TemplateArn

[required] The ARN of the review template.

LensAlias

[required]

ClientRequestToken

AWS X-Ray

Description

Amazon Web Services X-Ray provides APIs for managing debug traces and retrieving service maps and other data created by processing those traces.

Usage

xray(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- xray(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

batch_get_traces You cannot find traces through this API if Transaction Search is enabled since trace is not indexed in X-Ray
cancel_trace_retrieval Cancels an ongoing trace retrieval job initiated by StartTraceRetrieval using the provided RetrievalToken
create_group Creates a group resource with a name and a filter expression
create_sampling_rule Creates a rule to control sampling behavior for instrumented applications
delete_group Deletes a group resource
delete_resource_policy Deletes a resource policy from the target Amazon Web Services account
delete_sampling_rule Deletes a sampling rule
get_encryption_config Retrieves the current encryption configuration for X-Ray data
get_group Retrieves group resource details
get_groups Retrieves all active group details
get_indexing_rules Retrieves all indexing rules
get_insight Retrieves the summary information of an insight
get_insight_events X-Ray reevaluates insights periodically until they're resolved, and records each intermediate state as an event
get_insight_impact_graph Retrieves a service graph structure filtered by the specified insight
get_insight_summaries Retrieves the summaries of all insights in the specified group matching the provided filter values
get_retrieved_traces_graph Retrieves a service graph for traces based on the specified RetrievalToken from the CloudWatch log group generated by Transaction Search
get_sampling_rules Retrieves all sampling rules
get_sampling_statistic_summaries Retrieves information about recent sampling results for all sampling rules
get_sampling_targets Requests a sampling quota for rules that the service is using to sample requests
get_service_graph Retrieves a document that describes services that process incoming requests, and downstream services that they call as a result
get_time_series_service_statistics Get an aggregation of service statistics defined by a specific time range
get_trace_graph Retrieves a service graph for one or more specific trace IDs
get_trace_segment_destination Retrieves the current destination of data sent to PutTraceSegments and OpenTelemetry API
get_trace_summaries Retrieves IDs and annotations for traces available for a specified time frame using an optional filter
list_resource_policies Returns the list of resource policies in the target Amazon Web Services account
list_retrieved_traces Retrieves a list of traces for a given RetrievalToken from the CloudWatch log group generated by Transaction Search
list_tags_for_resource Returns a list of tags that are applied to the specified Amazon Web Services X-Ray group or sampling rule
put_encryption_config Updates the encryption configuration for X-Ray data
put_resource_policy Sets the resource policy to grant one or more Amazon Web Services services and accounts permissions to access X-Ray
put_telemetry_records Used by the Amazon Web Services X-Ray daemon to upload telemetry
put_trace_segments Uploads segment documents to Amazon Web Services X-Ray
start_trace_retrieval Initiates a trace retrieval process using the specified time range and for the give trace IDs on Transaction Search generated by the CloudWatch log group
tag_resource Applies tags to an existing Amazon Web Services X-Ray group or sampling rule
untag_resource Removes tags from an Amazon Web Services X-Ray group or sampling rule
update_group Updates a group resource
update_indexing_rule Modifies an indexing rule’s configuration
update_sampling_rule Modifies a sampling rule's configuration
update_trace_segment_destination Modifies the destination of data sent to PutTraceSegments

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- xray()
svc$batch_get_traces(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


You cannot find traces through this API if Transaction Search is enabled since trace is not indexed in X-Ray

Description

You cannot find traces through this API if Transaction Search is enabled since trace is not indexed in X-Ray.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_batch_get_traces/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_batch_get_traces(TraceIds, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

TraceIds

[required] Specify the trace IDs of requests for which to retrieve segments.

NextToken

Pagination token.


Cancels an ongoing trace retrieval job initiated by StartTraceRetrieval using the provided RetrievalToken

Description

Cancels an ongoing trace retrieval job initiated by start_trace_retrieval using the provided RetrievalToken. A successful cancellation will return an HTTP 200 response.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_cancel_trace_retrieval/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_cancel_trace_retrieval(RetrievalToken)

Arguments

RetrievalToken

[required] Retrieval token.


Creates a group resource with a name and a filter expression

Description

Creates a group resource with a name and a filter expression.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_create_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_create_group(
  GroupName,
  FilterExpression = NULL,
  InsightsConfiguration = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

GroupName

[required] The case-sensitive name of the new group. Default is a reserved name and names must be unique.

FilterExpression

The filter expression defining criteria by which to group traces.

InsightsConfiguration

The structure containing configurations related to insights.

  • The InsightsEnabled boolean can be set to true to enable insights for the new group or false to disable insights for the new group.

  • The NotificationsEnabled boolean can be set to true to enable insights notifications for the new group. Notifications may only be enabled on a group with InsightsEnabled set to true.

Tags

A map that contains one or more tag keys and tag values to attach to an X-Ray group. For more information about ways to use tags, see Tagging Amazon Web Services resources in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

The following restrictions apply to tags:

  • Maximum number of user-applied tags per resource: 50

  • Maximum tag key length: 128 Unicode characters

  • Maximum tag value length: 256 Unicode characters

  • Valid values for key and value: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, space, and the following characters: _ . : / = + - and @

  • Tag keys and values are case sensitive.

  • Don't use ⁠aws:⁠ as a prefix for keys; it's reserved for Amazon Web Services use.


Creates a rule to control sampling behavior for instrumented applications

Description

Creates a rule to control sampling behavior for instrumented applications. Services retrieve rules with get_sampling_rules, and evaluate each rule in ascending order of priority for each request. If a rule matches, the service records a trace, borrowing it from the reservoir size. After 10 seconds, the service reports back to X-Ray with get_sampling_targets to get updated versions of each in-use rule. The updated rule contains a trace quota that the service can use instead of borrowing from the reservoir.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_create_sampling_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_create_sampling_rule(SamplingRule, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

SamplingRule

[required] The rule definition.

Tags

A map that contains one or more tag keys and tag values to attach to an X-Ray sampling rule. For more information about ways to use tags, see Tagging Amazon Web Services resources in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

The following restrictions apply to tags:

  • Maximum number of user-applied tags per resource: 50

  • Maximum tag key length: 128 Unicode characters

  • Maximum tag value length: 256 Unicode characters

  • Valid values for key and value: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, space, and the following characters: _ . : / = + - and @

  • Tag keys and values are case sensitive.

  • Don't use ⁠aws:⁠ as a prefix for keys; it's reserved for Amazon Web Services use.


Deletes a group resource

Description

Deletes a group resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_delete_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_delete_group(GroupName = NULL, GroupARN = NULL)

Arguments

GroupName

The case-sensitive name of the group.

GroupARN

The ARN of the group that was generated on creation.


Deletes a resource policy from the target Amazon Web Services account

Description

Deletes a resource policy from the target Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_delete_resource_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_delete_resource_policy(PolicyName, PolicyRevisionId = NULL)

Arguments

PolicyName

[required] The name of the resource policy to delete.

PolicyRevisionId

Specifies a specific policy revision to delete. Provide a PolicyRevisionId to ensure an atomic delete operation. If the provided revision id does not match the latest policy revision id, an InvalidPolicyRevisionIdException exception is returned.


Deletes a sampling rule

Description

Deletes a sampling rule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_delete_sampling_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_delete_sampling_rule(RuleName = NULL, RuleARN = NULL)

Arguments

RuleName

The name of the sampling rule. Specify a rule by either name or ARN, but not both.

RuleARN

The ARN of the sampling rule. Specify a rule by either name or ARN, but not both.


Retrieves the current encryption configuration for X-Ray data

Description

Retrieves the current encryption configuration for X-Ray data.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_encryption_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_get_encryption_config()

Retrieves group resource details

Description

Retrieves group resource details.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_get_group(GroupName = NULL, GroupARN = NULL)

Arguments

GroupName

The case-sensitive name of the group.

GroupARN

The ARN of the group that was generated on creation.


Retrieves all active group details

Description

Retrieves all active group details.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_get_groups(NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

Pagination token.


Retrieves all indexing rules

Description

Retrieves all indexing rules.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_indexing_rules/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_get_indexing_rules(NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

Specify the pagination token returned by a previous request to retrieve the next page of indexes.


Retrieves the summary information of an insight

Description

Retrieves the summary information of an insight. This includes impact to clients and root cause services, the top anomalous services, the category, the state of the insight, and the start and end time of the insight.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_insight/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_get_insight(InsightId)

Arguments

InsightId

[required] The insight's unique identifier. Use the GetInsightSummaries action to retrieve an InsightId.


X-Ray reevaluates insights periodically until they're resolved, and records each intermediate state as an event

Description

X-Ray reevaluates insights periodically until they're resolved, and records each intermediate state as an event. You can review an insight's events in the Impact Timeline on the Inspect page in the X-Ray console.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_insight_events/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_get_insight_events(InsightId, MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

InsightId

[required] The insight's unique identifier. Use the GetInsightSummaries action to retrieve an InsightId.

MaxResults

Used to retrieve at most the specified value of events.

NextToken

Specify the pagination token returned by a previous request to retrieve the next page of events.


Retrieves a service graph structure filtered by the specified insight

Description

Retrieves a service graph structure filtered by the specified insight. The service graph is limited to only structural information. For a complete service graph, use this API with the GetServiceGraph API.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_insight_impact_graph/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_get_insight_impact_graph(InsightId, StartTime, EndTime, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

InsightId

[required] The insight's unique identifier. Use the GetInsightSummaries action to retrieve an InsightId.

StartTime

[required] The estimated start time of the insight, in Unix time seconds. The StartTime is inclusive of the value provided and can't be more than 30 days old.

EndTime

[required] The estimated end time of the insight, in Unix time seconds. The EndTime is exclusive of the value provided. The time range between the start time and end time can't be more than six hours.

NextToken

Specify the pagination token returned by a previous request to retrieve the next page of results.


Retrieves the summaries of all insights in the specified group matching the provided filter values

Description

Retrieves the summaries of all insights in the specified group matching the provided filter values.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_insight_summaries/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_get_insight_summaries(
  States = NULL,
  GroupARN = NULL,
  GroupName = NULL,
  StartTime,
  EndTime,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

States

The list of insight states.

GroupARN

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the group. Required if the GroupName isn't provided.

GroupName

The name of the group. Required if the GroupARN isn't provided.

StartTime

[required] The beginning of the time frame in which the insights started. The start time can't be more than 30 days old.

EndTime

[required] The end of the time frame in which the insights ended. The end time can't be more than 30 days old.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to display.

NextToken

Pagination token.


Retrieves a service graph for traces based on the specified RetrievalToken from the CloudWatch log group generated by Transaction Search

Description

Retrieves a service graph for traces based on the specified RetrievalToken from the CloudWatch log group generated by Transaction Search. This API does not initiate a retrieval job. You must first execute start_trace_retrieval to obtain the required RetrievalToken.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_retrieved_traces_graph/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_get_retrieved_traces_graph(RetrievalToken, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

RetrievalToken

[required] Retrieval token.

NextToken

Specify the pagination token returned by a previous request to retrieve the next page of indexes.


Retrieves all sampling rules

Description

Retrieves all sampling rules.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_sampling_rules/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_get_sampling_rules(NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

Pagination token.


Retrieves information about recent sampling results for all sampling rules

Description

Retrieves information about recent sampling results for all sampling rules.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_sampling_statistic_summaries/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_get_sampling_statistic_summaries(NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

Pagination token.


Requests a sampling quota for rules that the service is using to sample requests

Description

Requests a sampling quota for rules that the service is using to sample requests.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_sampling_targets/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_get_sampling_targets(SamplingStatisticsDocuments)

Arguments

SamplingStatisticsDocuments

[required] Information about rules that the service is using to sample requests.


Retrieves a document that describes services that process incoming requests, and downstream services that they call as a result

Description

Retrieves a document that describes services that process incoming requests, and downstream services that they call as a result. Root services process incoming requests and make calls to downstream services. Root services are applications that use the Amazon Web Services X-Ray SDK. Downstream services can be other applications, Amazon Web Services resources, HTTP web APIs, or SQL databases.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_service_graph/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_get_service_graph(
  StartTime,
  EndTime,
  GroupName = NULL,
  GroupARN = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

StartTime

[required] The start of the time frame for which to generate a graph.

EndTime

[required] The end of the timeframe for which to generate a graph.

GroupName

The name of a group based on which you want to generate a graph.

GroupARN

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a group based on which you want to generate a graph.

NextToken

Pagination token.


Get an aggregation of service statistics defined by a specific time range

Description

Get an aggregation of service statistics defined by a specific time range.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_time_series_service_statistics/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_get_time_series_service_statistics(
  StartTime,
  EndTime,
  GroupName = NULL,
  GroupARN = NULL,
  EntitySelectorExpression = NULL,
  Period = NULL,
  ForecastStatistics = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

StartTime

[required] The start of the time frame for which to aggregate statistics.

EndTime

[required] The end of the time frame for which to aggregate statistics.

GroupName

The case-sensitive name of the group for which to pull statistics from.

GroupARN

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the group for which to pull statistics from.

EntitySelectorExpression

A filter expression defining entities that will be aggregated for statistics. Supports ID, service, and edge functions. If no selector expression is specified, edge statistics are returned.

Period

Aggregation period in seconds.

ForecastStatistics

The forecasted high and low fault count values. Forecast enabled requests require the EntitySelectorExpression ID be provided.

NextToken

Pagination token.


Retrieves a service graph for one or more specific trace IDs

Description

Retrieves a service graph for one or more specific trace IDs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_trace_graph/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_get_trace_graph(TraceIds, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

TraceIds

[required] Trace IDs of requests for which to generate a service graph.

NextToken

Pagination token.


Retrieves the current destination of data sent to PutTraceSegments and OpenTelemetry API

Description

Retrieves the current destination of data sent to put_trace_segments and OpenTelemetry API. The Transaction Search feature requires a CloudWatchLogs destination. For more information, see Transaction Search and OpenTelemetry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_trace_segment_destination/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_get_trace_segment_destination()

Retrieves IDs and annotations for traces available for a specified time frame using an optional filter

Description

Retrieves IDs and annotations for traces available for a specified time frame using an optional filter. To get the full traces, pass the trace IDs to batch_get_traces.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_trace_summaries/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_get_trace_summaries(
  StartTime,
  EndTime,
  TimeRangeType = NULL,
  Sampling = NULL,
  SamplingStrategy = NULL,
  FilterExpression = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

StartTime

[required] The start of the time frame for which to retrieve traces.

EndTime

[required] The end of the time frame for which to retrieve traces.

TimeRangeType

Query trace summaries by TraceId (trace start time), Event (trace update time), or Service (trace segment end time).

Sampling

Set to true to get summaries for only a subset of available traces.

SamplingStrategy

A parameter to indicate whether to enable sampling on trace summaries. Input parameters are Name and Value.

FilterExpression

Specify a filter expression to retrieve trace summaries for services or requests that meet certain requirements.

NextToken

Specify the pagination token returned by a previous request to retrieve the next page of results.


Returns the list of resource policies in the target Amazon Web Services account

Description

Returns the list of resource policies in the target Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_list_resource_policies/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_list_resource_policies(NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

Not currently supported.


Retrieves a list of traces for a given RetrievalToken from the CloudWatch log group generated by Transaction Search

Description

Retrieves a list of traces for a given RetrievalToken from the CloudWatch log group generated by Transaction Search. For information on what each trace returns, see batch_get_traces.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_list_retrieved_traces/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_list_retrieved_traces(
  RetrievalToken,
  TraceFormat = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

RetrievalToken

[required] Retrieval token.

TraceFormat

Format of the requested traces.

NextToken

Specify the pagination token returned by a previous request to retrieve the next page of indexes.


Returns a list of tags that are applied to the specified Amazon Web Services X-Ray group or sampling rule

Description

Returns a list of tags that are applied to the specified Amazon Web Services X-Ray group or sampling rule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceARN, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The Amazon Resource Number (ARN) of an X-Ray group or sampling rule.

NextToken

A pagination token. If multiple pages of results are returned, use the NextToken value returned with the current page of results as the value of this parameter to get the next page of results.


Updates the encryption configuration for X-Ray data

Description

Updates the encryption configuration for X-Ray data.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_put_encryption_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_put_encryption_config(KeyId = NULL, Type)

Arguments

KeyId

An Amazon Web Services KMS key in one of the following formats:

  • Alias - The name of the key. For example, alias/MyKey.

  • Key ID - The KMS key ID of the key. For example, ⁠ae4aa6d49-a4d8-9df9-a475-4ff6d7898456⁠. Amazon Web Services X-Ray does not support asymmetric KMS keys.

  • ARN - The full Amazon Resource Name of the key ID or alias. For example, ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:123456789012:key/ae4aa6d49-a4d8-9df9-a475-4ff6d7898456⁠. Use this format to specify a key in a different account.

Omit this key if you set Type to NONE.

Type

[required] The type of encryption. Set to KMS to use your own key for encryption. Set to NONE for default encryption.


Sets the resource policy to grant one or more Amazon Web Services services and accounts permissions to access X-Ray

Description

Sets the resource policy to grant one or more Amazon Web Services services and accounts permissions to access X-Ray. Each resource policy will be associated with a specific Amazon Web Services account. Each Amazon Web Services account can have a maximum of 5 resource policies, and each policy name must be unique within that account. The maximum size of each resource policy is 5KB.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_put_resource_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_put_resource_policy(
  PolicyName,
  PolicyDocument,
  PolicyRevisionId = NULL,
  BypassPolicyLockoutCheck = NULL
)

Arguments

PolicyName

[required] The name of the resource policy. Must be unique within a specific Amazon Web Services account.

PolicyDocument

[required] The resource policy document, which can be up to 5kb in size.

PolicyRevisionId

Specifies a specific policy revision, to ensure an atomic create operation. By default the resource policy is created if it does not exist, or updated with an incremented revision id. The revision id is unique to each policy in the account.

If the policy revision id does not match the latest revision id, the operation will fail with an InvalidPolicyRevisionIdException exception. You can also provide a PolicyRevisionId of 0. In this case, the operation will fail with an InvalidPolicyRevisionIdException exception if a resource policy with the same name already exists.

BypassPolicyLockoutCheck

A flag to indicate whether to bypass the resource policy lockout safety check.

Setting this value to true increases the risk that the policy becomes unmanageable. Do not set this value to true indiscriminately.

Use this parameter only when you include a policy in the request and you intend to prevent the principal that is making the request from making a subsequent put_resource_policy request.

The default value is false.


Used by the Amazon Web Services X-Ray daemon to upload telemetry

Description

Used by the Amazon Web Services X-Ray daemon to upload telemetry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_put_telemetry_records/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_put_telemetry_records(
  TelemetryRecords,
  EC2InstanceId = NULL,
  Hostname = NULL,
  ResourceARN = NULL
)

Arguments

TelemetryRecords

[required]

EC2InstanceId
Hostname
ResourceARN

Uploads segment documents to Amazon Web Services X-Ray

Description

Uploads segment documents to Amazon Web Services X-Ray. A segment document can be a completed segment, an in-progress segment, or an array of subsegments.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_put_trace_segments/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_put_trace_segments(TraceSegmentDocuments)

Arguments

TraceSegmentDocuments

[required] A string containing a JSON document defining one or more segments or subsegments.


Initiates a trace retrieval process using the specified time range and for the give trace IDs on Transaction Search generated by the CloudWatch log group

Description

Initiates a trace retrieval process using the specified time range and for the give trace IDs on Transaction Search generated by the CloudWatch log group. For more information, see Transaction Search.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_start_trace_retrieval/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_start_trace_retrieval(TraceIds, StartTime, EndTime)

Arguments

TraceIds

[required] Specify the trace IDs of the traces to be retrieved.

StartTime

[required] The start of the time range to retrieve traces. The range is inclusive, so the specified start time is included in the query. Specified as epoch time, the number of seconds since January 1, 1970, 00:00:00 UTC.

EndTime

[required] The end of the time range to retrieve traces. The range is inclusive, so the specified end time is included in the query. Specified as epoch time, the number of seconds since January 1, 1970, 00:00:00 UTC.


Applies tags to an existing Amazon Web Services X-Ray group or sampling rule

Description

Applies tags to an existing Amazon Web Services X-Ray group or sampling rule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_tag_resource(ResourceARN, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The Amazon Resource Number (ARN) of an X-Ray group or sampling rule.

Tags

[required] A map that contains one or more tag keys and tag values to attach to an X-Ray group or sampling rule. For more information about ways to use tags, see Tagging Amazon Web Services resources in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

The following restrictions apply to tags:

  • Maximum number of user-applied tags per resource: 50

  • Maximum tag key length: 128 Unicode characters

  • Maximum tag value length: 256 Unicode characters

  • Valid values for key and value: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, space, and the following characters: _ . : / = + - and @

  • Tag keys and values are case sensitive.

  • Don't use ⁠aws:⁠ as a prefix for keys; it's reserved for Amazon Web Services use. You cannot edit or delete system tags.


Removes tags from an Amazon Web Services X-Ray group or sampling rule

Description

Removes tags from an Amazon Web Services X-Ray group or sampling rule. You cannot edit or delete system tags (those with an ⁠aws:⁠ prefix).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_untag_resource(ResourceARN, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The Amazon Resource Number (ARN) of an X-Ray group or sampling rule.

TagKeys

[required] Keys for one or more tags that you want to remove from an X-Ray group or sampling rule.


Updates a group resource

Description

Updates a group resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_update_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_update_group(
  GroupName = NULL,
  GroupARN = NULL,
  FilterExpression = NULL,
  InsightsConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

GroupName

The case-sensitive name of the group.

GroupARN

The ARN that was generated upon creation.

FilterExpression

The updated filter expression defining criteria by which to group traces.

InsightsConfiguration

The structure containing configurations related to insights.

  • The InsightsEnabled boolean can be set to true to enable insights for the group or false to disable insights for the group.

  • The NotificationsEnabled boolean can be set to true to enable insights notifications for the group. Notifications can only be enabled on a group with InsightsEnabled set to true.


Modifies an indexing rule’s configuration

Description

Modifies an indexing rule’s configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_update_indexing_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_update_indexing_rule(Name, Rule)

Arguments

Name

[required] Name of the indexing rule to be updated.

Rule

[required] Rule configuration to be updated.


Modifies a sampling rule's configuration

Description

Modifies a sampling rule's configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_update_sampling_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_update_sampling_rule(SamplingRuleUpdate)

Arguments

SamplingRuleUpdate

[required] The rule and fields to change.


Modifies the destination of data sent to PutTraceSegments

Description

Modifies the destination of data sent to put_trace_segments. The Transaction Search feature requires the CloudWatchLogs destination. For more information, see Transaction Search.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_update_trace_segment_destination/ for full documentation.

Usage

xray_update_trace_segment_destination(Destination = NULL)

Arguments

Destination

The configured destination of trace segments.